diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Doc')
137 files changed, 12645 insertions, 1940 deletions
diff --git a/Doc/ACKS.txt b/Doc/ACKS.txt index fcdb0b9..9180cf7 100644 --- a/Doc/ACKS.txt +++ b/Doc/ACKS.txt @@ -209,6 +209,7 @@ docs@python.org), and we'll be glad to correct the problem. * David Turner * Sandro Tosi * Ville Vainio + * Nadeem Vawda * Martijn Vries * Charles G. Waldman * Greg Ward diff --git a/Doc/bugs.rst b/Doc/bugs.rst index a9a48c7..3785ccb 100644 --- a/Doc/bugs.rst +++ b/Doc/bugs.rst @@ -57,12 +57,14 @@ were using (including version information as appropriate). Each bug report will be assigned to a developer who will determine what needs to be done to correct the problem. You will receive an update each time action is -taken on the bug. See http://www.python.org/dev/workflow/ for a detailed -description of the issue workflow. +taken on the bug. .. seealso:: + `Python Developer's Guide <http://docs.python.org/devguide/>`_ + Detailed description of the issue workflow and developers tools. + `How to Report Bugs Effectively <http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/bugs.html>`_ Article which goes into some detail about how to create a useful bug report. This describes what kind of information is useful and why it is useful. diff --git a/Doc/c-api/arg.rst b/Doc/c-api/arg.rst index d4dda7c..a171ac7 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/arg.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/arg.rst @@ -260,9 +260,11 @@ Numbers ``n`` (:class:`int`) [Py_ssize_t] Convert a Python integer to a C :c:type:`Py_ssize_t`. -``c`` (:class:`bytes` of length 1) [char] - Convert a Python byte, represented as a :class:`bytes` object of length 1, - to a C :c:type:`char`. +``c`` (:class:`bytes` or :class:`bytearray` of length 1) [char] + Convert a Python byte, represented as a :class:`bytes` or + :class:`bytearray` object of length 1, to a C :c:type:`char`. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 Allow :class:`bytearray` objects ``C`` (:class:`str` of length 1) [int] Convert a Python character, represented as a :class:`str` object of diff --git a/Doc/c-api/import.rst b/Doc/c-api/import.rst index cf48363..b168751 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/import.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/import.rst @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Importing Modules :c:func:`PyImport_ImportModule`. -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ImportModuleLevel(char *name, PyObject *globals, PyObject *locals, PyObject *fromlist, int level) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ImportModuleLevelObject(PyObject *name, PyObject *globals, PyObject *locals, PyObject *fromlist, int level) Import a module. This is best described by referring to the built-in Python function :func:`__import__`, as the standard :func:`__import__` function calls @@ -68,6 +68,13 @@ Importing Modules the return value when a submodule of a package was requested is normally the top-level package, unless a non-empty *fromlist* was given. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ImportModuleLevel(char *name, PyObject *globals, PyObject *locals, PyObject *fromlist, int level) + + Similar to :c:func:`PyImport_ImportModuleLevelObject`, but the name is an + UTF-8 encoded string instead of a Unicode object. .. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_Import(PyObject *name) @@ -86,7 +93,7 @@ Importing Modules an exception set on failure (the module still exists in this case). -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_AddModule(const char *name) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_AddModuleObject(PyObject *name) Return the module object corresponding to a module name. The *name* argument may be of the form ``package.module``. First check the modules dictionary if @@ -100,6 +107,14 @@ Importing Modules or one of its variants to import a module. Package structures implied by a dotted name for *name* are not created if not already present. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_AddModule(const char *name) + + Similar to :c:func:`PyImport_AddModuleObject`, but the name is a UTF-8 + encoded string instead of a Unicode object. + .. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ExecCodeModule(char *name, PyObject *co) @@ -136,14 +151,23 @@ Importing Modules See also :c:func:`PyImport_ExecCodeModuleWithPathnames`. -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ExecCodeModuleWithPathnames(char *name, PyObject *co, char *pathname, char *cpathname) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ExecCodeModuleObject(PyObject *name, PyObject *co, PyObject *pathname, PyObject *cpathname) Like :c:func:`PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx`, but the :attr:`__cached__` attribute of the module object is set to *cpathname* if it is non-``NULL``. Of the three functions, this is the preferred one to use. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ExecCodeModuleWithPathnames(char *name, PyObject *co, char *pathname, char *cpathname) + + Like :c:func:`PyImport_ExecCodeModuleObject`, but *name*, *pathname* and + *cpathname* are UTF-8 encoded strings. + .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. c:function:: long PyImport_GetMagicNumber() Return the magic number for Python bytecode files (a.k.a. :file:`.pyc` and @@ -200,7 +224,7 @@ Importing Modules For internal use only. -.. c:function:: int PyImport_ImportFrozenModule(char *name) +.. c:function:: int PyImport_ImportFrozenModuleObject(PyObject *name) Load a frozen module named *name*. Return ``1`` for success, ``0`` if the module is not found, and ``-1`` with an exception set if the initialization @@ -208,6 +232,14 @@ Importing Modules :c:func:`PyImport_ImportModule`. (Note the misnomer --- this function would reload the module if it was already imported.) + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. c:function:: int PyImport_ImportFrozenModule(char *name) + + Similar to :c:func:`PyImport_ImportFrozenModuleObject`, but the name is a + UTF-8 encoded string instead of a Unicode object. + .. c:type:: struct _frozen @@ -247,13 +279,13 @@ Importing Modules Structure describing a single entry in the list of built-in modules. Each of these structures gives the name and initialization function for a module built - into the interpreter. Programs which embed Python may use an array of these - structures in conjunction with :c:func:`PyImport_ExtendInittab` to provide - additional built-in modules. The structure is defined in - :file:`Include/import.h` as:: + into the interpreter. The name is an ASCII encoded string. Programs which + embed Python may use an array of these structures in conjunction with + :c:func:`PyImport_ExtendInittab` to provide additional built-in modules. + The structure is defined in :file:`Include/import.h` as:: struct _inittab { - char *name; + char *name; /* ASCII encoded string */ PyObject* (*initfunc)(void); }; diff --git a/Doc/c-api/module.rst b/Doc/c-api/module.rst index ffd68e3..b97c08d 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/module.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/module.rst @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ There are only a few functions special to module objects. :c:data:`PyModule_Type`. -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyModule_New(const char *name) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyModule_NewObject(PyObject *name) .. index:: single: __name__ (module attribute) @@ -40,6 +40,14 @@ There are only a few functions special to module objects. Only the module's :attr:`__doc__` and :attr:`__name__` attributes are filled in; the caller is responsible for providing a :attr:`__file__` attribute. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyModule_New(const char *name) + + Similar to :c:func:`PyImport_NewObject`, but the name is an UTF-8 encoded + string instead of a Unicode object. + .. c:function:: PyObject* PyModule_GetDict(PyObject *module) @@ -52,7 +60,7 @@ There are only a few functions special to module objects. manipulate a module's :attr:`__dict__`. -.. c:function:: char* PyModule_GetName(PyObject *module) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyModule_GetNameObject(PyObject *module) .. index:: single: __name__ (module attribute) @@ -61,15 +69,13 @@ There are only a few functions special to module objects. Return *module*'s :attr:`__name__` value. If the module does not provide one, or if it is not a string, :exc:`SystemError` is raised and *NULL* is returned. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 -.. c:function:: char* PyModule_GetFilename(PyObject *module) - Similar to :c:func:`PyModule_GetFilenameObject` but return the filename - encoded to 'utf-8'. +.. c:function:: char* PyModule_GetName(PyObject *module) - .. deprecated:: 3.2 - :c:func:`PyModule_GetFilename` raises :c:type:`UnicodeEncodeError` on - unencodable filenames, use :c:func:`PyModule_GetFilenameObject` instead. + Similar to :c:func:`PyModule_GetNameObject` but return the name encoded to + ``'utf-8'``. .. c:function:: PyObject* PyModule_GetFilenameObject(PyObject *module) @@ -86,6 +92,16 @@ There are only a few functions special to module objects. .. versionadded:: 3.2 +.. c:function:: char* PyModule_GetFilename(PyObject *module) + + Similar to :c:func:`PyModule_GetFilenameObject` but return the filename + encoded to 'utf-8'. + + .. deprecated:: 3.2 + :c:func:`PyModule_GetFilename` raises :c:type:`UnicodeEncodeError` on + unencodable filenames, use :c:func:`PyModule_GetFilenameObject` instead. + + .. c:function:: void* PyModule_GetState(PyObject *module) Return the "state" of the module, that is, a pointer to the block of memory diff --git a/Doc/c-api/object.rst b/Doc/c-api/object.rst index d0d45ad..88ba5ac 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/object.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/object.rst @@ -6,6 +6,19 @@ Object Protocol =============== +.. c:var:: PyObject* Py_NotImplemented + + The ``NotImplemented`` singleton, used to signal that an operation is + not implemented for the given type combination. + + +.. c:macro:: Py_RETURN_NOTIMPLEMENTED + + Properly handle returning :c:data:`Py_NotImplemented` from within a C + function (that is, increment the reference count of NotImplemented and + return it). + + .. c:function:: int PyObject_Print(PyObject *o, FILE *fp, int flags) Print an object *o*, on file *fp*. Returns ``-1`` on error. The flags argument diff --git a/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst b/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst index f48eb73..e635514 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst @@ -195,6 +195,27 @@ These APIs can be used for fast direct character conversions: possible. This macro does not raise exceptions. +These APIs can be used to work with surrogates: + +.. c:macro:: Py_UNICODE_IS_SURROGATE(ch) + + Check if *ch* is a surrogate (``0xD800 <= ch <= 0xDFFF``). + +.. c:macro:: Py_UNICODE_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(ch) + + Check if *ch* is an high surrogate (``0xD800 <= ch <= 0xDBFF``). + +.. c:macro:: Py_UNICODE_IS_LOW_SURROGATE(ch) + + Check if *ch* is a low surrogate (``0xDC00 <= ch <= 0xDFFF``). + +.. c:macro:: Py_UNICODE_JOIN_SURROGATES(high, low) + + Join two surrogate characters and return a single Py_UCS4 value. + *high* and *low* are respectively the leading and trailing surrogates in a + surrogate pair. + + Plain Py_UNICODE """""""""""""""" @@ -260,18 +281,27 @@ APIs: | :attr:`%ld` | long | Exactly equivalent to | | | | ``printf("%ld")``. | +-------------------+---------------------+--------------------------------+ + | :attr:`%li` | long | Exactly equivalent to | + | | | ``printf("%li")``. | + +-------------------+---------------------+--------------------------------+ | :attr:`%lu` | unsigned long | Exactly equivalent to | | | | ``printf("%lu")``. | +-------------------+---------------------+--------------------------------+ | :attr:`%lld` | long long | Exactly equivalent to | | | | ``printf("%lld")``. | +-------------------+---------------------+--------------------------------+ + | :attr:`%lli` | long long | Exactly equivalent to | + | | | ``printf("%lli")``. | + +-------------------+---------------------+--------------------------------+ | :attr:`%llu` | unsigned long long | Exactly equivalent to | | | | ``printf("%llu")``. | +-------------------+---------------------+--------------------------------+ | :attr:`%zd` | Py_ssize_t | Exactly equivalent to | | | | ``printf("%zd")``. | +-------------------+---------------------+--------------------------------+ + | :attr:`%zi` | Py_ssize_t | Exactly equivalent to | + | | | ``printf("%zi")``. | + +-------------------+---------------------+--------------------------------+ | :attr:`%zu` | size_t | Exactly equivalent to | | | | ``printf("%zu")``. | +-------------------+---------------------+--------------------------------+ @@ -322,6 +352,9 @@ APIs: .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Support for ``"%lld"`` and ``"%llu"`` added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Support for ``"%li"``, ``"%lli"`` and ``"%zi"`` added. + .. c:function:: PyObject* PyUnicode_FromFormatV(const char *format, va_list vargs) diff --git a/Doc/contents.rst b/Doc/contents.rst index e938fcd..e9d1771 100644 --- a/Doc/contents.rst +++ b/Doc/contents.rst @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ library/index.rst extending/index.rst c-api/index.rst - distutils/index.rst + packaging/index.rst install/index.rst documenting/index.rst howto/index.rst diff --git a/Doc/distutils/apiref.rst b/Doc/distutils/apiref.rst index 4c849a9..3adbc52 100644 --- a/Doc/distutils/apiref.rst +++ b/Doc/distutils/apiref.rst @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ the full reference. .. class:: Extension The Extension class describes a single C or C++extension module in a setup - script. It accepts the following keyword arguments in its constructor + script. It accepts the following keyword arguments in its constructor: +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ | argument name | value | type | diff --git a/Doc/distutils/index.rst b/Doc/distutils/index.rst index ace8280..c8dd9f4 100644 --- a/Doc/distutils/index.rst +++ b/Doc/distutils/index.rst @@ -14,9 +14,12 @@ the module developer's point of view, describing how to use the Distutils to make Python modules and extensions easily available to a wider audience with very little overhead for build/release/install mechanics. +.. deprecated:: 3.3 + :mod:`packaging` replaces Distutils. See :ref:`packaging-index` and + :ref:`packaging-install-index`. + .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 2 - :numbered: introduction.rst setupscript.rst @@ -29,3 +32,10 @@ very little overhead for build/release/install mechanics. extending.rst commandref.rst apiref.rst + +Another document describes how to install modules and extensions packaged +following the above guidelines: + +.. toctree:: + + install.rst diff --git a/Doc/distutils/install.rst b/Doc/distutils/install.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b20f1fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/distutils/install.rst @@ -0,0 +1,1086 @@ +.. highlightlang:: none + +.. _install-index: + +***************************** + Installing Python Modules +***************************** + +:Author: Greg Ward +:Release: |version| +:Date: |today| + +.. TODO: Fill in XXX comments + +.. The audience for this document includes people who don't know anything + about Python and aren't about to learn the language just in order to + install and maintain it for their users, i.e. system administrators. + Thus, I have to be sure to explain the basics at some point: + sys.path and PYTHONPATH at least. Should probably give pointers to + other docs on "import site", PYTHONSTARTUP, PYTHONHOME, etc. + + Finally, it might be useful to include all the material from my "Care + and Feeding of a Python Installation" talk in here somewhere. Yow! + +.. topic:: Abstract + + This document describes the Python Distribution Utilities ("Distutils") from the + end-user's point-of-view, describing how to extend the capabilities of a + standard Python installation by building and installing third-party Python + modules and extensions. + + +.. _inst-intro: + +Introduction +============ + +Although Python's extensive standard library covers many programming needs, +there often comes a time when you need to add some new functionality to your +Python installation in the form of third-party modules. This might be necessary +to support your own programming, or to support an application that you want to +use and that happens to be written in Python. + +In the past, there has been little support for adding third-party modules to an +existing Python installation. With the introduction of the Python Distribution +Utilities (Distutils for short) in Python 2.0, this changed. + +This document is aimed primarily at the people who need to install third-party +Python modules: end-users and system administrators who just need to get some +Python application running, and existing Python programmers who want to add some +new goodies to their toolbox. You don't need to know Python to read this +document; there will be some brief forays into using Python's interactive mode +to explore your installation, but that's it. If you're looking for information +on how to distribute your own Python modules so that others may use them, see +the :ref:`distutils-index` manual. + + +.. _inst-trivial-install: + +Best case: trivial installation +------------------------------- + +In the best case, someone will have prepared a special version of the module +distribution you want to install that is targeted specifically at your platform +and is installed just like any other software on your platform. For example, +the module developer might make an executable installer available for Windows +users, an RPM package for users of RPM-based Linux systems (Red Hat, SuSE, +Mandrake, and many others), a Debian package for users of Debian-based Linux +systems, and so forth. + +In that case, you would download the installer appropriate to your platform and +do the obvious thing with it: run it if it's an executable installer, ``rpm +--install`` it if it's an RPM, etc. You don't need to run Python or a setup +script, you don't need to compile anything---you might not even need to read any +instructions (although it's always a good idea to do so anyway). + +Of course, things will not always be that easy. You might be interested in a +module distribution that doesn't have an easy-to-use installer for your +platform. In that case, you'll have to start with the source distribution +released by the module's author/maintainer. Installing from a source +distribution is not too hard, as long as the modules are packaged in the +standard way. The bulk of this document is about building and installing +modules from standard source distributions. + + +.. _inst-new-standard: + +The new standard: Distutils +--------------------------- + +If you download a module source distribution, you can tell pretty quickly if it +was packaged and distributed in the standard way, i.e. using the Distutils. +First, the distribution's name and version number will be featured prominently +in the name of the downloaded archive, e.g. :file:`foo-1.0.tar.gz` or +:file:`widget-0.9.7.zip`. Next, the archive will unpack into a similarly-named +directory: :file:`foo-1.0` or :file:`widget-0.9.7`. Additionally, the +distribution will contain a setup script :file:`setup.py`, and a file named +:file:`README.txt` or possibly just :file:`README`, which should explain that +building and installing the module distribution is a simple matter of running +one command from a terminal:: + + python setup.py install + +For Windows, this command should be run from a command prompt window +(:menuselection:`Start --> Accessories`):: + + setup.py install + +If all these things are true, then you already know how to build and install the +modules you've just downloaded: Run the command above. Unless you need to +install things in a non-standard way or customize the build process, you don't +really need this manual. Or rather, the above command is everything you need to +get out of this manual. + + +.. _inst-standard-install: + +Standard Build and Install +========================== + +As described in section :ref:`inst-new-standard`, building and installing a module +distribution using the Distutils is usually one simple command to run from a +terminal:: + + python setup.py install + + +.. _inst-platform-variations: + +Platform variations +------------------- + +You should always run the setup command from the distribution root directory, +i.e. the top-level subdirectory that the module source distribution unpacks +into. For example, if you've just downloaded a module source distribution +:file:`foo-1.0.tar.gz` onto a Unix system, the normal thing to do is:: + + gunzip -c foo-1.0.tar.gz | tar xf - # unpacks into directory foo-1.0 + cd foo-1.0 + python setup.py install + +On Windows, you'd probably download :file:`foo-1.0.zip`. If you downloaded the +archive file to :file:`C:\\Temp`, then it would unpack into +:file:`C:\\Temp\\foo-1.0`; you can use either a archive manipulator with a +graphical user interface (such as WinZip) or a command-line tool (such as +:program:`unzip` or :program:`pkunzip`) to unpack the archive. Then, open a +command prompt window and run:: + + cd c:\Temp\foo-1.0 + python setup.py install + + +.. _inst-splitting-up: + +Splitting the job up +-------------------- + +Running ``setup.py install`` builds and installs all modules in one run. If you +prefer to work incrementally---especially useful if you want to customize the +build process, or if things are going wrong---you can use the setup script to do +one thing at a time. This is particularly helpful when the build and install +will be done by different users---for example, you might want to build a module +distribution and hand it off to a system administrator for installation (or do +it yourself, with super-user privileges). + +For example, you can build everything in one step, and then install everything +in a second step, by invoking the setup script twice:: + + python setup.py build + python setup.py install + +If you do this, you will notice that running the :command:`install` command +first runs the :command:`build` command, which---in this case---quickly notices +that it has nothing to do, since everything in the :file:`build` directory is +up-to-date. + +You may not need this ability to break things down often if all you do is +install modules downloaded off the 'net, but it's very handy for more advanced +tasks. If you get into distributing your own Python modules and extensions, +you'll run lots of individual Distutils commands on their own. + + +.. _inst-how-build-works: + +How building works +------------------ + +As implied above, the :command:`build` command is responsible for putting the +files to install into a *build directory*. By default, this is :file:`build` +under the distribution root; if you're excessively concerned with speed, or want +to keep the source tree pristine, you can change the build directory with the +:option:`--build-base` option. For example:: + + python setup.py build --build-base=/tmp/pybuild/foo-1.0 + +(Or you could do this permanently with a directive in your system or personal +Distutils configuration file; see section :ref:`inst-config-files`.) Normally, this +isn't necessary. + +The default layout for the build tree is as follows:: + + --- build/ --- lib/ + or + --- build/ --- lib.<plat>/ + temp.<plat>/ + +where ``<plat>`` expands to a brief description of the current OS/hardware +platform and Python version. The first form, with just a :file:`lib` directory, +is used for "pure module distributions"---that is, module distributions that +include only pure Python modules. If a module distribution contains any +extensions (modules written in C/C++), then the second form, with two ``<plat>`` +directories, is used. In that case, the :file:`temp.{plat}` directory holds +temporary files generated by the compile/link process that don't actually get +installed. In either case, the :file:`lib` (or :file:`lib.{plat}`) directory +contains all Python modules (pure Python and extensions) that will be installed. + +In the future, more directories will be added to handle Python scripts, +documentation, binary executables, and whatever else is needed to handle the job +of installing Python modules and applications. + + +.. _inst-how-install-works: + +How installation works +---------------------- + +After the :command:`build` command runs (whether you run it explicitly, or the +:command:`install` command does it for you), the work of the :command:`install` +command is relatively simple: all it has to do is copy everything under +:file:`build/lib` (or :file:`build/lib.{plat}`) to your chosen installation +directory. + +If you don't choose an installation directory---i.e., if you just run ``setup.py +install``\ ---then the :command:`install` command installs to the standard +location for third-party Python modules. This location varies by platform and +by how you built/installed Python itself. On Unix (and Mac OS X, which is also +Unix-based), it also depends on whether the module distribution being installed +is pure Python or contains extensions ("non-pure"): + ++-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| Platform | Standard installation location | Default value | Notes | ++=================+=====================================================+==================================================+=======+ +| Unix (pure) | :file:`{prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | :file:`/usr/local/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | \(1) | ++-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| Unix (non-pure) | :file:`{exec-prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | :file:`/usr/local/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | \(1) | ++-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| Windows | :file:`{prefix}\\Lib\\site-packages` | :file:`C:\\Python{XY}\\Lib\\site-packages` | \(2) | ++-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ + +Notes: + +(1) + Most Linux distributions include Python as a standard part of the system, so + :file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}` are usually both :file:`/usr` on + Linux. If you build Python yourself on Linux (or any Unix-like system), the + default :file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}` are :file:`/usr/local`. + +(2) + The default installation directory on Windows was :file:`C:\\Program + Files\\Python` under Python 1.6a1, 1.5.2, and earlier. + +:file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}` stand for the directories that Python +is installed to, and where it finds its libraries at run-time. They are always +the same under Windows, and very often the same under Unix and Mac OS X. You +can find out what your Python installation uses for :file:`{prefix}` and +:file:`{exec-prefix}` by running Python in interactive mode and typing a few +simple commands. Under Unix, just type ``python`` at the shell prompt. Under +Windows, choose :menuselection:`Start --> Programs --> Python X.Y --> +Python (command line)`. Once the interpreter is started, you type Python code +at the prompt. For example, on my Linux system, I type the three Python +statements shown below, and get the output as shown, to find out my +:file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}`:: + + Python 2.4 (#26, Aug 7 2004, 17:19:02) + Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information. + >>> import sys + >>> sys.prefix + '/usr' + >>> sys.exec_prefix + '/usr' + +A few other placeholders are used in this document: :file:`{X.Y}` stands for the +version of Python, for example ``3.2``; :file:`{abiflags}` will be replaced by +the value of :data:`sys.abiflags` or the empty string for platforms which don't +define ABI flags; :file:`{distname}` will be replaced by the name of the module +distribution being installed. Dots and capitalization are important in the +paths; for example, a value that uses ``python3.2`` on UNIX will typically use +``Python32`` on Windows. + +If you don't want to install modules to the standard location, or if you don't +have permission to write there, then you need to read about alternate +installations in section :ref:`inst-alt-install`. If you want to customize your +installation directories more heavily, see section :ref:`inst-custom-install` on +custom installations. + + +.. _inst-alt-install: + +Alternate Installation +====================== + +Often, it is necessary or desirable to install modules to a location other than +the standard location for third-party Python modules. For example, on a Unix +system you might not have permission to write to the standard third-party module +directory. Or you might wish to try out a module before making it a standard +part of your local Python installation. This is especially true when upgrading +a distribution already present: you want to make sure your existing base of +scripts still works with the new version before actually upgrading. + +The Distutils :command:`install` command is designed to make installing module +distributions to an alternate location simple and painless. The basic idea is +that you supply a base directory for the installation, and the +:command:`install` command picks a set of directories (called an *installation +scheme*) under this base directory in which to install files. The details +differ across platforms, so read whichever of the following sections applies to +you. + +Note that the various alternate installation schemes are mutually exclusive: you +can pass ``--user``, or ``--home``, or ``--prefix`` and ``--exec-prefix``, or +``--install-base`` and ``--install-platbase``, but you can't mix from these +groups. + + +.. _inst-alt-install-user: + +Alternate installation: the user scheme +--------------------------------------- + +This scheme is designed to be the most convenient solution for users that don't +have write permission to the global site-packages directory or don't want to +install into it. It is enabled with a simple option:: + + python setup.py install --user + +Files will be installed into subdirectories of :data:`site.USER_BASE` (written +as :file:`{userbase}` hereafter). This scheme installs pure Python modules and +extension modules in the same location (also known as :data:`site.USER_SITE`). +Here are the values for UNIX, including Mac OS X: + +=============== =========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +=============== =========================================================== +modules :file:`{userbase}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` +scripts :file:`{userbase}/bin` +data :file:`{userbase}` +C headers :file:`{userbase}/include/python{X.Y}{abiflags}/{distname}` +=============== =========================================================== + +And here are the values used on Windows: + +=============== =========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +=============== =========================================================== +modules :file:`{userbase}\\Python{XY}\\site-packages` +scripts :file:`{userbase}\\Scripts` +data :file:`{userbase}` +C headers :file:`{userbase}\\Python{XY}\\Include\\{distname}` +=============== =========================================================== + +The advantage of using this scheme compared to the other ones described below is +that the user site-packages directory is under normal conditions always included +in :data:`sys.path` (see :mod:`site` for more information), which means that +there is no additional step to perform after running the :file:`setup.py` script +to finalize the installation. + +The :command:`build_ext` command also has a ``--user`` option to add +:file:`{userbase}/include` to the compiler search path for header files and +:file:`{userbase}/lib` to the compiler search path for libraries as well as to +the runtime search path for shared C libraries (rpath). + + +.. _inst-alt-install-home: + +Alternate installation: the home scheme +--------------------------------------- + +The idea behind the "home scheme" is that you build and maintain a personal +stash of Python modules. This scheme's name is derived from the idea of a +"home" directory on Unix, since it's not unusual for a Unix user to make their +home directory have a layout similar to :file:`/usr/` or :file:`/usr/local/`. +This scheme can be used by anyone, regardless of the operating system they +are installing for. + +Installing a new module distribution is as simple as :: + + python setup.py install --home=<dir> + +where you can supply any directory you like for the :option:`--home` option. On +Unix, lazy typists can just type a tilde (``~``); the :command:`install` command +will expand this to your home directory:: + + python setup.py install --home=~ + +To make Python find the distributions installed with this scheme, you may have +to :ref:`modify Python's search path <inst-search-path>` or edit +:mod:`sitecustomize` (see :mod:`site`) to call :func:`site.addsitedir` or edit +:data:`sys.path`. + +The :option:`--home` option defines the installation base directory. Files are +installed to the following directories under the installation base as follows: + +=============== =========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +=============== =========================================================== +modules :file:`{home}/lib/python` +scripts :file:`{home}/bin` +data :file:`{home}` +C headers :file:`{home}/include/python/{distname}` +=============== =========================================================== + +(Mentally replace slashes with backslashes if you're on Windows.) + + +.. _inst-alt-install-prefix-unix: + +Alternate installation: Unix (the prefix scheme) +------------------------------------------------ + +The "prefix scheme" is useful when you wish to use one Python installation to +perform the build/install (i.e., to run the setup script), but install modules +into the third-party module directory of a different Python installation (or +something that looks like a different Python installation). If this sounds a +trifle unusual, it is---that's why the user and home schemes come before. However, +there are at least two known cases where the prefix scheme will be useful. + +First, consider that many Linux distributions put Python in :file:`/usr`, rather +than the more traditional :file:`/usr/local`. This is entirely appropriate, +since in those cases Python is part of "the system" rather than a local add-on. +However, if you are installing Python modules from source, you probably want +them to go in :file:`/usr/local/lib/python2.{X}` rather than +:file:`/usr/lib/python2.{X}`. This can be done with :: + + /usr/bin/python setup.py install --prefix=/usr/local + +Another possibility is a network filesystem where the name used to write to a +remote directory is different from the name used to read it: for example, the +Python interpreter accessed as :file:`/usr/local/bin/python` might search for +modules in :file:`/usr/local/lib/python2.{X}`, but those modules would have to +be installed to, say, :file:`/mnt/{@server}/export/lib/python2.{X}`. This could +be done with :: + + /usr/local/bin/python setup.py install --prefix=/mnt/@server/export + +In either case, the :option:`--prefix` option defines the installation base, and +the :option:`--exec-prefix` option defines the platform-specific installation +base, which is used for platform-specific files. (Currently, this just means +non-pure module distributions, but could be expanded to C libraries, binary +executables, etc.) If :option:`--exec-prefix` is not supplied, it defaults to +:option:`--prefix`. Files are installed as follows: + +================= ========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +================= ========================================================== +Python modules :file:`{prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` +extension modules :file:`{exec-prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` +scripts :file:`{prefix}/bin` +data :file:`{prefix}` +C headers :file:`{prefix}/include/python{X.Y}{abiflags}/{distname}` +================= ========================================================== + +There is no requirement that :option:`--prefix` or :option:`--exec-prefix` +actually point to an alternate Python installation; if the directories listed +above do not already exist, they are created at installation time. + +Incidentally, the real reason the prefix scheme is important is simply that a +standard Unix installation uses the prefix scheme, but with :option:`--prefix` +and :option:`--exec-prefix` supplied by Python itself as ``sys.prefix`` and +``sys.exec_prefix``. Thus, you might think you'll never use the prefix scheme, +but every time you run ``python setup.py install`` without any other options, +you're using it. + +Note that installing extensions to an alternate Python installation has no +effect on how those extensions are built: in particular, the Python header files +(:file:`Python.h` and friends) installed with the Python interpreter used to run +the setup script will be used in compiling extensions. It is your +responsibility to ensure that the interpreter used to run extensions installed +in this way is compatible with the interpreter used to build them. The best way +to do this is to ensure that the two interpreters are the same version of Python +(possibly different builds, or possibly copies of the same build). (Of course, +if your :option:`--prefix` and :option:`--exec-prefix` don't even point to an +alternate Python installation, this is immaterial.) + + +.. _inst-alt-install-prefix-windows: + +Alternate installation: Windows (the prefix scheme) +--------------------------------------------------- + +Windows has no concept of a user's home directory, and since the standard Python +installation under Windows is simpler than under Unix, the :option:`--prefix` +option has traditionally been used to install additional packages in separate +locations on Windows. :: + + python setup.py install --prefix="\Temp\Python" + +to install modules to the :file:`\\Temp\\Python` directory on the current drive. + +The installation base is defined by the :option:`--prefix` option; the +:option:`--exec-prefix` option is not supported under Windows, which means that +pure Python modules and extension modules are installed into the same location. +Files are installed as follows: + +=============== ========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +=============== ========================================================== +modules :file:`{prefix}\\Lib\\site-packages` +scripts :file:`{prefix}\\Scripts` +data :file:`{prefix}` +C headers :file:`{prefix}\\Include\\{distname}` +=============== ========================================================== + + +.. _inst-custom-install: + +Custom Installation +=================== + +Sometimes, the alternate installation schemes described in section +:ref:`inst-alt-install` just don't do what you want. You might want to tweak just +one or two directories while keeping everything under the same base directory, +or you might want to completely redefine the installation scheme. In either +case, you're creating a *custom installation scheme*. + +To create a custom installation scheme, you start with one of the alternate +schemes and override some of the installation directories used for the various +types of files, using these options: + +====================== ======================= +Type of file Override option +====================== ======================= +Python modules ``--install-purelib`` +extension modules ``--install-platlib`` +all modules ``--install-lib`` +scripts ``--install-scripts`` +data ``--install-data`` +C headers ``--install-headers`` +====================== ======================= + +These override options can be relative, absolute, +or explicitly defined in terms of one of the installation base directories. +(There are two installation base directories, and they are normally the same--- +they only differ when you use the Unix "prefix scheme" and supply different +``--prefix`` and ``--exec-prefix`` options; using ``--install-lib`` will +override values computed or given for ``--install-purelib`` and +``--install-platlib``, and is recommended for schemes that don't make a +difference between Python and extension modules.) + +For example, say you're installing a module distribution to your home directory +under Unix---but you want scripts to go in :file:`~/scripts` rather than +:file:`~/bin`. As you might expect, you can override this directory with the +:option:`--install-scripts` option; in this case, it makes most sense to supply +a relative path, which will be interpreted relative to the installation base +directory (your home directory, in this case):: + + python setup.py install --home=~ --install-scripts=scripts + +Another Unix example: suppose your Python installation was built and installed +with a prefix of :file:`/usr/local/python`, so under a standard installation +scripts will wind up in :file:`/usr/local/python/bin`. If you want them in +:file:`/usr/local/bin` instead, you would supply this absolute directory for the +:option:`--install-scripts` option:: + + python setup.py install --install-scripts=/usr/local/bin + +(This performs an installation using the "prefix scheme," where the prefix is +whatever your Python interpreter was installed with--- :file:`/usr/local/python` +in this case.) + +If you maintain Python on Windows, you might want third-party modules to live in +a subdirectory of :file:`{prefix}`, rather than right in :file:`{prefix}` +itself. This is almost as easy as customizing the script installation directory +---you just have to remember that there are two types of modules to worry about, +Python and extension modules, which can conveniently be both controlled by one +option:: + + python setup.py install --install-lib=Site + +The specified installation directory is relative to :file:`{prefix}`. Of +course, you also have to ensure that this directory is in Python's module +search path, such as by putting a :file:`.pth` file in a site directory (see +:mod:`site`). See section :ref:`inst-search-path` to find out how to modify +Python's search path. + +If you want to define an entire installation scheme, you just have to supply all +of the installation directory options. The recommended way to do this is to +supply relative paths; for example, if you want to maintain all Python +module-related files under :file:`python` in your home directory, and you want a +separate directory for each platform that you use your home directory from, you +might define the following installation scheme:: + + python setup.py install --home=~ \ + --install-purelib=python/lib \ + --install-platlib=python/lib.$PLAT \ + --install-scripts=python/scripts + --install-data=python/data + +or, equivalently, :: + + python setup.py install --home=~/python \ + --install-purelib=lib \ + --install-platlib='lib.$PLAT' \ + --install-scripts=scripts + --install-data=data + +``$PLAT`` is not (necessarily) an environment variable---it will be expanded by +the Distutils as it parses your command line options, just as it does when +parsing your configuration file(s). + +Obviously, specifying the entire installation scheme every time you install a +new module distribution would be very tedious. Thus, you can put these options +into your Distutils config file (see section :ref:`inst-config-files`):: + + [install] + install-base=$HOME + install-purelib=python/lib + install-platlib=python/lib.$PLAT + install-scripts=python/scripts + install-data=python/data + +or, equivalently, :: + + [install] + install-base=$HOME/python + install-purelib=lib + install-platlib=lib.$PLAT + install-scripts=scripts + install-data=data + +Note that these two are *not* equivalent if you supply a different installation +base directory when you run the setup script. For example, :: + + python setup.py install --install-base=/tmp + +would install pure modules to :file:`/tmp/python/lib` in the first case, and +to :file:`/tmp/lib` in the second case. (For the second case, you probably +want to supply an installation base of :file:`/tmp/python`.) + +You probably noticed the use of ``$HOME`` and ``$PLAT`` in the sample +configuration file input. These are Distutils configuration variables, which +bear a strong resemblance to environment variables. In fact, you can use +environment variables in config files on platforms that have such a notion but +the Distutils additionally define a few extra variables that may not be in your +environment, such as ``$PLAT``. (And of course, on systems that don't have +environment variables, such as Mac OS 9, the configuration variables supplied by +the Distutils are the only ones you can use.) See section :ref:`inst-config-files` +for details. + +.. XXX need some Windows examples---when would custom installation schemes be + needed on those platforms? + + +.. XXX Move this to Doc/using + +.. _inst-search-path: + +Modifying Python's Search Path +------------------------------ + +When the Python interpreter executes an :keyword:`import` statement, it searches +for both Python code and extension modules along a search path. A default value +for the path is configured into the Python binary when the interpreter is built. +You can determine the path by importing the :mod:`sys` module and printing the +value of ``sys.path``. :: + + $ python + Python 2.2 (#11, Oct 3 2002, 13:31:27) + [GCC 2.96 20000731 (Red Hat Linux 7.3 2.96-112)] on linux2 + Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information. + >>> import sys + >>> sys.path + ['', '/usr/local/lib/python2.3', '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/plat-linux2', + '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/lib-tk', '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/lib-dynload', + '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/site-packages'] + >>> + +The null string in ``sys.path`` represents the current working directory. + +The expected convention for locally installed packages is to put them in the +:file:`{...}/site-packages/` directory, but you may want to install Python +modules into some arbitrary directory. For example, your site may have a +convention of keeping all software related to the web server under :file:`/www`. +Add-on Python modules might then belong in :file:`/www/python`, and in order to +import them, this directory must be added to ``sys.path``. There are several +different ways to add the directory. + +The most convenient way is to add a path configuration file to a directory +that's already on Python's path, usually to the :file:`.../site-packages/` +directory. Path configuration files have an extension of :file:`.pth`, and each +line must contain a single path that will be appended to ``sys.path``. (Because +the new paths are appended to ``sys.path``, modules in the added directories +will not override standard modules. This means you can't use this mechanism for +installing fixed versions of standard modules.) + +Paths can be absolute or relative, in which case they're relative to the +directory containing the :file:`.pth` file. See the documentation of +the :mod:`site` module for more information. + +A slightly less convenient way is to edit the :file:`site.py` file in Python's +standard library, and modify ``sys.path``. :file:`site.py` is automatically +imported when the Python interpreter is executed, unless the :option:`-S` switch +is supplied to suppress this behaviour. So you could simply edit +:file:`site.py` and add two lines to it:: + + import sys + sys.path.append('/www/python/') + +However, if you reinstall the same major version of Python (perhaps when +upgrading from 2.2 to 2.2.2, for example) :file:`site.py` will be overwritten by +the stock version. You'd have to remember that it was modified and save a copy +before doing the installation. + +There are two environment variables that can modify ``sys.path``. +:envvar:`PYTHONHOME` sets an alternate value for the prefix of the Python +installation. For example, if :envvar:`PYTHONHOME` is set to ``/www/python``, +the search path will be set to ``['', '/www/python/lib/pythonX.Y/', +'/www/python/lib/pythonX.Y/plat-linux2', ...]``. + +The :envvar:`PYTHONPATH` variable can be set to a list of paths that will be +added to the beginning of ``sys.path``. For example, if :envvar:`PYTHONPATH` is +set to ``/www/python:/opt/py``, the search path will begin with +``['/www/python', '/opt/py']``. (Note that directories must exist in order to +be added to ``sys.path``; the :mod:`site` module removes paths that don't +exist.) + +Finally, ``sys.path`` is just a regular Python list, so any Python application +can modify it by adding or removing entries. + + +.. _inst-config-files: + +Distutils Configuration Files +============================= + +As mentioned above, you can use Distutils configuration files to record personal +or site preferences for any Distutils options. That is, any option to any +command can be stored in one of two or three (depending on your platform) +configuration files, which will be consulted before the command-line is parsed. +This means that configuration files will override default values, and the +command-line will in turn override configuration files. Furthermore, if +multiple configuration files apply, values from "earlier" files are overridden +by "later" files. + + +.. _inst-config-filenames: + +Location and names of config files +---------------------------------- + +The names and locations of the configuration files vary slightly across +platforms. On Unix and Mac OS X, the three configuration files (in the order +they are processed) are: + ++--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| Type of file | Location and filename | Notes | ++==============+==========================================================+=======+ +| system | :file:`{prefix}/lib/python{ver}/distutils/distutils.cfg` | \(1) | ++--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| personal | :file:`$HOME/.pydistutils.cfg` | \(2) | ++--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| local | :file:`setup.cfg` | \(3) | ++--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ + +And on Windows, the configuration files are: + ++--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| Type of file | Location and filename | Notes | ++==============+=================================================+=======+ +| system | :file:`{prefix}\\Lib\\distutils\\distutils.cfg` | \(4) | ++--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| personal | :file:`%HOME%\\pydistutils.cfg` | \(5) | ++--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| local | :file:`setup.cfg` | \(3) | ++--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ + +On all platforms, the "personal" file can be temporarily disabled by +passing the `--no-user-cfg` option. + +Notes: + +(1) + Strictly speaking, the system-wide configuration file lives in the directory + where the Distutils are installed; under Python 1.6 and later on Unix, this is + as shown. For Python 1.5.2, the Distutils will normally be installed to + :file:`{prefix}/lib/python1.5/site-packages/distutils`, so the system + configuration file should be put there under Python 1.5.2. + +(2) + On Unix, if the :envvar:`HOME` environment variable is not defined, the user's + home directory will be determined with the :func:`getpwuid` function from the + standard :mod:`pwd` module. This is done by the :func:`os.path.expanduser` + function used by Distutils. + +(3) + I.e., in the current directory (usually the location of the setup script). + +(4) + (See also note (1).) Under Python 1.6 and later, Python's default "installation + prefix" is :file:`C:\\Python`, so the system configuration file is normally + :file:`C:\\Python\\Lib\\distutils\\distutils.cfg`. Under Python 1.5.2, the + default prefix was :file:`C:\\Program Files\\Python`, and the Distutils were not + part of the standard library---so the system configuration file would be + :file:`C:\\Program Files\\Python\\distutils\\distutils.cfg` in a standard Python + 1.5.2 installation under Windows. + +(5) + On Windows, if the :envvar:`HOME` environment variable is not defined, + :envvar:`USERPROFILE` then :envvar:`HOMEDRIVE` and :envvar:`HOMEPATH` will + be tried. This is done by the :func:`os.path.expanduser` function used + by Distutils. + + +.. _inst-config-syntax: + +Syntax of config files +---------------------- + +The Distutils configuration files all have the same syntax. The config files +are grouped into sections. There is one section for each Distutils command, +plus a ``global`` section for global options that affect every command. Each +section consists of one option per line, specified as ``option=value``. + +For example, the following is a complete config file that just forces all +commands to run quietly by default:: + + [global] + verbose=0 + +If this is installed as the system config file, it will affect all processing of +any Python module distribution by any user on the current system. If it is +installed as your personal config file (on systems that support them), it will +affect only module distributions processed by you. And if it is used as the +:file:`setup.cfg` for a particular module distribution, it affects only that +distribution. + +You could override the default "build base" directory and make the +:command:`build\*` commands always forcibly rebuild all files with the +following:: + + [build] + build-base=blib + force=1 + +which corresponds to the command-line arguments :: + + python setup.py build --build-base=blib --force + +except that including the :command:`build` command on the command-line means +that command will be run. Including a particular command in config files has no +such implication; it only means that if the command is run, the options in the +config file will apply. (Or if other commands that derive values from it are +run, they will use the values in the config file.) + +You can find out the complete list of options for any command using the +:option:`--help` option, e.g.:: + + python setup.py build --help + +and you can find out the complete list of global options by using +:option:`--help` without a command:: + + python setup.py --help + +See also the "Reference" section of the "Distributing Python Modules" manual. + + +.. _inst-building-ext: + +Building Extensions: Tips and Tricks +==================================== + +Whenever possible, the Distutils try to use the configuration information made +available by the Python interpreter used to run the :file:`setup.py` script. +For example, the same compiler and linker flags used to compile Python will also +be used for compiling extensions. Usually this will work well, but in +complicated situations this might be inappropriate. This section discusses how +to override the usual Distutils behaviour. + + +.. _inst-tweak-flags: + +Tweaking compiler/linker flags +------------------------------ + +Compiling a Python extension written in C or C++ will sometimes require +specifying custom flags for the compiler and linker in order to use a particular +library or produce a special kind of object code. This is especially true if the +extension hasn't been tested on your platform, or if you're trying to +cross-compile Python. + +In the most general case, the extension author might have foreseen that +compiling the extensions would be complicated, and provided a :file:`Setup` file +for you to edit. This will likely only be done if the module distribution +contains many separate extension modules, or if they often require elaborate +sets of compiler flags in order to work. + +A :file:`Setup` file, if present, is parsed in order to get a list of extensions +to build. Each line in a :file:`Setup` describes a single module. Lines have +the following structure:: + + module ... [sourcefile ...] [cpparg ...] [library ...] + + +Let's examine each of the fields in turn. + +* *module* is the name of the extension module to be built, and should be a + valid Python identifier. You can't just change this in order to rename a module + (edits to the source code would also be needed), so this should be left alone. + +* *sourcefile* is anything that's likely to be a source code file, at least + judging by the filename. Filenames ending in :file:`.c` are assumed to be + written in C, filenames ending in :file:`.C`, :file:`.cc`, and :file:`.c++` are + assumed to be C++, and filenames ending in :file:`.m` or :file:`.mm` are assumed + to be in Objective C. + +* *cpparg* is an argument for the C preprocessor, and is anything starting with + :option:`-I`, :option:`-D`, :option:`-U` or :option:`-C`. + +* *library* is anything ending in :file:`.a` or beginning with :option:`-l` or + :option:`-L`. + +If a particular platform requires a special library on your platform, you can +add it by editing the :file:`Setup` file and running ``python setup.py build``. +For example, if the module defined by the line :: + + foo foomodule.c + +must be linked with the math library :file:`libm.a` on your platform, simply add +:option:`-lm` to the line:: + + foo foomodule.c -lm + +Arbitrary switches intended for the compiler or the linker can be supplied with +the :option:`-Xcompiler` *arg* and :option:`-Xlinker` *arg* options:: + + foo foomodule.c -Xcompiler -o32 -Xlinker -shared -lm + +The next option after :option:`-Xcompiler` and :option:`-Xlinker` will be +appended to the proper command line, so in the above example the compiler will +be passed the :option:`-o32` option, and the linker will be passed +:option:`-shared`. If a compiler option requires an argument, you'll have to +supply multiple :option:`-Xcompiler` options; for example, to pass ``-x c++`` +the :file:`Setup` file would have to contain ``-Xcompiler -x -Xcompiler c++``. + +Compiler flags can also be supplied through setting the :envvar:`CFLAGS` +environment variable. If set, the contents of :envvar:`CFLAGS` will be added to +the compiler flags specified in the :file:`Setup` file. + + +.. _inst-non-ms-compilers: + +Using non-Microsoft compilers on Windows +---------------------------------------- + +.. sectionauthor:: Rene Liebscher <R.Liebscher@gmx.de> + + + +Borland/CodeGear C++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +This subsection describes the necessary steps to use Distutils with the Borland +C++ compiler version 5.5. First you have to know that Borland's object file +format (OMF) is different from the format used by the Python version you can +download from the Python or ActiveState Web site. (Python is built with +Microsoft Visual C++, which uses COFF as the object file format.) For this +reason you have to convert Python's library :file:`python25.lib` into the +Borland format. You can do this as follows: + +.. Should we mention that users have to create cfg-files for the compiler? +.. see also http://community.borland.com/article/0,1410,21205,00.html + +:: + + coff2omf python25.lib python25_bcpp.lib + +The :file:`coff2omf` program comes with the Borland compiler. The file +:file:`python25.lib` is in the :file:`Libs` directory of your Python +installation. If your extension uses other libraries (zlib, ...) you have to +convert them too. + +The converted files have to reside in the same directories as the normal +libraries. + +How does Distutils manage to use these libraries with their changed names? If +the extension needs a library (eg. :file:`foo`) Distutils checks first if it +finds a library with suffix :file:`_bcpp` (eg. :file:`foo_bcpp.lib`) and then +uses this library. In the case it doesn't find such a special library it uses +the default name (:file:`foo.lib`.) [#]_ + +To let Distutils compile your extension with Borland C++ you now have to type:: + + python setup.py build --compiler=bcpp + +If you want to use the Borland C++ compiler as the default, you could specify +this in your personal or system-wide configuration file for Distutils (see +section :ref:`inst-config-files`.) + + +.. seealso:: + + `C++Builder Compiler <http://www.codegear.com/downloads/free/cppbuilder>`_ + Information about the free C++ compiler from Borland, including links to the + download pages. + + `Creating Python Extensions Using Borland's Free Compiler <http://www.cyberus.ca/~g_will/pyExtenDL.shtml>`_ + Document describing how to use Borland's free command-line C++ compiler to build + Python. + + +GNU C / Cygwin / MinGW +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +This section describes the necessary steps to use Distutils with the GNU C/C++ +compilers in their Cygwin and MinGW distributions. [#]_ For a Python interpreter +that was built with Cygwin, everything should work without any of these +following steps. + +Not all extensions can be built with MinGW or Cygwin, but many can. Extensions +most likely to not work are those that use C++ or depend on Microsoft Visual C +extensions. + +To let Distutils compile your extension with Cygwin you have to type:: + + python setup.py build --compiler=cygwin + +and for Cygwin in no-cygwin mode [#]_ or for MinGW type:: + + python setup.py build --compiler=mingw32 + +If you want to use any of these options/compilers as default, you should +consider writing it in your personal or system-wide configuration file for +Distutils (see section :ref:`inst-config-files`.) + +Older Versions of Python and MinGW +"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" +The following instructions only apply if you're using a version of Python +inferior to 2.4.1 with a MinGW inferior to 3.0.0 (with +binutils-2.13.90-20030111-1). + +These compilers require some special libraries. This task is more complex than +for Borland's C++, because there is no program to convert the library. First +you have to create a list of symbols which the Python DLL exports. (You can find +a good program for this task at +http://www.emmestech.com/software/pexports-0.43/download_pexports.html). + +.. I don't understand what the next line means. --amk +.. (inclusive the references on data structures.) + +:: + + pexports python25.dll >python25.def + +The location of an installed :file:`python25.dll` will depend on the +installation options and the version and language of Windows. In a "just for +me" installation, it will appear in the root of the installation directory. In +a shared installation, it will be located in the system directory. + +Then you can create from these information an import library for gcc. :: + + /cygwin/bin/dlltool --dllname python25.dll --def python25.def --output-lib libpython25.a + +The resulting library has to be placed in the same directory as +:file:`python25.lib`. (Should be the :file:`libs` directory under your Python +installation directory.) + +If your extension uses other libraries (zlib,...) you might have to convert +them too. The converted files have to reside in the same directories as the +normal libraries do. + + +.. seealso:: + + `Building Python modules on MS Windows platform with MinGW <http://www.zope.org/Members/als/tips/win32_mingw_modules>`_ + Information about building the required libraries for the MinGW environment. + + +.. rubric:: Footnotes + +.. [#] This also means you could replace all existing COFF-libraries with OMF-libraries + of the same name. + +.. [#] Check http://sources.redhat.com/cygwin/ and http://www.mingw.org/ for more + information + +.. [#] Then you have no POSIX emulation available, but you also don't need + :file:`cygwin1.dll`. diff --git a/Doc/documenting/style.rst b/Doc/documenting/style.rst index 2548cb0..71a52f2 100644 --- a/Doc/documenting/style.rst +++ b/Doc/documenting/style.rst @@ -14,9 +14,10 @@ document. Use of whitespace ----------------- -All reST files use an indentation of 3 spaces. The maximum line length is 80 -characters for normal text, but tables, deeply indented code samples and long -links may extend beyond that. +All reST files use an indentation of 3 spaces; no tabs are allowed. The +maximum line length is 80 characters for normal text, but tables, deeply +indented code samples and long links may extend beyond that. Code example +bodies should use normal Python 4-space indentation. Make generous use of blank lines where applicable; they help grouping things together. diff --git a/Doc/extending/newtypes.rst b/Doc/extending/newtypes.rst index 2ba01bc..6a65941 100644 --- a/Doc/extending/newtypes.rst +++ b/Doc/extending/newtypes.rst @@ -288,18 +288,16 @@ strings, so we provide a new method:: self = (Noddy *)type->tp_alloc(type, 0); if (self != NULL) { self->first = PyString_FromString(""); - if (self->first == NULL) - { + if (self->first == NULL) { Py_DECREF(self); return NULL; - } + } self->last = PyString_FromString(""); - if (self->last == NULL) - { + if (self->last == NULL) { Py_DECREF(self); return NULL; - } + } self->number = 0; } diff --git a/Doc/faq/design.rst b/Doc/faq/design.rst index 02417b1..1f3135a 100644 --- a/Doc/faq/design.rst +++ b/Doc/faq/design.rst @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ construction of large programs. Python 2.6 adds an :mod:`abc` module that lets you define Abstract Base Classes (ABCs). You can then use :func:`isinstance` and :func:`issubclass` to check whether an instance or a class implements a particular ABC. The -:mod:`collections` module defines a set of useful ABCs such as +:mod:`collections.abc` module defines a set of useful ABCs such as :class:`Iterable`, :class:`Container`, and :class:`MutableMapping`. For Python, many of the advantages of interface specifications can be obtained diff --git a/Doc/faq/general.rst b/Doc/faq/general.rst index 111e312..21a5ee5 100644 --- a/Doc/faq/general.rst +++ b/Doc/faq/general.rst @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ and run out of the box on most UNIX platforms. .. XXX update link once the dev faq is relocated -Consult the `Developer FAQ <http://www.python.org/dev/faq/>`__ for more +Consult the `Developer FAQ <http://docs.python.org/devguide/faq>`__ for more information on getting the source code and compiling it. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ news is available. .. XXX update link once the dev faq is relocated You can also access the development version of Python through Subversion. See -http://www.python.org/dev/faq/ for details. +http://docs.python.org/devguide/faq for details. How do I submit bug reports and patches for Python? @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ report bugs to Python, you can obtain your Roundup password through Roundup's .. XXX adapt link to dev guide For more information on how Python is developed, consult `the Python Developer's -Guide <http://python.org/dev/>`_. +Guide <http://docs.python.org/devguide/>`_. Are there any published articles about Python that I can reference? diff --git a/Doc/glossary.rst b/Doc/glossary.rst index 3b211ae..4f1795d 100644 --- a/Doc/glossary.rst +++ b/Doc/glossary.rst @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Glossary subclasses, which are classes that don't inherit from a class but are still recognized by :func:`isinstance` and :func:`issubclass`; see the :mod:`abc` module documentation. Python comes with many built-in ABCs for - data structures (in the :mod:`collections` module), numbers (in the + data structures (in the :mod:`collections.abc` module), numbers (in the :mod:`numbers` module), streams (in the :mod:`io` module), import finders and loaders (in the :mod:`importlib.abc` module). You can create your own ABCs with the :mod:`abc` module. @@ -434,8 +434,8 @@ Glossary mapping A container object that supports arbitrary key lookups and implements the - methods specified in the :class:`~collections.Mapping` or - :class:`~collections.MutableMapping` + methods specified in the :class:`~collections.abc.Mapping` or + :class:`~collections.abc.MutableMapping` :ref:`abstract base classes <collections-abstract-base-classes>`. Examples include :class:`dict`, :class:`collections.defaultdict`, :class:`collections.OrderedDict` and :class:`collections.Counter`. @@ -586,6 +586,14 @@ Glossary an :term:`expression` or a one of several constructs with a keyword, such as :keyword:`if`, :keyword:`while` or :keyword:`for`. + struct sequence + A tuple with named elements. Struct sequences expose an interface similiar + to :term:`named tuple` in that elements can either be accessed either by + index or as an attribute. However, they do not have any of the named tuple + methods like :meth:`~collections.somenamedtuple._make` or + :meth:`~collections.somenamedtuple._asdict`. Examples of struct sequences + include :data:`sys.float_info` and the return value of :func:`os.stat`. + triple-quoted string A string which is bound by three instances of either a quotation mark (") or an apostrophe ('). While they don't provide any functionality diff --git a/Doc/howto/sockets.rst b/Doc/howto/sockets.rst index 04e9b98..324ea0a 100644 --- a/Doc/howto/sockets.rst +++ b/Doc/howto/sockets.rst @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ It's not really a tutorial - you'll still have work to do in getting things working. It doesn't cover the fine points (and there are a lot of them), but I hope it will give you enough background to begin using them decently. -I'm only going to talk about INET sockets, but they account for at least 99% of -the sockets in use. And I'll only talk about STREAM sockets - unless you really +I'm only going to talk about INET (i.e. IPv4) sockets, but they account for at least 99% of +the sockets in use. And I'll only talk about STREAM (i.e. TCP) sockets - unless you really know what you're doing (in which case this HOWTO isn't for you!), you'll get better behavior and performance from a STREAM socket than anything else. I will try to clear up the mystery of what a socket is, as well as some hints on how to @@ -208,10 +208,10 @@ length message:: totalsent = totalsent + sent def myreceive(self): - msg = '' + msg = b'' while len(msg) < MSGLEN: chunk = self.sock.recv(MSGLEN-len(msg)) - if chunk == '': + if chunk == b'': raise RuntimeError("socket connection broken") msg = msg + chunk return msg @@ -371,12 +371,6 @@ have created a new socket to ``connect`` to someone else, put it in the potential_writers list. If it shows up in the writable list, you have a decent chance that it has connected. -One very nasty problem with ``select``: if somewhere in those input lists of -sockets is one which has died a nasty death, the ``select`` will fail. You then -need to loop through every single damn socket in all those lists and do a -``select([sock],[],[],0)`` until you find the bad one. That timeout of 0 means -it won't take long, but it's ugly. - Actually, ``select`` can be handy even with blocking sockets. It's one way of determining whether you will block - the socket returns as readable when there's something in the buffers. However, this still doesn't help with the problem of @@ -386,32 +380,6 @@ determining whether the other end is done, or just busy with something else. files. Don't try this on Windows. On Windows, ``select`` works with sockets only. Also note that in C, many of the more advanced socket options are done differently on Windows. In fact, on Windows I usually use threads (which work -very, very well) with my sockets. Face it, if you want any kind of performance, -your code will look very different on Windows than on Unix. - - -Performance ------------ +very, very well) with my sockets. -There's no question that the fastest sockets code uses non-blocking sockets and -select to multiplex them. You can put together something that will saturate a -LAN connection without putting any strain on the CPU. The trouble is that an app -written this way can't do much of anything else - it needs to be ready to -shuffle bytes around at all times. - -Assuming that your app is actually supposed to do something more than that, -threading is the optimal solution, (and using non-blocking sockets will be -faster than using blocking sockets). Unfortunately, threading support in Unixes -varies both in API and quality. So the normal Unix solution is to fork a -subprocess to deal with each connection. The overhead for this is significant -(and don't do this on Windows - the overhead of process creation is enormous -there). It also means that unless each subprocess is completely independent, -you'll need to use another form of IPC, say a pipe, or shared memory and -semaphores, to communicate between the parent and child processes. - -Finally, remember that even though blocking sockets are somewhat slower than -non-blocking, in many cases they are the "right" solution. After all, if your -app is driven by the data it receives over a socket, there's not much sense in -complicating the logic just so your app can wait on ``select`` instead of -``recv``. diff --git a/Doc/includes/noddy2.c b/Doc/includes/noddy2.c index 9b8eafb..c02d49b 100644 --- a/Doc/includes/noddy2.c +++ b/Doc/includes/noddy2.c @@ -24,18 +24,16 @@ Noddy_new(PyTypeObject *type, PyObject *args, PyObject *kwds) self = (Noddy *)type->tp_alloc(type, 0); if (self != NULL) { self->first = PyUnicode_FromString(""); - if (self->first == NULL) - { + if (self->first == NULL) { Py_DECREF(self); return NULL; - } - + } + self->last = PyUnicode_FromString(""); - if (self->last == NULL) - { + if (self->last == NULL) { Py_DECREF(self); return NULL; - } + } self->number = 0; } @@ -50,10 +48,10 @@ Noddy_init(Noddy *self, PyObject *args, PyObject *kwds) static char *kwlist[] = {"first", "last", "number", NULL}; - if (! PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords(args, kwds, "|OOi", kwlist, - &first, &last, + if (! PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords(args, kwds, "|OOi", kwlist, + &first, &last, &self->number)) - return -1; + return -1; if (first) { tmp = self->first; @@ -111,7 +109,7 @@ Noddy_name(Noddy* self) result = PyUnicode_Format(format, args); Py_DECREF(args); - + return result; } @@ -145,12 +143,12 @@ static PyTypeObject NoddyType = { Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT | Py_TPFLAGS_BASETYPE, /* tp_flags */ "Noddy objects", /* tp_doc */ - 0, /* tp_traverse */ - 0, /* tp_clear */ - 0, /* tp_richcompare */ - 0, /* tp_weaklistoffset */ - 0, /* tp_iter */ - 0, /* tp_iternext */ + 0, /* tp_traverse */ + 0, /* tp_clear */ + 0, /* tp_richcompare */ + 0, /* tp_weaklistoffset */ + 0, /* tp_iter */ + 0, /* tp_iternext */ Noddy_methods, /* tp_methods */ Noddy_members, /* tp_members */ 0, /* tp_getset */ @@ -173,7 +171,7 @@ static PyModuleDef noddy2module = { }; PyMODINIT_FUNC -PyInit_noddy2(void) +PyInit_noddy2(void) { PyObject* m; diff --git a/Doc/includes/noddy3.c b/Doc/includes/noddy3.c index 89f3a77..002a0e1 100644 --- a/Doc/includes/noddy3.c +++ b/Doc/includes/noddy3.c @@ -24,18 +24,16 @@ Noddy_new(PyTypeObject *type, PyObject *args, PyObject *kwds) self = (Noddy *)type->tp_alloc(type, 0); if (self != NULL) { self->first = PyUnicode_FromString(""); - if (self->first == NULL) - { + if (self->first == NULL) { Py_DECREF(self); return NULL; - } - + } + self->last = PyUnicode_FromString(""); - if (self->last == NULL) - { + if (self->last == NULL) { Py_DECREF(self); return NULL; - } + } self->number = 0; } @@ -50,10 +48,10 @@ Noddy_init(Noddy *self, PyObject *args, PyObject *kwds) static char *kwlist[] = {"first", "last", "number", NULL}; - if (! PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords(args, kwds, "|SSi", kwlist, - &first, &last, + if (! PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords(args, kwds, "|SSi", kwlist, + &first, &last, &self->number)) - return -1; + return -1; if (first) { tmp = self->first; @@ -88,22 +86,22 @@ Noddy_getfirst(Noddy *self, void *closure) static int Noddy_setfirst(Noddy *self, PyObject *value, void *closure) { - if (value == NULL) { - PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "Cannot delete the first attribute"); - return -1; - } - - if (! PyUnicode_Check(value)) { - PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, - "The first attribute value must be a string"); - return -1; - } - - Py_DECREF(self->first); - Py_INCREF(value); - self->first = value; - - return 0; + if (value == NULL) { + PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "Cannot delete the first attribute"); + return -1; + } + + if (! PyUnicode_Check(value)) { + PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, + "The first attribute value must be a string"); + return -1; + } + + Py_DECREF(self->first); + Py_INCREF(value); + self->first = value; + + return 0; } static PyObject * @@ -116,30 +114,30 @@ Noddy_getlast(Noddy *self, void *closure) static int Noddy_setlast(Noddy *self, PyObject *value, void *closure) { - if (value == NULL) { - PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "Cannot delete the last attribute"); - return -1; - } - - if (! PyUnicode_Check(value)) { - PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, - "The last attribute value must be a string"); - return -1; - } - - Py_DECREF(self->last); - Py_INCREF(value); - self->last = value; - - return 0; + if (value == NULL) { + PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, "Cannot delete the last attribute"); + return -1; + } + + if (! PyUnicode_Check(value)) { + PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, + "The last attribute value must be a string"); + return -1; + } + + Py_DECREF(self->last); + Py_INCREF(value); + self->last = value; + + return 0; } static PyGetSetDef Noddy_getseters[] = { - {"first", + {"first", (getter)Noddy_getfirst, (setter)Noddy_setfirst, "first name", NULL}, - {"last", + {"last", (getter)Noddy_getlast, (setter)Noddy_setlast, "last name", NULL}, @@ -164,7 +162,7 @@ Noddy_name(Noddy* self) result = PyUnicode_Format(format, args); Py_DECREF(args); - + return result; } @@ -198,12 +196,12 @@ static PyTypeObject NoddyType = { Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT | Py_TPFLAGS_BASETYPE, /* tp_flags */ "Noddy objects", /* tp_doc */ - 0, /* tp_traverse */ - 0, /* tp_clear */ - 0, /* tp_richcompare */ - 0, /* tp_weaklistoffset */ - 0, /* tp_iter */ - 0, /* tp_iternext */ + 0, /* tp_traverse */ + 0, /* tp_clear */ + 0, /* tp_richcompare */ + 0, /* tp_weaklistoffset */ + 0, /* tp_iter */ + 0, /* tp_iternext */ Noddy_methods, /* tp_methods */ Noddy_members, /* tp_members */ Noddy_getseters, /* tp_getset */ @@ -226,7 +224,7 @@ static PyModuleDef noddy3module = { }; PyMODINIT_FUNC -PyInit_noddy3(void) +PyInit_noddy3(void) { PyObject* m; diff --git a/Doc/includes/noddy4.c b/Doc/includes/noddy4.c index 6a96fac..c747682 100644 --- a/Doc/includes/noddy4.c +++ b/Doc/includes/noddy4.c @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Noddy_traverse(Noddy *self, visitproc visit, void *arg) return 0; } -static int +static int Noddy_clear(Noddy *self) { PyObject *tmp; @@ -58,18 +58,16 @@ Noddy_new(PyTypeObject *type, PyObject *args, PyObject *kwds) self = (Noddy *)type->tp_alloc(type, 0); if (self != NULL) { self->first = PyUnicode_FromString(""); - if (self->first == NULL) - { + if (self->first == NULL) { Py_DECREF(self); return NULL; - } - + } + self->last = PyUnicode_FromString(""); - if (self->last == NULL) - { + if (self->last == NULL) { Py_DECREF(self); return NULL; - } + } self->number = 0; } @@ -84,10 +82,10 @@ Noddy_init(Noddy *self, PyObject *args, PyObject *kwds) static char *kwlist[] = {"first", "last", "number", NULL}; - if (! PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords(args, kwds, "|OOi", kwlist, - &first, &last, + if (! PyArg_ParseTupleAndKeywords(args, kwds, "|OOi", kwlist, + &first, &last, &self->number)) - return -1; + return -1; if (first) { tmp = self->first; @@ -145,7 +143,7 @@ Noddy_name(Noddy* self) result = PyUnicode_Format(format, args); Py_DECREF(args); - + return result; } @@ -182,10 +180,10 @@ static PyTypeObject NoddyType = { "Noddy objects", /* tp_doc */ (traverseproc)Noddy_traverse, /* tp_traverse */ (inquiry)Noddy_clear, /* tp_clear */ - 0, /* tp_richcompare */ - 0, /* tp_weaklistoffset */ - 0, /* tp_iter */ - 0, /* tp_iternext */ + 0, /* tp_richcompare */ + 0, /* tp_weaklistoffset */ + 0, /* tp_iter */ + 0, /* tp_iternext */ Noddy_methods, /* tp_methods */ Noddy_members, /* tp_members */ 0, /* tp_getset */ @@ -208,7 +206,7 @@ static PyModuleDef noddy4module = { }; PyMODINIT_FUNC -PyInit_noddy4(void) +PyInit_noddy4(void) { PyObject* m; diff --git a/Doc/install/index.rst b/Doc/install/index.rst index b20f1fb..bb2e9c5 100644 --- a/Doc/install/index.rst +++ b/Doc/install/index.rst @@ -1,12 +1,10 @@ -.. highlightlang:: none +.. _packaging-install-index: -.. _install-index: +****************************** + Installing Python Projects +****************************** -***************************** - Installing Python Modules -***************************** - -:Author: Greg Ward +:Author: The Fellowship of the Packaging :Release: |version| :Date: |today| @@ -16,1071 +14,43 @@ about Python and aren't about to learn the language just in order to install and maintain it for their users, i.e. system administrators. Thus, I have to be sure to explain the basics at some point: - sys.path and PYTHONPATH at least. Should probably give pointers to + sys.path and PYTHONPATH at least. Should probably give pointers to other docs on "import site", PYTHONSTARTUP, PYTHONHOME, etc. Finally, it might be useful to include all the material from my "Care - and Feeding of a Python Installation" talk in here somewhere. Yow! + and Feeding of a Python Installation" talk in here somewhere. Yow! .. topic:: Abstract - This document describes the Python Distribution Utilities ("Distutils") from the - end-user's point-of-view, describing how to extend the capabilities of a - standard Python installation by building and installing third-party Python - modules and extensions. - - -.. _inst-intro: - -Introduction -============ - -Although Python's extensive standard library covers many programming needs, -there often comes a time when you need to add some new functionality to your -Python installation in the form of third-party modules. This might be necessary -to support your own programming, or to support an application that you want to -use and that happens to be written in Python. - -In the past, there has been little support for adding third-party modules to an -existing Python installation. With the introduction of the Python Distribution -Utilities (Distutils for short) in Python 2.0, this changed. - -This document is aimed primarily at the people who need to install third-party -Python modules: end-users and system administrators who just need to get some -Python application running, and existing Python programmers who want to add some -new goodies to their toolbox. You don't need to know Python to read this -document; there will be some brief forays into using Python's interactive mode -to explore your installation, but that's it. If you're looking for information -on how to distribute your own Python modules so that others may use them, see -the :ref:`distutils-index` manual. - - -.. _inst-trivial-install: - -Best case: trivial installation -------------------------------- - -In the best case, someone will have prepared a special version of the module -distribution you want to install that is targeted specifically at your platform -and is installed just like any other software on your platform. For example, -the module developer might make an executable installer available for Windows -users, an RPM package for users of RPM-based Linux systems (Red Hat, SuSE, -Mandrake, and many others), a Debian package for users of Debian-based Linux -systems, and so forth. - -In that case, you would download the installer appropriate to your platform and -do the obvious thing with it: run it if it's an executable installer, ``rpm ---install`` it if it's an RPM, etc. You don't need to run Python or a setup -script, you don't need to compile anything---you might not even need to read any -instructions (although it's always a good idea to do so anyway). - -Of course, things will not always be that easy. You might be interested in a -module distribution that doesn't have an easy-to-use installer for your -platform. In that case, you'll have to start with the source distribution -released by the module's author/maintainer. Installing from a source -distribution is not too hard, as long as the modules are packaged in the -standard way. The bulk of this document is about building and installing -modules from standard source distributions. - - -.. _inst-new-standard: - -The new standard: Distutils ---------------------------- - -If you download a module source distribution, you can tell pretty quickly if it -was packaged and distributed in the standard way, i.e. using the Distutils. -First, the distribution's name and version number will be featured prominently -in the name of the downloaded archive, e.g. :file:`foo-1.0.tar.gz` or -:file:`widget-0.9.7.zip`. Next, the archive will unpack into a similarly-named -directory: :file:`foo-1.0` or :file:`widget-0.9.7`. Additionally, the -distribution will contain a setup script :file:`setup.py`, and a file named -:file:`README.txt` or possibly just :file:`README`, which should explain that -building and installing the module distribution is a simple matter of running -one command from a terminal:: - - python setup.py install - -For Windows, this command should be run from a command prompt window -(:menuselection:`Start --> Accessories`):: - - setup.py install - -If all these things are true, then you already know how to build and install the -modules you've just downloaded: Run the command above. Unless you need to -install things in a non-standard way or customize the build process, you don't -really need this manual. Or rather, the above command is everything you need to -get out of this manual. - - -.. _inst-standard-install: - -Standard Build and Install -========================== - -As described in section :ref:`inst-new-standard`, building and installing a module -distribution using the Distutils is usually one simple command to run from a -terminal:: - - python setup.py install - - -.. _inst-platform-variations: - -Platform variations -------------------- - -You should always run the setup command from the distribution root directory, -i.e. the top-level subdirectory that the module source distribution unpacks -into. For example, if you've just downloaded a module source distribution -:file:`foo-1.0.tar.gz` onto a Unix system, the normal thing to do is:: - - gunzip -c foo-1.0.tar.gz | tar xf - # unpacks into directory foo-1.0 - cd foo-1.0 - python setup.py install - -On Windows, you'd probably download :file:`foo-1.0.zip`. If you downloaded the -archive file to :file:`C:\\Temp`, then it would unpack into -:file:`C:\\Temp\\foo-1.0`; you can use either a archive manipulator with a -graphical user interface (such as WinZip) or a command-line tool (such as -:program:`unzip` or :program:`pkunzip`) to unpack the archive. Then, open a -command prompt window and run:: - - cd c:\Temp\foo-1.0 - python setup.py install - - -.. _inst-splitting-up: - -Splitting the job up --------------------- - -Running ``setup.py install`` builds and installs all modules in one run. If you -prefer to work incrementally---especially useful if you want to customize the -build process, or if things are going wrong---you can use the setup script to do -one thing at a time. This is particularly helpful when the build and install -will be done by different users---for example, you might want to build a module -distribution and hand it off to a system administrator for installation (or do -it yourself, with super-user privileges). - -For example, you can build everything in one step, and then install everything -in a second step, by invoking the setup script twice:: - - python setup.py build - python setup.py install - -If you do this, you will notice that running the :command:`install` command -first runs the :command:`build` command, which---in this case---quickly notices -that it has nothing to do, since everything in the :file:`build` directory is -up-to-date. - -You may not need this ability to break things down often if all you do is -install modules downloaded off the 'net, but it's very handy for more advanced -tasks. If you get into distributing your own Python modules and extensions, -you'll run lots of individual Distutils commands on their own. - - -.. _inst-how-build-works: - -How building works ------------------- - -As implied above, the :command:`build` command is responsible for putting the -files to install into a *build directory*. By default, this is :file:`build` -under the distribution root; if you're excessively concerned with speed, or want -to keep the source tree pristine, you can change the build directory with the -:option:`--build-base` option. For example:: - - python setup.py build --build-base=/tmp/pybuild/foo-1.0 - -(Or you could do this permanently with a directive in your system or personal -Distutils configuration file; see section :ref:`inst-config-files`.) Normally, this -isn't necessary. - -The default layout for the build tree is as follows:: - - --- build/ --- lib/ - or - --- build/ --- lib.<plat>/ - temp.<plat>/ - -where ``<plat>`` expands to a brief description of the current OS/hardware -platform and Python version. The first form, with just a :file:`lib` directory, -is used for "pure module distributions"---that is, module distributions that -include only pure Python modules. If a module distribution contains any -extensions (modules written in C/C++), then the second form, with two ``<plat>`` -directories, is used. In that case, the :file:`temp.{plat}` directory holds -temporary files generated by the compile/link process that don't actually get -installed. In either case, the :file:`lib` (or :file:`lib.{plat}`) directory -contains all Python modules (pure Python and extensions) that will be installed. - -In the future, more directories will be added to handle Python scripts, -documentation, binary executables, and whatever else is needed to handle the job -of installing Python modules and applications. - - -.. _inst-how-install-works: - -How installation works ----------------------- - -After the :command:`build` command runs (whether you run it explicitly, or the -:command:`install` command does it for you), the work of the :command:`install` -command is relatively simple: all it has to do is copy everything under -:file:`build/lib` (or :file:`build/lib.{plat}`) to your chosen installation -directory. - -If you don't choose an installation directory---i.e., if you just run ``setup.py -install``\ ---then the :command:`install` command installs to the standard -location for third-party Python modules. This location varies by platform and -by how you built/installed Python itself. On Unix (and Mac OS X, which is also -Unix-based), it also depends on whether the module distribution being installed -is pure Python or contains extensions ("non-pure"): - -+-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ -| Platform | Standard installation location | Default value | Notes | -+=================+=====================================================+==================================================+=======+ -| Unix (pure) | :file:`{prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | :file:`/usr/local/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | \(1) | -+-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ -| Unix (non-pure) | :file:`{exec-prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | :file:`/usr/local/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | \(1) | -+-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ -| Windows | :file:`{prefix}\\Lib\\site-packages` | :file:`C:\\Python{XY}\\Lib\\site-packages` | \(2) | -+-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ - -Notes: - -(1) - Most Linux distributions include Python as a standard part of the system, so - :file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}` are usually both :file:`/usr` on - Linux. If you build Python yourself on Linux (or any Unix-like system), the - default :file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}` are :file:`/usr/local`. - -(2) - The default installation directory on Windows was :file:`C:\\Program - Files\\Python` under Python 1.6a1, 1.5.2, and earlier. - -:file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}` stand for the directories that Python -is installed to, and where it finds its libraries at run-time. They are always -the same under Windows, and very often the same under Unix and Mac OS X. You -can find out what your Python installation uses for :file:`{prefix}` and -:file:`{exec-prefix}` by running Python in interactive mode and typing a few -simple commands. Under Unix, just type ``python`` at the shell prompt. Under -Windows, choose :menuselection:`Start --> Programs --> Python X.Y --> -Python (command line)`. Once the interpreter is started, you type Python code -at the prompt. For example, on my Linux system, I type the three Python -statements shown below, and get the output as shown, to find out my -:file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}`:: - - Python 2.4 (#26, Aug 7 2004, 17:19:02) - Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information. - >>> import sys - >>> sys.prefix - '/usr' - >>> sys.exec_prefix - '/usr' - -A few other placeholders are used in this document: :file:`{X.Y}` stands for the -version of Python, for example ``3.2``; :file:`{abiflags}` will be replaced by -the value of :data:`sys.abiflags` or the empty string for platforms which don't -define ABI flags; :file:`{distname}` will be replaced by the name of the module -distribution being installed. Dots and capitalization are important in the -paths; for example, a value that uses ``python3.2`` on UNIX will typically use -``Python32`` on Windows. - -If you don't want to install modules to the standard location, or if you don't -have permission to write there, then you need to read about alternate -installations in section :ref:`inst-alt-install`. If you want to customize your -installation directories more heavily, see section :ref:`inst-custom-install` on -custom installations. - - -.. _inst-alt-install: - -Alternate Installation -====================== - -Often, it is necessary or desirable to install modules to a location other than -the standard location for third-party Python modules. For example, on a Unix -system you might not have permission to write to the standard third-party module -directory. Or you might wish to try out a module before making it a standard -part of your local Python installation. This is especially true when upgrading -a distribution already present: you want to make sure your existing base of -scripts still works with the new version before actually upgrading. - -The Distutils :command:`install` command is designed to make installing module -distributions to an alternate location simple and painless. The basic idea is -that you supply a base directory for the installation, and the -:command:`install` command picks a set of directories (called an *installation -scheme*) under this base directory in which to install files. The details -differ across platforms, so read whichever of the following sections applies to -you. - -Note that the various alternate installation schemes are mutually exclusive: you -can pass ``--user``, or ``--home``, or ``--prefix`` and ``--exec-prefix``, or -``--install-base`` and ``--install-platbase``, but you can't mix from these -groups. - - -.. _inst-alt-install-user: - -Alternate installation: the user scheme ---------------------------------------- - -This scheme is designed to be the most convenient solution for users that don't -have write permission to the global site-packages directory or don't want to -install into it. It is enabled with a simple option:: - - python setup.py install --user - -Files will be installed into subdirectories of :data:`site.USER_BASE` (written -as :file:`{userbase}` hereafter). This scheme installs pure Python modules and -extension modules in the same location (also known as :data:`site.USER_SITE`). -Here are the values for UNIX, including Mac OS X: - -=============== =========================================================== -Type of file Installation directory -=============== =========================================================== -modules :file:`{userbase}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` -scripts :file:`{userbase}/bin` -data :file:`{userbase}` -C headers :file:`{userbase}/include/python{X.Y}{abiflags}/{distname}` -=============== =========================================================== - -And here are the values used on Windows: - -=============== =========================================================== -Type of file Installation directory -=============== =========================================================== -modules :file:`{userbase}\\Python{XY}\\site-packages` -scripts :file:`{userbase}\\Scripts` -data :file:`{userbase}` -C headers :file:`{userbase}\\Python{XY}\\Include\\{distname}` -=============== =========================================================== - -The advantage of using this scheme compared to the other ones described below is -that the user site-packages directory is under normal conditions always included -in :data:`sys.path` (see :mod:`site` for more information), which means that -there is no additional step to perform after running the :file:`setup.py` script -to finalize the installation. - -The :command:`build_ext` command also has a ``--user`` option to add -:file:`{userbase}/include` to the compiler search path for header files and -:file:`{userbase}/lib` to the compiler search path for libraries as well as to -the runtime search path for shared C libraries (rpath). - - -.. _inst-alt-install-home: - -Alternate installation: the home scheme ---------------------------------------- - -The idea behind the "home scheme" is that you build and maintain a personal -stash of Python modules. This scheme's name is derived from the idea of a -"home" directory on Unix, since it's not unusual for a Unix user to make their -home directory have a layout similar to :file:`/usr/` or :file:`/usr/local/`. -This scheme can be used by anyone, regardless of the operating system they -are installing for. - -Installing a new module distribution is as simple as :: - - python setup.py install --home=<dir> - -where you can supply any directory you like for the :option:`--home` option. On -Unix, lazy typists can just type a tilde (``~``); the :command:`install` command -will expand this to your home directory:: - - python setup.py install --home=~ - -To make Python find the distributions installed with this scheme, you may have -to :ref:`modify Python's search path <inst-search-path>` or edit -:mod:`sitecustomize` (see :mod:`site`) to call :func:`site.addsitedir` or edit -:data:`sys.path`. - -The :option:`--home` option defines the installation base directory. Files are -installed to the following directories under the installation base as follows: - -=============== =========================================================== -Type of file Installation directory -=============== =========================================================== -modules :file:`{home}/lib/python` -scripts :file:`{home}/bin` -data :file:`{home}` -C headers :file:`{home}/include/python/{distname}` -=============== =========================================================== - -(Mentally replace slashes with backslashes if you're on Windows.) - - -.. _inst-alt-install-prefix-unix: - -Alternate installation: Unix (the prefix scheme) ------------------------------------------------- - -The "prefix scheme" is useful when you wish to use one Python installation to -perform the build/install (i.e., to run the setup script), but install modules -into the third-party module directory of a different Python installation (or -something that looks like a different Python installation). If this sounds a -trifle unusual, it is---that's why the user and home schemes come before. However, -there are at least two known cases where the prefix scheme will be useful. - -First, consider that many Linux distributions put Python in :file:`/usr`, rather -than the more traditional :file:`/usr/local`. This is entirely appropriate, -since in those cases Python is part of "the system" rather than a local add-on. -However, if you are installing Python modules from source, you probably want -them to go in :file:`/usr/local/lib/python2.{X}` rather than -:file:`/usr/lib/python2.{X}`. This can be done with :: - - /usr/bin/python setup.py install --prefix=/usr/local - -Another possibility is a network filesystem where the name used to write to a -remote directory is different from the name used to read it: for example, the -Python interpreter accessed as :file:`/usr/local/bin/python` might search for -modules in :file:`/usr/local/lib/python2.{X}`, but those modules would have to -be installed to, say, :file:`/mnt/{@server}/export/lib/python2.{X}`. This could -be done with :: - - /usr/local/bin/python setup.py install --prefix=/mnt/@server/export - -In either case, the :option:`--prefix` option defines the installation base, and -the :option:`--exec-prefix` option defines the platform-specific installation -base, which is used for platform-specific files. (Currently, this just means -non-pure module distributions, but could be expanded to C libraries, binary -executables, etc.) If :option:`--exec-prefix` is not supplied, it defaults to -:option:`--prefix`. Files are installed as follows: - -================= ========================================================== -Type of file Installation directory -================= ========================================================== -Python modules :file:`{prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` -extension modules :file:`{exec-prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` -scripts :file:`{prefix}/bin` -data :file:`{prefix}` -C headers :file:`{prefix}/include/python{X.Y}{abiflags}/{distname}` -================= ========================================================== - -There is no requirement that :option:`--prefix` or :option:`--exec-prefix` -actually point to an alternate Python installation; if the directories listed -above do not already exist, they are created at installation time. - -Incidentally, the real reason the prefix scheme is important is simply that a -standard Unix installation uses the prefix scheme, but with :option:`--prefix` -and :option:`--exec-prefix` supplied by Python itself as ``sys.prefix`` and -``sys.exec_prefix``. Thus, you might think you'll never use the prefix scheme, -but every time you run ``python setup.py install`` without any other options, -you're using it. - -Note that installing extensions to an alternate Python installation has no -effect on how those extensions are built: in particular, the Python header files -(:file:`Python.h` and friends) installed with the Python interpreter used to run -the setup script will be used in compiling extensions. It is your -responsibility to ensure that the interpreter used to run extensions installed -in this way is compatible with the interpreter used to build them. The best way -to do this is to ensure that the two interpreters are the same version of Python -(possibly different builds, or possibly copies of the same build). (Of course, -if your :option:`--prefix` and :option:`--exec-prefix` don't even point to an -alternate Python installation, this is immaterial.) - - -.. _inst-alt-install-prefix-windows: - -Alternate installation: Windows (the prefix scheme) ---------------------------------------------------- - -Windows has no concept of a user's home directory, and since the standard Python -installation under Windows is simpler than under Unix, the :option:`--prefix` -option has traditionally been used to install additional packages in separate -locations on Windows. :: - - python setup.py install --prefix="\Temp\Python" - -to install modules to the :file:`\\Temp\\Python` directory on the current drive. - -The installation base is defined by the :option:`--prefix` option; the -:option:`--exec-prefix` option is not supported under Windows, which means that -pure Python modules and extension modules are installed into the same location. -Files are installed as follows: - -=============== ========================================================== -Type of file Installation directory -=============== ========================================================== -modules :file:`{prefix}\\Lib\\site-packages` -scripts :file:`{prefix}\\Scripts` -data :file:`{prefix}` -C headers :file:`{prefix}\\Include\\{distname}` -=============== ========================================================== - - -.. _inst-custom-install: - -Custom Installation -=================== - -Sometimes, the alternate installation schemes described in section -:ref:`inst-alt-install` just don't do what you want. You might want to tweak just -one or two directories while keeping everything under the same base directory, -or you might want to completely redefine the installation scheme. In either -case, you're creating a *custom installation scheme*. - -To create a custom installation scheme, you start with one of the alternate -schemes and override some of the installation directories used for the various -types of files, using these options: - -====================== ======================= -Type of file Override option -====================== ======================= -Python modules ``--install-purelib`` -extension modules ``--install-platlib`` -all modules ``--install-lib`` -scripts ``--install-scripts`` -data ``--install-data`` -C headers ``--install-headers`` -====================== ======================= - -These override options can be relative, absolute, -or explicitly defined in terms of one of the installation base directories. -(There are two installation base directories, and they are normally the same--- -they only differ when you use the Unix "prefix scheme" and supply different -``--prefix`` and ``--exec-prefix`` options; using ``--install-lib`` will -override values computed or given for ``--install-purelib`` and -``--install-platlib``, and is recommended for schemes that don't make a -difference between Python and extension modules.) - -For example, say you're installing a module distribution to your home directory -under Unix---but you want scripts to go in :file:`~/scripts` rather than -:file:`~/bin`. As you might expect, you can override this directory with the -:option:`--install-scripts` option; in this case, it makes most sense to supply -a relative path, which will be interpreted relative to the installation base -directory (your home directory, in this case):: - - python setup.py install --home=~ --install-scripts=scripts - -Another Unix example: suppose your Python installation was built and installed -with a prefix of :file:`/usr/local/python`, so under a standard installation -scripts will wind up in :file:`/usr/local/python/bin`. If you want them in -:file:`/usr/local/bin` instead, you would supply this absolute directory for the -:option:`--install-scripts` option:: - - python setup.py install --install-scripts=/usr/local/bin - -(This performs an installation using the "prefix scheme," where the prefix is -whatever your Python interpreter was installed with--- :file:`/usr/local/python` -in this case.) - -If you maintain Python on Windows, you might want third-party modules to live in -a subdirectory of :file:`{prefix}`, rather than right in :file:`{prefix}` -itself. This is almost as easy as customizing the script installation directory ----you just have to remember that there are two types of modules to worry about, -Python and extension modules, which can conveniently be both controlled by one -option:: - - python setup.py install --install-lib=Site - -The specified installation directory is relative to :file:`{prefix}`. Of -course, you also have to ensure that this directory is in Python's module -search path, such as by putting a :file:`.pth` file in a site directory (see -:mod:`site`). See section :ref:`inst-search-path` to find out how to modify -Python's search path. - -If you want to define an entire installation scheme, you just have to supply all -of the installation directory options. The recommended way to do this is to -supply relative paths; for example, if you want to maintain all Python -module-related files under :file:`python` in your home directory, and you want a -separate directory for each platform that you use your home directory from, you -might define the following installation scheme:: + This document describes Packaging from the end-user's point of view: it + explains how to extend the functionality of a standard Python installation by + building and installing third-party Python modules and applications. - python setup.py install --home=~ \ - --install-purelib=python/lib \ - --install-platlib=python/lib.$PLAT \ - --install-scripts=python/scripts - --install-data=python/data -or, equivalently, :: +This guide is split into a simple overview followed by a longer presentation of +the :program:`pysetup` script, the Python package management tool used to +build, distribute, search for, install, remove and list Python distributions. - python setup.py install --home=~/python \ - --install-purelib=lib \ - --install-platlib='lib.$PLAT' \ - --install-scripts=scripts - --install-data=data +.. TODO integrate install and pysetup instead of duplicating -``$PLAT`` is not (necessarily) an environment variable---it will be expanded by -the Distutils as it parses your command line options, just as it does when -parsing your configuration file(s). +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + :numbered: -Obviously, specifying the entire installation scheme every time you install a -new module distribution would be very tedious. Thus, you can put these options -into your Distutils config file (see section :ref:`inst-config-files`):: - - [install] - install-base=$HOME - install-purelib=python/lib - install-platlib=python/lib.$PLAT - install-scripts=python/scripts - install-data=python/data - -or, equivalently, :: - - [install] - install-base=$HOME/python - install-purelib=lib - install-platlib=lib.$PLAT - install-scripts=scripts - install-data=data - -Note that these two are *not* equivalent if you supply a different installation -base directory when you run the setup script. For example, :: - - python setup.py install --install-base=/tmp - -would install pure modules to :file:`/tmp/python/lib` in the first case, and -to :file:`/tmp/lib` in the second case. (For the second case, you probably -want to supply an installation base of :file:`/tmp/python`.) - -You probably noticed the use of ``$HOME`` and ``$PLAT`` in the sample -configuration file input. These are Distutils configuration variables, which -bear a strong resemblance to environment variables. In fact, you can use -environment variables in config files on platforms that have such a notion but -the Distutils additionally define a few extra variables that may not be in your -environment, such as ``$PLAT``. (And of course, on systems that don't have -environment variables, such as Mac OS 9, the configuration variables supplied by -the Distutils are the only ones you can use.) See section :ref:`inst-config-files` -for details. - -.. XXX need some Windows examples---when would custom installation schemes be - needed on those platforms? - - -.. XXX Move this to Doc/using - -.. _inst-search-path: - -Modifying Python's Search Path ------------------------------- - -When the Python interpreter executes an :keyword:`import` statement, it searches -for both Python code and extension modules along a search path. A default value -for the path is configured into the Python binary when the interpreter is built. -You can determine the path by importing the :mod:`sys` module and printing the -value of ``sys.path``. :: - - $ python - Python 2.2 (#11, Oct 3 2002, 13:31:27) - [GCC 2.96 20000731 (Red Hat Linux 7.3 2.96-112)] on linux2 - Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information. - >>> import sys - >>> sys.path - ['', '/usr/local/lib/python2.3', '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/plat-linux2', - '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/lib-tk', '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/lib-dynload', - '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/site-packages'] - >>> - -The null string in ``sys.path`` represents the current working directory. - -The expected convention for locally installed packages is to put them in the -:file:`{...}/site-packages/` directory, but you may want to install Python -modules into some arbitrary directory. For example, your site may have a -convention of keeping all software related to the web server under :file:`/www`. -Add-on Python modules might then belong in :file:`/www/python`, and in order to -import them, this directory must be added to ``sys.path``. There are several -different ways to add the directory. - -The most convenient way is to add a path configuration file to a directory -that's already on Python's path, usually to the :file:`.../site-packages/` -directory. Path configuration files have an extension of :file:`.pth`, and each -line must contain a single path that will be appended to ``sys.path``. (Because -the new paths are appended to ``sys.path``, modules in the added directories -will not override standard modules. This means you can't use this mechanism for -installing fixed versions of standard modules.) - -Paths can be absolute or relative, in which case they're relative to the -directory containing the :file:`.pth` file. See the documentation of -the :mod:`site` module for more information. - -A slightly less convenient way is to edit the :file:`site.py` file in Python's -standard library, and modify ``sys.path``. :file:`site.py` is automatically -imported when the Python interpreter is executed, unless the :option:`-S` switch -is supplied to suppress this behaviour. So you could simply edit -:file:`site.py` and add two lines to it:: - - import sys - sys.path.append('/www/python/') - -However, if you reinstall the same major version of Python (perhaps when -upgrading from 2.2 to 2.2.2, for example) :file:`site.py` will be overwritten by -the stock version. You'd have to remember that it was modified and save a copy -before doing the installation. - -There are two environment variables that can modify ``sys.path``. -:envvar:`PYTHONHOME` sets an alternate value for the prefix of the Python -installation. For example, if :envvar:`PYTHONHOME` is set to ``/www/python``, -the search path will be set to ``['', '/www/python/lib/pythonX.Y/', -'/www/python/lib/pythonX.Y/plat-linux2', ...]``. - -The :envvar:`PYTHONPATH` variable can be set to a list of paths that will be -added to the beginning of ``sys.path``. For example, if :envvar:`PYTHONPATH` is -set to ``/www/python:/opt/py``, the search path will begin with -``['/www/python', '/opt/py']``. (Note that directories must exist in order to -be added to ``sys.path``; the :mod:`site` module removes paths that don't -exist.) - -Finally, ``sys.path`` is just a regular Python list, so any Python application -can modify it by adding or removing entries. - - -.. _inst-config-files: - -Distutils Configuration Files -============================= - -As mentioned above, you can use Distutils configuration files to record personal -or site preferences for any Distutils options. That is, any option to any -command can be stored in one of two or three (depending on your platform) -configuration files, which will be consulted before the command-line is parsed. -This means that configuration files will override default values, and the -command-line will in turn override configuration files. Furthermore, if -multiple configuration files apply, values from "earlier" files are overridden -by "later" files. - - -.. _inst-config-filenames: - -Location and names of config files ----------------------------------- - -The names and locations of the configuration files vary slightly across -platforms. On Unix and Mac OS X, the three configuration files (in the order -they are processed) are: - -+--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ -| Type of file | Location and filename | Notes | -+==============+==========================================================+=======+ -| system | :file:`{prefix}/lib/python{ver}/distutils/distutils.cfg` | \(1) | -+--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ -| personal | :file:`$HOME/.pydistutils.cfg` | \(2) | -+--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ -| local | :file:`setup.cfg` | \(3) | -+--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ - -And on Windows, the configuration files are: - -+--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ -| Type of file | Location and filename | Notes | -+==============+=================================================+=======+ -| system | :file:`{prefix}\\Lib\\distutils\\distutils.cfg` | \(4) | -+--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ -| personal | :file:`%HOME%\\pydistutils.cfg` | \(5) | -+--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ -| local | :file:`setup.cfg` | \(3) | -+--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ - -On all platforms, the "personal" file can be temporarily disabled by -passing the `--no-user-cfg` option. - -Notes: - -(1) - Strictly speaking, the system-wide configuration file lives in the directory - where the Distutils are installed; under Python 1.6 and later on Unix, this is - as shown. For Python 1.5.2, the Distutils will normally be installed to - :file:`{prefix}/lib/python1.5/site-packages/distutils`, so the system - configuration file should be put there under Python 1.5.2. - -(2) - On Unix, if the :envvar:`HOME` environment variable is not defined, the user's - home directory will be determined with the :func:`getpwuid` function from the - standard :mod:`pwd` module. This is done by the :func:`os.path.expanduser` - function used by Distutils. - -(3) - I.e., in the current directory (usually the location of the setup script). - -(4) - (See also note (1).) Under Python 1.6 and later, Python's default "installation - prefix" is :file:`C:\\Python`, so the system configuration file is normally - :file:`C:\\Python\\Lib\\distutils\\distutils.cfg`. Under Python 1.5.2, the - default prefix was :file:`C:\\Program Files\\Python`, and the Distutils were not - part of the standard library---so the system configuration file would be - :file:`C:\\Program Files\\Python\\distutils\\distutils.cfg` in a standard Python - 1.5.2 installation under Windows. - -(5) - On Windows, if the :envvar:`HOME` environment variable is not defined, - :envvar:`USERPROFILE` then :envvar:`HOMEDRIVE` and :envvar:`HOMEPATH` will - be tried. This is done by the :func:`os.path.expanduser` function used - by Distutils. - - -.. _inst-config-syntax: - -Syntax of config files ----------------------- - -The Distutils configuration files all have the same syntax. The config files -are grouped into sections. There is one section for each Distutils command, -plus a ``global`` section for global options that affect every command. Each -section consists of one option per line, specified as ``option=value``. - -For example, the following is a complete config file that just forces all -commands to run quietly by default:: - - [global] - verbose=0 - -If this is installed as the system config file, it will affect all processing of -any Python module distribution by any user on the current system. If it is -installed as your personal config file (on systems that support them), it will -affect only module distributions processed by you. And if it is used as the -:file:`setup.cfg` for a particular module distribution, it affects only that -distribution. - -You could override the default "build base" directory and make the -:command:`build\*` commands always forcibly rebuild all files with the -following:: - - [build] - build-base=blib - force=1 - -which corresponds to the command-line arguments :: - - python setup.py build --build-base=blib --force - -except that including the :command:`build` command on the command-line means -that command will be run. Including a particular command in config files has no -such implication; it only means that if the command is run, the options in the -config file will apply. (Or if other commands that derive values from it are -run, they will use the values in the config file.) - -You can find out the complete list of options for any command using the -:option:`--help` option, e.g.:: - - python setup.py build --help - -and you can find out the complete list of global options by using -:option:`--help` without a command:: - - python setup.py --help - -See also the "Reference" section of the "Distributing Python Modules" manual. - - -.. _inst-building-ext: - -Building Extensions: Tips and Tricks -==================================== - -Whenever possible, the Distutils try to use the configuration information made -available by the Python interpreter used to run the :file:`setup.py` script. -For example, the same compiler and linker flags used to compile Python will also -be used for compiling extensions. Usually this will work well, but in -complicated situations this might be inappropriate. This section discusses how -to override the usual Distutils behaviour. - - -.. _inst-tweak-flags: - -Tweaking compiler/linker flags ------------------------------- - -Compiling a Python extension written in C or C++ will sometimes require -specifying custom flags for the compiler and linker in order to use a particular -library or produce a special kind of object code. This is especially true if the -extension hasn't been tested on your platform, or if you're trying to -cross-compile Python. - -In the most general case, the extension author might have foreseen that -compiling the extensions would be complicated, and provided a :file:`Setup` file -for you to edit. This will likely only be done if the module distribution -contains many separate extension modules, or if they often require elaborate -sets of compiler flags in order to work. - -A :file:`Setup` file, if present, is parsed in order to get a list of extensions -to build. Each line in a :file:`Setup` describes a single module. Lines have -the following structure:: - - module ... [sourcefile ...] [cpparg ...] [library ...] - - -Let's examine each of the fields in turn. - -* *module* is the name of the extension module to be built, and should be a - valid Python identifier. You can't just change this in order to rename a module - (edits to the source code would also be needed), so this should be left alone. - -* *sourcefile* is anything that's likely to be a source code file, at least - judging by the filename. Filenames ending in :file:`.c` are assumed to be - written in C, filenames ending in :file:`.C`, :file:`.cc`, and :file:`.c++` are - assumed to be C++, and filenames ending in :file:`.m` or :file:`.mm` are assumed - to be in Objective C. - -* *cpparg* is an argument for the C preprocessor, and is anything starting with - :option:`-I`, :option:`-D`, :option:`-U` or :option:`-C`. - -* *library* is anything ending in :file:`.a` or beginning with :option:`-l` or - :option:`-L`. - -If a particular platform requires a special library on your platform, you can -add it by editing the :file:`Setup` file and running ``python setup.py build``. -For example, if the module defined by the line :: - - foo foomodule.c - -must be linked with the math library :file:`libm.a` on your platform, simply add -:option:`-lm` to the line:: - - foo foomodule.c -lm - -Arbitrary switches intended for the compiler or the linker can be supplied with -the :option:`-Xcompiler` *arg* and :option:`-Xlinker` *arg* options:: - - foo foomodule.c -Xcompiler -o32 -Xlinker -shared -lm - -The next option after :option:`-Xcompiler` and :option:`-Xlinker` will be -appended to the proper command line, so in the above example the compiler will -be passed the :option:`-o32` option, and the linker will be passed -:option:`-shared`. If a compiler option requires an argument, you'll have to -supply multiple :option:`-Xcompiler` options; for example, to pass ``-x c++`` -the :file:`Setup` file would have to contain ``-Xcompiler -x -Xcompiler c++``. - -Compiler flags can also be supplied through setting the :envvar:`CFLAGS` -environment variable. If set, the contents of :envvar:`CFLAGS` will be added to -the compiler flags specified in the :file:`Setup` file. - - -.. _inst-non-ms-compilers: - -Using non-Microsoft compilers on Windows ----------------------------------------- - -.. sectionauthor:: Rene Liebscher <R.Liebscher@gmx.de> - - - -Borland/CodeGear C++ -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -This subsection describes the necessary steps to use Distutils with the Borland -C++ compiler version 5.5. First you have to know that Borland's object file -format (OMF) is different from the format used by the Python version you can -download from the Python or ActiveState Web site. (Python is built with -Microsoft Visual C++, which uses COFF as the object file format.) For this -reason you have to convert Python's library :file:`python25.lib` into the -Borland format. You can do this as follows: - -.. Should we mention that users have to create cfg-files for the compiler? -.. see also http://community.borland.com/article/0,1410,21205,00.html - -:: - - coff2omf python25.lib python25_bcpp.lib - -The :file:`coff2omf` program comes with the Borland compiler. The file -:file:`python25.lib` is in the :file:`Libs` directory of your Python -installation. If your extension uses other libraries (zlib, ...) you have to -convert them too. - -The converted files have to reside in the same directories as the normal -libraries. - -How does Distutils manage to use these libraries with their changed names? If -the extension needs a library (eg. :file:`foo`) Distutils checks first if it -finds a library with suffix :file:`_bcpp` (eg. :file:`foo_bcpp.lib`) and then -uses this library. In the case it doesn't find such a special library it uses -the default name (:file:`foo.lib`.) [#]_ - -To let Distutils compile your extension with Borland C++ you now have to type:: - - python setup.py build --compiler=bcpp - -If you want to use the Borland C++ compiler as the default, you could specify -this in your personal or system-wide configuration file for Distutils (see -section :ref:`inst-config-files`.) - - -.. seealso:: - - `C++Builder Compiler <http://www.codegear.com/downloads/free/cppbuilder>`_ - Information about the free C++ compiler from Borland, including links to the - download pages. - - `Creating Python Extensions Using Borland's Free Compiler <http://www.cyberus.ca/~g_will/pyExtenDL.shtml>`_ - Document describing how to use Borland's free command-line C++ compiler to build - Python. - - -GNU C / Cygwin / MinGW -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -This section describes the necessary steps to use Distutils with the GNU C/C++ -compilers in their Cygwin and MinGW distributions. [#]_ For a Python interpreter -that was built with Cygwin, everything should work without any of these -following steps. - -Not all extensions can be built with MinGW or Cygwin, but many can. Extensions -most likely to not work are those that use C++ or depend on Microsoft Visual C -extensions. - -To let Distutils compile your extension with Cygwin you have to type:: - - python setup.py build --compiler=cygwin - -and for Cygwin in no-cygwin mode [#]_ or for MinGW type:: - - python setup.py build --compiler=mingw32 - -If you want to use any of these options/compilers as default, you should -consider writing it in your personal or system-wide configuration file for -Distutils (see section :ref:`inst-config-files`.) - -Older Versions of Python and MinGW -"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" -The following instructions only apply if you're using a version of Python -inferior to 2.4.1 with a MinGW inferior to 3.0.0 (with -binutils-2.13.90-20030111-1). - -These compilers require some special libraries. This task is more complex than -for Borland's C++, because there is no program to convert the library. First -you have to create a list of symbols which the Python DLL exports. (You can find -a good program for this task at -http://www.emmestech.com/software/pexports-0.43/download_pexports.html). - -.. I don't understand what the next line means. --amk -.. (inclusive the references on data structures.) - -:: - - pexports python25.dll >python25.def - -The location of an installed :file:`python25.dll` will depend on the -installation options and the version and language of Windows. In a "just for -me" installation, it will appear in the root of the installation directory. In -a shared installation, it will be located in the system directory. - -Then you can create from these information an import library for gcc. :: - - /cygwin/bin/dlltool --dllname python25.dll --def python25.def --output-lib libpython25.a - -The resulting library has to be placed in the same directory as -:file:`python25.lib`. (Should be the :file:`libs` directory under your Python -installation directory.) - -If your extension uses other libraries (zlib,...) you might have to convert -them too. The converted files have to reside in the same directories as the -normal libraries do. + install + pysetup + pysetup-config + pysetup-servers .. seealso:: - `Building Python modules on MS Windows platform with MinGW <http://www.zope.org/Members/als/tips/win32_mingw_modules>`_ - Information about building the required libraries for the MinGW environment. - - -.. rubric:: Footnotes - -.. [#] This also means you could replace all existing COFF-libraries with OMF-libraries - of the same name. - -.. [#] Check http://sources.redhat.com/cygwin/ and http://www.mingw.org/ for more - information + :ref:`packaging-index` + The manual for developers of Python projects who want to package and + distribute them. This describes how to use :mod:`packaging` to make + projects easily found and added to an existing Python installation. -.. [#] Then you have no POSIX emulation available, but you also don't need - :file:`cygwin1.dll`. + :mod:`packaging` + A library reference for developers of packaging tools wanting to use + standalone building blocks like :mod:`~packaging.version` or + :mod:`~packaging.metadata`, or extend Packaging itself. diff --git a/Doc/install/install.rst b/Doc/install/install.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..33f3e9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/install/install.rst @@ -0,0 +1,1117 @@ +.. highlightlang:: none + +==================================== +Installing Python projects: overwiew +==================================== + +.. _packaging-install-intro: + +Introduction +============ + +Although Python's extensive standard library covers many programming needs, +there often comes a time when you need to add new functionality to your Python +installation in the form of third-party modules. This might be necessary to +support your own programming, or to support an application that you want to use +and that happens to be written in Python. + +In the past, there was little support for adding third-party modules to an +existing Python installation. With the introduction of the Python Distribution +Utilities (Distutils for short) in Python 2.0, this changed. However, not all +problems were solved; end-users had to rely on ``easy_install`` or +``pip`` to download third-party modules from PyPI, uninstall distributions or do +other maintenance operations. Packaging is a more complete replacement for +Distutils, in the standard library, with a backport named Distutils2 available +for older Python versions. + +This document is aimed primarily at people who need to install third-party +Python modules: end-users and system administrators who just need to get some +Python application running, and existing Python programmers who want to add +new goodies to their toolbox. You don't need to know Python to read this +document; there will be some brief forays into using Python's interactive mode +to explore your installation, but that's it. If you're looking for information +on how to distribute your own Python modules so that others may use them, see +the :ref:`packaging-index` manual. + + +.. _packaging-trivial-install: + +Best case: trivial installation +------------------------------- + +In the best case, someone will have prepared a special version of the module +distribution you want to install that is targeted specifically at your platform +and can be installed just like any other software on your platform. For example, +the module's developer might make an executable installer available for Windows +users, an RPM package for users of RPM-based Linux systems (Red Hat, SuSE, +Mandrake, and many others), a Debian package for users of Debian and derivative +systems, and so forth. + +In that case, you would use the standard system tools to download and install +the specific installer for your platform and its dependencies. + +Of course, things will not always be that easy. You might be interested in a +module whose distribution doesn't have an easy-to-use installer for your +platform. In that case, you'll have to start with the source distribution +released by the module's author/maintainer. Installing from a source +distribution is not too hard, as long as the modules are packaged in the +standard way. The bulk of this document addresses the building and installing +of modules from standard source distributions. + + +.. _packaging-distutils: + +The Python standard: Distutils +------------------------------ + +If you download a source distribution of a module, it will be obvious whether +it was packaged and distributed using Distutils. First, the distribution's name +and version number will be featured prominently in the name of the downloaded +archive, e.g. :file:`foo-1.0.tar.gz` or :file:`widget-0.9.7.zip`. Next, the +archive will unpack into a similarly-named directory: :file:`foo-1.0` or +:file:`widget-0.9.7`. Additionally, the distribution may contain a +:file:`setup.cfg` file and a file named :file:`README.txt` ---or possibly just +:file:`README`--- explaining that building and installing the module +distribution is a simple matter of issuing the following command at your shell's +prompt:: + + python setup.py install + +Third-party projects have extended Distutils to work around its limitations or +add functionality. After some years of near-inactivity in Distutils, a new +maintainer has started to standardize good ideas in PEPs and implement them in a +new, improved version of Distutils, called Distutils2 or Packaging. + + +.. _packaging-new-standard: + +The new standard: Packaging +--------------------------- + +The rules described in the first paragraph above apply to Packaging-based +projects too: a source distribution will have a name like +:file:`widget-0.9.7.zip`. One of the main differences with Distutils is that +distributions no longer have a :file:`setup.py` script; it used to cause a +number of issues. Now there is a unique script installed with Python itself:: + + pysetup install widget-0.9.7.zip + +Running this command is enough to build and install projects (Python modules or +packages, scripts or whole applications), without even having to unpack the +archive. It is also compatible with Distutils-based distributions. + +Unless you have to perform non-standard installations or customize the build +process, you can stop reading this manual ---the above command is everything you +need to get out of it. + +With :program:`pysetup`, you won't even have to manually download a distribution +before installing it; see :ref:`packaging-pysetup`. + + +.. _packaging-standard-install: + +Standard build and install +========================== + +As described in section :ref:`packaging-new-standard`, building and installing +a module distribution using Packaging usually comes down to one simple +command:: + + pysetup run install_dist + +This is a command that should be run in a terminal. On Windows, it is called a +command prompt and found in :menuselection:`Start --> Accessories`; Powershell +is a popular alternative. + + +.. _packaging-platform-variations: + +Platform variations +------------------- + +The setup command is meant to be run from the root directory of the source +distribution, i.e. the top-level subdirectory that the module source +distribution unpacks into. For example, if you've just downloaded a module +source distribution :file:`foo-1.0.tar.gz` onto a Unix system, the normal +steps to follow are these:: + + gunzip -c foo-1.0.tar.gz | tar xf - # unpacks into directory foo-1.0 + cd foo-1.0 + pysetup run install_dist + +On Windows, you'd probably download :file:`foo-1.0.zip`. If you downloaded the +archive file to :file:`C:\\Temp`, then it would unpack into +:file:`C:\\Temp\\foo-1.0`. To actually unpack the archive, you can use either +an archive manipulator with a graphical user interface (such as WinZip or 7-Zip) +or a command-line tool (such as :program:`unzip`, :program:`pkunzip` or, again, +:program:`7z`). Then, open a command prompt window and run:: + + cd c:\Temp\foo-1.0 + pysetup run install_dist + + +.. _packaging-splitting-up: + +Splitting the job up +-------------------- + +Running ``pysetup run install_dist`` builds and installs all modules in one go. If you +prefer to work incrementally ---especially useful if you want to customize the +build process, or if things are going wrong--- you can use the setup script to +do one thing at a time. This is a valuable tool when different users will perform +separately the build and install steps. For example, you might want to build a +module distribution and hand it off to a system administrator for installation +(or do it yourself, but with super-user or admin privileges). + +For example, to build everything in one step and then install everything +in a second step, you aptly invoke two distinct Packaging commands:: + + pysetup run build + pysetup run install_dist + +If you do this, you will notice that invoking the :command:`install_dist` command +first runs the :command:`build` command, which ---in this case--- quickly +notices it can spare itself the work, since everything in the :file:`build` +directory is up-to-date. + +You may often ignore this ability to divide the process in steps if all you do +is installing modules downloaded from the Internet, but it's very handy for +more advanced tasks. If you find yourself in the need for distributing your own +Python modules and extensions, though, you'll most likely run many individual +Packaging commands. + + +.. _packaging-how-build-works: + +How building works +------------------ + +As implied above, the :command:`build` command is responsible for collecting +and placing the files to be installed into a *build directory*. By default, +this is :file:`build`, under the distribution root. If you're excessively +concerned with speed, or want to keep the source tree pristine, you can specify +a different build directory with the :option:`--build-base` option. For example:: + + pysetup run build --build-base /tmp/pybuild/foo-1.0 + +(Or you could do this permanently with a directive in your system or personal +Packaging configuration file; see section :ref:`packaging-config-files`.) +In the usual case, however, all this is unnecessary. + +The build tree's default layout looks like so:: + + --- build/ --- lib/ + or + --- build/ --- lib.<plat>/ + temp.<plat>/ + +where ``<plat>`` expands to a brief description of the current OS/hardware +platform and Python version. The first form, with just a :file:`lib` directory, +is used for pure module distributions (module distributions that +include only pure Python modules). If a module distribution contains any +extensions (modules written in C/C++), then the second form, with two ``<plat>`` +directories, is used. In that case, the :file:`temp.{plat}` directory holds +temporary files generated during the compile/link process which are not intended +to be installed. In either case, the :file:`lib` (or :file:`lib.{plat}`) directory +contains all Python modules (pure Python and extensions) to be installed. + +In the future, more directories will be added to handle Python scripts, +documentation, binary executables, and whatever else is required to install +Python modules and applications. + + +.. _packaging-how-install-works: + +How installation works +---------------------- + +After the :command:`build` command is run (whether explicitly or by the +:command:`install_dist` command on your behalf), the work of the :command:`install_dist` +command is relatively simple: all it has to do is copy the contents of +:file:`build/lib` (or :file:`build/lib.{plat}`) to the installation directory +of your choice. + +If you don't choose an installation directory ---i.e., if you just run +``pysetup run install_dist``\ --- then the :command:`install_dist` command +installs to the standard location for third-party Python modules. This location +varies by platform and depending on how you built/installed Python itself. On +Unix (and Mac OS X, which is also Unix-based), it also depends on whether the +module distribution being installed is pure Python or contains extensions +("non-pure"): + ++-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| Platform | Standard installation location | Default value | Notes | ++=================+=====================================================+==================================================+=======+ +| Unix (pure) | :file:`{prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | :file:`/usr/local/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | \(1) | ++-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| Unix (non-pure) | :file:`{exec-prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | :file:`/usr/local/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` | \(1) | ++-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| Windows | :file:`{prefix}\\Lib\\site-packages` | :file:`C:\\Python{XY}\\Lib\\site-packages` | \(2) | ++-----------------+-----------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+-------+ + +Notes: + +(1) + Most Linux distributions include Python as a standard part of the system, so + :file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}` are usually both :file:`/usr` on + Linux. If you build Python yourself on Linux (or any Unix-like system), the + default :file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}` are :file:`/usr/local`. + +(2) + The default installation directory on Windows was :file:`C:\\Program + Files\\Python` under Python 1.6a1, 1.5.2, and earlier. + +:file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}` stand for the directories that Python +is installed to, and where it finds its libraries at run-time. They are always +the same under Windows, and very often the same under Unix and Mac OS X. You +can find out what your Python installation uses for :file:`{prefix}` and +:file:`{exec-prefix}` by running Python in interactive mode and typing a few +simple commands. + +.. TODO link to Doc/using instead of duplicating + +To start the interactive Python interpreter, you need to follow a slightly +different recipe for each platform. Under Unix, just type :command:`python` at +the shell prompt. Under Windows (assuming the Python executable is on your +:envvar:`PATH`, which is the usual case), you can choose :menuselection:`Start --> Run`, +type ``python`` and press ``enter``. Alternatively, you can simply execute +:command:`python` at a command prompt (:menuselection:`Start --> Accessories`) +or in Powershell. + +Once the interpreter is started, you type Python code at the prompt. For +example, on my Linux system, I type the three Python statements shown below, +and get the output as shown, to find out my :file:`{prefix}` and :file:`{exec-prefix}`:: + + Python 3.3 (r32:88445, Apr 2 2011, 10:43:54) + Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information. + >>> import sys + >>> sys.prefix + '/usr' + >>> sys.exec_prefix + '/usr' + +A few other placeholders are used in this document: :file:`{X.Y}` stands for the +version of Python, for example ``3.2``; :file:`{abiflags}` will be replaced by +the value of :data:`sys.abiflags` or the empty string for platforms which don't +define ABI flags; :file:`{distname}` will be replaced by the name of the module +distribution being installed. Dots and capitalization are important in the +paths; for example, a value that uses ``python3.2`` on UNIX will typically use +``Python32`` on Windows. + +If you don't want to install modules to the standard location, or if you don't +have permission to write there, then you need to read about alternate +installations in section :ref:`packaging-alt-install`. If you want to customize your +installation directories more heavily, see section :ref:`packaging-custom-install`. + + +.. _packaging-alt-install: + +Alternate installation +====================== + +Often, it is necessary or desirable to install modules to a location other than +the standard location for third-party Python modules. For example, on a Unix +system you might not have permission to write to the standard third-party module +directory. Or you might wish to try out a module before making it a standard +part of your local Python installation. This is especially true when upgrading +a distribution already present: you want to make sure your existing base of +scripts still works with the new version before actually upgrading. + +The Packaging :command:`install_dist` command is designed to make installing module +distributions to an alternate location simple and painless. The basic idea is +that you supply a base directory for the installation, and the +:command:`install_dist` command picks a set of directories (called an *installation +scheme*) under this base directory in which to install files. The details +differ across platforms, so read whichever of the following sections applies to +you. + +Note that the various alternate installation schemes are mutually exclusive: you +can pass ``--user``, or ``--home``, or ``--prefix`` and ``--exec-prefix``, or +``--install-base`` and ``--install-platbase``, but you can't mix from these +groups. + + +.. _packaging-alt-install-user: + +Alternate installation: the user scheme +--------------------------------------- + +This scheme is designed to be the most convenient solution for users that don't +have write permission to the global site-packages directory or don't want to +install into it. It is enabled with a simple option:: + + pysetup run install_dist --user + +Files will be installed into subdirectories of :data:`site.USER_BASE` (written +as :file:`{userbase}` hereafter). This scheme installs pure Python modules and +extension modules in the same location (also known as :data:`site.USER_SITE`). +Here are the values for UNIX, including non-framework builds on Mac OS X: + +=============== =========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +=============== =========================================================== +modules :file:`{userbase}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` +scripts :file:`{userbase}/bin` +data :file:`{userbase}` +C headers :file:`{userbase}/include/python{X.Y}` +=============== =========================================================== + +Framework builds on Mac OS X use these paths: + +=============== =========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +=============== =========================================================== +modules :file:`{userbase}/lib/python/site-packages` +scripts :file:`{userbase}/bin` +data :file:`{userbase}` +C headers :file:`{userbase}/include/python` +=============== =========================================================== + +And here are the values used on Windows: + +=============== =========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +=============== =========================================================== +modules :file:`{userbase}\\Python{XY}\\site-packages` +scripts :file:`{userbase}\\Scripts` +data :file:`{userbase}` +C headers :file:`{userbase}\\Python{XY}\\Include` +=============== =========================================================== + +The advantage of using this scheme compared to the other ones described below is +that the user site-packages directory is under normal conditions always included +in :data:`sys.path` (see :mod:`site` for more information), which means that +there is no additional step to perform after running ``pysetup`` to finalize the +installation. + +The :command:`build_ext` command also has a ``--user`` option to add +:file:`{userbase}/include` to the compiler search path for header files and +:file:`{userbase}/lib` to the compiler search path for libraries as well as to +the runtime search path for shared C libraries (rpath). + + +.. _packaging-alt-install-home: + +Alternate installation: the home scheme +--------------------------------------- + +The idea behind the "home scheme" is that you build and maintain a personal +stash of Python modules. This scheme's name is derived from the concept of a +"home" directory on Unix, since it's not unusual for a Unix user to make their +home directory have a layout similar to :file:`/usr/` or :file:`/usr/local/`. +In spite of its name's origin, this scheme can be used by anyone, regardless +of the operating system. + +Installing a new module distribution in this way is as simple as :: + + pysetup run install_dist --home <dir> + +where you can supply any directory you like for the :option:`--home` option. On +Unix, lazy typists can just type a tilde (``~``); the :command:`install_dist` command +will expand this to your home directory:: + + pysetup run install_dist --home ~ + +To make Python find the distributions installed with this scheme, you may have +to :ref:`modify Python's search path <inst-search-path>` or edit +:mod:`sitecustomize` (see :mod:`site`) to call :func:`site.addsitedir` or edit +:data:`sys.path`. + +The :option:`--home` option defines the base directory for the installation. +Under it, files are installed to the following directories: + +=============== =========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +=============== =========================================================== +modules :file:`{home}/lib/python` +scripts :file:`{home}/bin` +data :file:`{home}` +C headers :file:`{home}/include/python` +=============== =========================================================== + +(Mentally replace slashes with backslashes if you're on Windows.) + + +.. _packaging-alt-install-prefix-unix: + +Alternate installation: Unix (the prefix scheme) +------------------------------------------------ + +The "prefix scheme" is useful when you wish to use one Python installation to +run the build command, but install modules into the third-party module directory +of a different Python installation (or something that looks like a different +Python installation). If this sounds a trifle unusual, it is ---that's why the +user and home schemes come before. However, there are at least two known cases +where the prefix scheme will be useful. + +First, consider that many Linux distributions put Python in :file:`/usr`, rather +than the more traditional :file:`/usr/local`. This is entirely appropriate, +since in those cases Python is part of "the system" rather than a local add-on. +However, if you are installing Python modules from source, you probably want +them to go in :file:`/usr/local/lib/python2.{X}` rather than +:file:`/usr/lib/python2.{X}`. This can be done with :: + + pysetup run install_dist --prefix /usr/local + +Another possibility is a network filesystem where the name used to write to a +remote directory is different from the name used to read it: for example, the +Python interpreter accessed as :file:`/usr/local/bin/python` might search for +modules in :file:`/usr/local/lib/python2.{X}`, but those modules would have to +be installed to, say, :file:`/mnt/{@server}/export/lib/python2.{X}`. This could +be done with :: + + pysetup run install_dist --prefix=/mnt/@server/export + +In either case, the :option:`--prefix` option defines the installation base, and +the :option:`--exec-prefix` option defines the platform-specific installation +base, which is used for platform-specific files. (Currently, this just means +non-pure module distributions, but could be expanded to C libraries, binary +executables, etc.) If :option:`--exec-prefix` is not supplied, it defaults to +:option:`--prefix`. Files are installed as follows: + +================= ========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +================= ========================================================== +Python modules :file:`{prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` +extension modules :file:`{exec-prefix}/lib/python{X.Y}/site-packages` +scripts :file:`{prefix}/bin` +data :file:`{prefix}` +C headers :file:`{prefix}/include/python{X.Y}{abiflags}` +================= ========================================================== + +.. XXX misses an entry for platinclude + +There is no requirement that :option:`--prefix` or :option:`--exec-prefix` +actually point to an alternate Python installation; if the directories listed +above do not already exist, they are created at installation time. + +Incidentally, the real reason the prefix scheme is important is simply that a +standard Unix installation uses the prefix scheme, but with :option:`--prefix` +and :option:`--exec-prefix` supplied by Python itself as ``sys.prefix`` and +``sys.exec_prefix``. Thus, you might think you'll never use the prefix scheme, +but every time you run ``pysetup run install_dist`` without any other +options, you're using it. + +Note that installing extensions to an alternate Python installation doesn't have +anything to do with how those extensions are built: in particular, extensions +will be compiled using the Python header files (:file:`Python.h` and friends) +installed with the Python interpreter used to run the build command. It is +therefore your responsibility to ensure compatibility between the interpreter +intended to run extensions installed in this way and the interpreter used to +build these same extensions. To avoid problems, it is best to make sure that +the two interpreters are the same version of Python (possibly different builds, +or possibly copies of the same build). (Of course, if your :option:`--prefix` +and :option:`--exec-prefix` don't even point to an alternate Python installation, +this is immaterial.) + + +.. _packaging-alt-install-prefix-windows: + +Alternate installation: Windows (the prefix scheme) +--------------------------------------------------- + +Windows has a different and vaguer notion of home directories than Unix, and +since its standard Python installation is simpler, the :option:`--prefix` option +has traditionally been used to install additional packages to arbitrary +locations. :: + + pysetup run install_dist --prefix "\Temp\Python" + +to install modules to the :file:`\\Temp\\Python` directory on the current drive. + +The installation base is defined by the :option:`--prefix` option; the +:option:`--exec-prefix` option is not supported under Windows, which means that +pure Python modules and extension modules are installed into the same location. +Files are installed as follows: + +=============== ========================================================== +Type of file Installation directory +=============== ========================================================== +modules :file:`{prefix}\\Lib\\site-packages` +scripts :file:`{prefix}\\Scripts` +data :file:`{prefix}` +C headers :file:`{prefix}\\Include` +=============== ========================================================== + + +.. _packaging-custom-install: + +Custom installation +=================== + +Sometimes, the alternate installation schemes described in section +:ref:`packaging-alt-install` just don't do what you want. You might want to tweak +just one or two directories while keeping everything under the same base +directory, or you might want to completely redefine the installation scheme. +In either case, you're creating a *custom installation scheme*. + +To create a custom installation scheme, you start with one of the alternate +schemes and override some of the installation directories used for the various +types of files, using these options: + +====================== ======================= +Type of file Override option +====================== ======================= +Python modules ``--install-purelib`` +extension modules ``--install-platlib`` +all modules ``--install-lib`` +scripts ``--install-scripts`` +data ``--install-data`` +C headers ``--install-headers`` +====================== ======================= + +These override options can be relative, absolute, +or explicitly defined in terms of one of the installation base directories. +(There are two installation base directories, and they are normally the same +---they only differ when you use the Unix "prefix scheme" and supply different +``--prefix`` and ``--exec-prefix`` options; using ``--install-lib`` will +override values computed or given for ``--install-purelib`` and +``--install-platlib``, and is recommended for schemes that don't make a +difference between Python and extension modules.) + +For example, say you're installing a module distribution to your home directory +under Unix, but you want scripts to go in :file:`~/scripts` rather than +:file:`~/bin`. As you might expect, you can override this directory with the +:option:`--install-scripts` option and, in this case, it makes most sense to supply +a relative path, which will be interpreted relative to the installation base +directory (in our example, your home directory):: + + pysetup run install_dist --home ~ --install-scripts scripts + +Another Unix example: suppose your Python installation was built and installed +with a prefix of :file:`/usr/local/python`. Thus, in a standard installation, +scripts will wind up in :file:`/usr/local/python/bin`. If you want them in +:file:`/usr/local/bin` instead, you would supply this absolute directory for +the :option:`--install-scripts` option:: + + pysetup run install_dist --install-scripts /usr/local/bin + +This command performs an installation using the "prefix scheme", where the +prefix is whatever your Python interpreter was installed with ---in this case, +:file:`/usr/local/python`. + +If you maintain Python on Windows, you might want third-party modules to live in +a subdirectory of :file:`{prefix}`, rather than right in :file:`{prefix}` +itself. This is almost as easy as customizing the script installation directory +---you just have to remember that there are two types of modules to worry about, +Python and extension modules, which can conveniently be both controlled by one +option:: + + pysetup run install_dist --install-lib Site + +.. XXX Nothing is installed right under prefix in windows, is it?? + +The specified installation directory is relative to :file:`{prefix}`. Of +course, you also have to ensure that this directory is in Python's module +search path, such as by putting a :file:`.pth` file in a site directory (see +:mod:`site`). See section :ref:`packaging-search-path` to find out how to modify +Python's search path. + +If you want to define an entire installation scheme, you just have to supply all +of the installation directory options. Using relative paths is recommended here. +For example, if you want to maintain all Python module-related files under +:file:`python` in your home directory, and you want a separate directory for +each platform that you use your home directory from, you might define the +following installation scheme:: + + pysetup run install_dist --home ~ \ + --install-purelib python/lib \ + --install-platlib python/'lib.$PLAT' \ + --install-scripts python/scripts \ + --install-data python/data + +or, equivalently, :: + + pysetup run install_dist --home ~/python \ + --install-purelib lib \ + --install-platlib 'lib.$PLAT' \ + --install-scripts scripts \ + --install-data data + +``$PLAT`` doesn't need to be defined as an environment variable ---it will also +be expanded by Packaging as it parses your command line options, just as it +does when parsing your configuration file(s). (More on that later.) + +Obviously, specifying the entire installation scheme every time you install a +new module distribution would be very tedious. To spare you all that work, you +can store it in a Packaging configuration file instead (see section +:ref:`packaging-config-files`), like so:: + + [install_dist] + install-base = $HOME + install-purelib = python/lib + install-platlib = python/lib.$PLAT + install-scripts = python/scripts + install-data = python/data + +or, equivalently, :: + + [install_dist] + install-base = $HOME/python + install-purelib = lib + install-platlib = lib.$PLAT + install-scripts = scripts + install-data = data + +Note that these two are *not* equivalent if you override their installation +base directory when running the setup script. For example, :: + + pysetup run install_dist --install-base /tmp + +would install pure modules to :file:`/tmp/python/lib` in the first case, and +to :file:`/tmp/lib` in the second case. (For the second case, you'd probably +want to supply an installation base of :file:`/tmp/python`.) + +You may have noticed the use of ``$HOME`` and ``$PLAT`` in the sample +configuration file. These are Packaging configuration variables, which +bear a strong resemblance to environment variables. In fact, you can use +environment variables in configuration files on platforms that have such a notion, but +Packaging additionally defines a few extra variables that may not be in your +environment, such as ``$PLAT``. Of course, on systems that don't have +environment variables, such as Mac OS 9, the configuration variables supplied by +the Packaging are the only ones you can use. See section :ref:`packaging-config-files` +for details. + +.. XXX which vars win out eventually in case of clash env or Packaging? + +.. XXX need some Windows examples---when would custom installation schemes be + needed on those platforms? + + +.. XXX Move this section to Doc/using + +.. _packaging-search-path: + +Modifying Python's search path +------------------------------ + +When the Python interpreter executes an :keyword:`import` statement, it searches +for both Python code and extension modules along a search path. A default value +for this path is configured into the Python binary when the interpreter is built. +You can obtain the search path by importing the :mod:`sys` module and printing +the value of ``sys.path``. :: + + $ python + Python 2.2 (#11, Oct 3 2002, 13:31:27) + [GCC 2.96 20000731 (Red Hat Linux 7.3 2.96-112)] on linux2 + Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information. + >>> import sys + >>> sys.path + ['', '/usr/local/lib/python2.3', '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/plat-linux2', + '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/lib-tk', '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/lib-dynload', + '/usr/local/lib/python2.3/site-packages'] + >>> + +The null string in ``sys.path`` represents the current working directory. + +The expected convention for locally installed packages is to put them in the +:file:`{...}/site-packages/` directory, but you may want to choose a different +location for some reason. For example, if your site kept by convention all web +server-related software under :file:`/www`. Add-on Python modules might then +belong in :file:`/www/python`, and in order to import them, this directory would +have to be added to ``sys.path``. There are several ways to solve this problem. + +The most convenient way is to add a path configuration file to a directory +that's already on Python's path, usually to the :file:`.../site-packages/` +directory. Path configuration files have an extension of :file:`.pth`, and each +line must contain a single path that will be appended to ``sys.path``. (Because +the new paths are appended to ``sys.path``, modules in the added directories +will not override standard modules. This means you can't use this mechanism for +installing fixed versions of standard modules.) + +Paths can be absolute or relative, in which case they're relative to the +directory containing the :file:`.pth` file. See the documentation of +the :mod:`site` module for more information. + +A slightly less convenient way is to edit the :file:`site.py` file in Python's +standard library, and modify ``sys.path``. :file:`site.py` is automatically +imported when the Python interpreter is executed, unless the :option:`-S` switch +is supplied to suppress this behaviour. So you could simply edit +:file:`site.py` and add two lines to it:: + + import sys + sys.path.append('/www/python/') + +However, if you reinstall the same major version of Python (perhaps when +upgrading from 3.3 to 3.3.1, for example) :file:`site.py` will be overwritten by +the stock version. You'd have to remember that it was modified and save a copy +before doing the installation. + +Alternatively, there are two environment variables that can modify ``sys.path``. +:envvar:`PYTHONHOME` sets an alternate value for the prefix of the Python +installation. For example, if :envvar:`PYTHONHOME` is set to ``/www/python``, +the search path will be set to ``['', '/www/python/lib/pythonX.Y/', +'/www/python/lib/pythonX.Y/plat-linux2', ...]``. + +The :envvar:`PYTHONPATH` variable can be set to a list of paths that will be +added to the beginning of ``sys.path``. For example, if :envvar:`PYTHONPATH` is +set to ``/www/python:/opt/py``, the search path will begin with +``['/www/python', '/opt/py']``. (Note that directories must exist in order to +be added to ``sys.path``; the :mod:`site` module removes non-existent paths.) + +Finally, ``sys.path`` is just a regular Python list, so any Python application +can modify it by adding or removing entries. + + +.. _packaging-config-files: + +Configuration files for Packaging +================================= + +As mentioned above, you can use configuration files to store personal or site +preferences for any option supported by any Packaging command. Depending on your +platform, you can use one of two or three possible configuration files. These +files will be read before parsing the command-line, so they take precedence over +default values. In turn, the command-line will override configuration files. +Lastly, if there are multiple configuration files, values from files read +earlier will be overridden by values from files read later. + +.. XXX "one of two or three possible..." seems wrong info. Below always 3 files + are indicated in the tables. + + +.. _packaging-config-filenames: + +Location and names of configuration files +----------------------------------------- + +The name and location of the configuration files vary slightly across +platforms. On Unix and Mac OS X, these are the three configuration files listed +in the order they are processed: + ++--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| Type of file | Location and filename | Notes | ++==============+==========================================================+=======+ +| system | :file:`{prefix}/lib/python{ver}/packaging/packaging.cfg` | \(1) | ++--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| personal | :file:`$HOME/.pydistutils.cfg` | \(2) | ++--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| local | :file:`setup.cfg` | \(3) | ++--------------+----------------------------------------------------------+-------+ + +Similarly, the configuration files on Windows ---also listed in the order they +are processed--- are these: + ++--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| Type of file | Location and filename | Notes | ++==============+=================================================+=======+ +| system | :file:`{prefix}\\Lib\\packaging\\packaging.cfg` | \(4) | ++--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| personal | :file:`%HOME%\\pydistutils.cfg` | \(5) | ++--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ +| local | :file:`setup.cfg` | \(3) | ++--------------+-------------------------------------------------+-------+ + +On all platforms, the *personal* file can be temporarily disabled by +means of the `--no-user-cfg` option. + +Notes: + +(1) + Strictly speaking, the system-wide configuration file lives in the directory + where Packaging is installed. + +(2) + On Unix, if the :envvar:`HOME` environment variable is not defined, the + user's home directory will be determined with the :func:`getpwuid` function + from the standard :mod:`pwd` module. Packaging uses the + :func:`os.path.expanduser` function to do this. + +(3) + I.e., in the current directory (usually the location of the setup script). + +(4) + (See also note (1).) Python's default installation prefix is + :file:`C:\\Python`, so the system configuration file is normally + :file:`C:\\Python\\Lib\\packaging\\packaging.cfg`. + +(5) + On Windows, if the :envvar:`HOME` environment variable is not defined, + :envvar:`USERPROFILE` then :envvar:`HOMEDRIVE` and :envvar:`HOMEPATH` will + be tried. Packaging uses the :func:`os.path.expanduser` function to do this. + + +.. _packaging-config-syntax: + +Syntax of configuration files +----------------------------- + +All Packaging configuration files share the same syntax. Options defined in +them are grouped into sections, and each Packaging command gets its own section. +Additionally, there's a ``global`` section for options that affect every command. +Sections consist of one or more lines containing a single option specified as +``option = value``. + +For example, here's a complete configuration file that forces all commands to +run quietly by default:: + + [global] + verbose = 0 + +If this was the system configuration file, it would affect all processing +of any Python module distribution by any user on the current system. If it was +installed as your personal configuration file (on systems that support them), +it would affect only module distributions processed by you. Lastly, if it was +used as the :file:`setup.cfg` for a particular module distribution, it would +affect that distribution only. + +.. XXX "(on systems that support them)" seems wrong info + +If you wanted to, you could override the default "build base" directory and +make the :command:`build\*` commands always forcibly rebuild all files with +the following:: + + [build] + build-base = blib + force = 1 + +which corresponds to the command-line arguments:: + + pysetup run build --build-base blib --force + +except that including the :command:`build` command on the command-line means +that command will be run. Including a particular command in configuration files +has no such implication; it only means that if the command is run, the options +for it in the configuration file will apply. (This is also true if you run +other commands that derive values from it.) + +You can find out the complete list of options for any command using the +:option:`--help` option, e.g.:: + + pysetup run build --help + +and you can find out the complete list of global options by using +:option:`--help` without a command:: + + pysetup run --help + +See also the "Reference" section of the "Distributing Python Modules" manual. + +.. XXX no links to the relevant section exist. + + +.. _packaging-building-ext: + +Building extensions: tips and tricks +==================================== + +Whenever possible, Packaging tries to use the configuration information made +available by the Python interpreter used to run `pysetup`. +For example, the same compiler and linker flags used to compile Python will also +be used for compiling extensions. Usually this will work well, but in +complicated situations this might be inappropriate. This section discusses how +to override the usual Packaging behaviour. + + +.. _packaging-tweak-flags: + +Tweaking compiler/linker flags +------------------------------ + +Compiling a Python extension written in C or C++ will sometimes require +specifying custom flags for the compiler and linker in order to use a particular +library or produce a special kind of object code. This is especially true if the +extension hasn't been tested on your platform, or if you're trying to +cross-compile Python. + +.. TODO update to new setup.cfg + +In the most general case, the extension author might have foreseen that +compiling the extensions would be complicated, and provided a :file:`Setup` file +for you to edit. This will likely only be done if the module distribution +contains many separate extension modules, or if they often require elaborate +sets of compiler flags in order to work. + +A :file:`Setup` file, if present, is parsed in order to get a list of extensions +to build. Each line in a :file:`Setup` describes a single module. Lines have +the following structure:: + + module ... [sourcefile ...] [cpparg ...] [library ...] + + +Let's examine each of the fields in turn. + +* *module* is the name of the extension module to be built, and should be a + valid Python identifier. You can't just change this in order to rename a module + (edits to the source code would also be needed), so this should be left alone. + +* *sourcefile* is anything that's likely to be a source code file, at least + judging by the filename. Filenames ending in :file:`.c` are assumed to be + written in C, filenames ending in :file:`.C`, :file:`.cc`, and :file:`.c++` are + assumed to be C++, and filenames ending in :file:`.m` or :file:`.mm` are assumed + to be in Objective C. + +* *cpparg* is an argument for the C preprocessor, and is anything starting with + :option:`-I`, :option:`-D`, :option:`-U` or :option:`-C`. + +* *library* is anything ending in :file:`.a` or beginning with :option:`-l` or + :option:`-L`. + +If a particular platform requires a special library on your platform, you can +add it by editing the :file:`Setup` file and running ``pysetup run build``. +For example, if the module defined by the line :: + + foo foomodule.c + +must be linked with the math library :file:`libm.a` on your platform, simply add +:option:`-lm` to the line:: + + foo foomodule.c -lm + +Arbitrary switches intended for the compiler or the linker can be supplied with +the :option:`-Xcompiler` *arg* and :option:`-Xlinker` *arg* options:: + + foo foomodule.c -Xcompiler -o32 -Xlinker -shared -lm + +The next option after :option:`-Xcompiler` and :option:`-Xlinker` will be +appended to the proper command line, so in the above example the compiler will +be passed the :option:`-o32` option, and the linker will be passed +:option:`-shared`. If a compiler option requires an argument, you'll have to +supply multiple :option:`-Xcompiler` options; for example, to pass ``-x c++`` +the :file:`Setup` file would have to contain ``-Xcompiler -x -Xcompiler c++``. + +Compiler flags can also be supplied through setting the :envvar:`CFLAGS` +environment variable. If set, the contents of :envvar:`CFLAGS` will be added to +the compiler flags specified in the :file:`Setup` file. + + +.. _packaging-non-ms-compilers: + +Using non-Microsoft compilers on Windows +---------------------------------------- + +.. sectionauthor:: Rene Liebscher <R.Liebscher@gmx.de> + + + +Borland/CodeGear C++ +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +This subsection describes the necessary steps to use Packaging with the Borland +C++ compiler version 5.5. First you have to know that Borland's object file +format (OMF) is different from the format used by the Python version you can +download from the Python or ActiveState Web site. (Python is built with +Microsoft Visual C++, which uses COFF as the object file format.) For this +reason, you have to convert Python's library :file:`python25.lib` into the +Borland format. You can do this as follows: + +.. Should we mention that users have to create cfg-files for the compiler? +.. see also http://community.borland.com/article/0,1410,21205,00.html + +:: + + coff2omf python25.lib python25_bcpp.lib + +The :file:`coff2omf` program comes with the Borland compiler. The file +:file:`python25.lib` is in the :file:`Libs` directory of your Python +installation. If your extension uses other libraries (zlib, ...) you have to +convert them too. + +The converted files have to reside in the same directories as the normal +libraries. + +How does Packaging manage to use these libraries with their changed names? If +the extension needs a library (eg. :file:`foo`) Packaging checks first if it +finds a library with suffix :file:`_bcpp` (eg. :file:`foo_bcpp.lib`) and then +uses this library. In the case it doesn't find such a special library it uses +the default name (:file:`foo.lib`.) [#]_ + +To let Packaging compile your extension with Borland, C++ you now have to +type:: + + pysetup run build --compiler bcpp + +If you want to use the Borland C++ compiler as the default, you could specify +this in your personal or system-wide configuration file for Packaging (see +section :ref:`packaging-config-files`.) + + +.. seealso:: + + `C++Builder Compiler <http://www.codegear.com/downloads/free/cppbuilder>`_ + Information about the free C++ compiler from Borland, including links to the + download pages. + + `Creating Python Extensions Using Borland's Free Compiler <http://www.cyberus.ca/~g_will/pyExtenDL.shtml>`_ + Document describing how to use Borland's free command-line C++ compiler to build + Python. + + +GNU C / Cygwin / MinGW +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +This section describes the necessary steps to use Packaging with the GNU C/C++ +compilers in their Cygwin and MinGW distributions. [#]_ For a Python interpreter +that was built with Cygwin, everything should work without any of these +following steps. + +Not all extensions can be built with MinGW or Cygwin, but many can. Extensions +most likely to not work are those that use C++ or depend on Microsoft Visual C +extensions. + +To let Packaging compile your extension with Cygwin, you have to type:: + + pysetup run build --compiler=cygwin + +and for Cygwin in no-cygwin mode [#]_ or for MinGW, type:: + + pysetup run build --compiler=mingw32 + +If you want to use any of these options/compilers as default, you should +consider writing it in your personal or system-wide configuration file for +Packaging (see section :ref:`packaging-config-files`.) + +Older Versions of Python and MinGW +"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" +The following instructions only apply if you're using a version of Python +inferior to 2.4.1 with a MinGW inferior to 3.0.0 (with +:file:`binutils-2.13.90-20030111-1`). + +These compilers require some special libraries. This task is more complex than +for Borland's C++, because there is no program to convert the library. First +you have to create a list of symbols which the Python DLL exports. (You can find +a good program for this task at +http://www.emmestech.com/software/pexports-0.43/download_pexports.html). + +.. I don't understand what the next line means. --amk + (inclusive the references on data structures.) + +:: + + pexports python25.dll > python25.def + +The location of an installed :file:`python25.dll` will depend on the +installation options and the version and language of Windows. In a "just for +me" installation, it will appear in the root of the installation directory. In +a shared installation, it will be located in the system directory. + +Then you can create from these information an import library for gcc. :: + + /cygwin/bin/dlltool --dllname python25.dll --def python25.def --output-lib libpython25.a + +The resulting library has to be placed in the same directory as +:file:`python25.lib`. (Should be the :file:`libs` directory under your Python +installation directory.) + +If your extension uses other libraries (zlib,...) you might have to convert +them too. The converted files have to reside in the same directories as the +normal libraries do. + + +.. seealso:: + + `Building Python modules on MS Windows platform with MinGW <http://www.zope.org/Members/als/tips/win32_mingw_modules>`_ + Information about building the required libraries for the MinGW + environment. + + +.. rubric:: Footnotes + +.. [#] This also means you could replace all existing COFF-libraries with + OMF-libraries of the same name. + +.. [#] Check http://sources.redhat.com/cygwin/ and http://www.mingw.org/ for + more information. + +.. [#] Then you have no POSIX emulation available, but you also don't need + :file:`cygwin1.dll`. diff --git a/Doc/install/pysetup-config.rst b/Doc/install/pysetup-config.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a473bfe --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/install/pysetup-config.rst @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +.. _packaging-pysetup-config: + +===================== +Pysetup Configuration +===================== + +Pysetup supports two configuration files: :file:`.pypirc` and :file:`packaging.cfg`. + +.. FIXME integrate with configfile instead of duplicating + +Configuring indexes +------------------- + +You can configure additional indexes in :file:`.pypirc` to be used for index-related +operations. By default, all configured index-servers and package-servers will be used +in an additive fashion. To limit operations to specific indexes, use the :option:`--index` +and :option:`--package-server options`:: + + $ pysetup install --index pypi --package-server django some.project + +Adding indexes to :file:`.pypirc`:: + + [packaging] + index-servers = + pypi + other + + package-servers = + django + + [pypi] + repository: <repository-url> + username: <username> + password: <password> + + [other] + repository: <repository-url> + username: <username> + password: <password> + + [django] + repository: <repository-url> + username: <username> + password: <password> diff --git a/Doc/install/pysetup-servers.rst b/Doc/install/pysetup-servers.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6106de --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/install/pysetup-servers.rst @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +.. _packaging-pysetup-servers: + +=============== +Package Servers +=============== + +Pysetup supports installing Python packages from *Package Servers* in addition +to PyPI indexes and mirrors. + +Package Servers are simple directory listings of Python distributions. Directories +can be served via HTTP or a local file system. This is useful when you want to +dump source distributions in a directory and not worry about the full index structure. + +Serving distributions from Apache +--------------------------------- +:: + + $ mkdir -p /var/www/html/python/distributions + $ cp *.tar.gz /var/www/html/python/distributions/ + + <VirtualHost python.example.org:80> + ServerAdmin webmaster@domain.com + DocumentRoot "/var/www/html/python" + ServerName python.example.org + ErrorLog logs/python.example.org-error.log + CustomLog logs/python.example.org-access.log common + Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews + DirectoryIndex index.html index.htm + + <Directory "/var/www/html/python/distributions"> + Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews + Order allow,deny + Allow from all + </Directory> + </VirtualHost> + +Add the Apache based distribution server to :file:`.pypirc`:: + + [packaging] + package-servers = + apache + + [apache] + repository: http://python.example.org/distributions/ + + +Serving distributions from a file system +---------------------------------------- +:: + + $ mkdir -p /data/python/distributions + $ cp *.tar.gz /data/python/distributions/ + +Add the directory to :file:`.pypirc`:: + + [packaging] + package-servers = + local + + [local] + repository: file:///data/python/distributions/ diff --git a/Doc/install/pysetup.rst b/Doc/install/pysetup.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..08ba08e --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/install/pysetup.rst @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +.. _packaging-pysetup: + +================ +Pysetup Tutorial +================ + +Getting started +--------------- + +Pysetup is a simple script that supports the following features: + +- install, remove, list, and verify Python packages; +- search for available packages on PyPI or any *Simple Index*; +- verify installed packages (md5sum, installed files, version). + + +Finding out what's installed +---------------------------- + +Pysetup makes it easy to find out what Python packages are installed:: + + $ pysetup search virtualenv + virtualenv 1.6 at /opt/python3.3/lib/python3.3/site-packages/virtualenv-1.6-py3.3.egg-info + + $ pysetup search --all + pyverify 0.8.1 at /opt/python3.3/lib/python3.3/site-packages/pyverify-0.8.1.dist-info + virtualenv 1.6 at /opt/python3.3/lib/python3.3/site-packages/virtualenv-1.6-py3.3.egg-info + wsgiref 0.1.2 at /opt/python3.3/lib/python3.3/wsgiref.egg-info + ... + + +Installing a distribution +------------------------- + +Pysetup can install a Python project from the following sources: + +- PyPI and Simple Indexes; +- source directories containing a valid :file:`setup.py` or :file:`setup.cfg`; +- distribution source archives (:file:`project-1.0.tar.gz`, :file:`project-1.0.zip`); +- HTTP (http://host/packages/project-1.0.tar.gz). + + +Installing from PyPI and Simple Indexes:: + + $ pysetup install project + $ pysetup install project==1.0 + +Installing from a distribution source archive:: + + $ pysetup install project-1.0.tar.gz + +Installing from a source directory containing a valid :file:`setup.py` or +:file:`setup.cfg`:: + + $ cd path/to/source/directory + $ pysetup install + + $ pysetup install path/to/source/directory + +Installing from HTTP:: + + $ pysetup install http://host/packages/project-1.0.tar.gz + + +Retrieving metadata +------------------- + +You can gather metadata from two sources, a project's source directory or an +installed distribution. The `pysetup metadata` command can retrieve one or +more metadata fields using the `-f` option and a metadata field as the +argument. :: + + $ pysetup metadata virtualenv -f version -f name + Version: + 1.6 + Name: + virtualenv + + $ pysetup metadata virtualenv + Metadata-Version: + 1.0 + Name: + virtualenv + Version: + 1.6 + Platform: + UNKNOWN + Summary: + Virtual Python Environment builder + ... + +.. seealso:: + + There are three metadata versions, 1.0, 1.1, and 1.2. The following PEPs + describe specifics of the field names, and their semantics and usage. 1.0 + :PEP:`241`, 1.1 :PEP:`314`, and 1.2 :PEP:`345` + + +Removing a distribution +----------------------- + +You can remove one or more installed distributions using the `pysetup remove` +command:: + + $ pysetup remove virtualenv + removing 'virtualenv': + /opt/python3.3/lib/python3.3/site-packages/virtualenv-1.6-py3.3.egg-info/dependency_links.txt + /opt/python3.3/lib/python3.3/site-packages/virtualenv-1.6-py3.3.egg-info/entry_points.txt + /opt/python3.3/lib/python3.3/site-packages/virtualenv-1.6-py3.3.egg-info/not-zip-safe + /opt/python3.3/lib/python3.3/site-packages/virtualenv-1.6-py3.3.egg-info/PKG-INFO + /opt/python3.3/lib/python3.3/site-packages/virtualenv-1.6-py3.3.egg-info/SOURCES.txt + /opt/python3.3/lib/python3.3/site-packages/virtualenv-1.6-py3.3.egg-info/top_level.txt + Proceed (y/n)? y + success: removed 6 files and 1 dirs + +The optional '-y' argument auto confirms, skipping the conformation prompt:: + + $ pysetup remove virtualenv -y + + +Getting help +------------ + +All pysetup actions take the `-h` and `--help` options which prints the commands +help string to stdout. :: + + $ pysetup remove -h + Usage: pysetup remove dist [-y] + or: pysetup remove --help + + Uninstall a Python package. + + positional arguments: + dist installed distribution name + + optional arguments: + -y auto confirm package removal + +Getting a list of all pysetup actions and global options:: + + $ pysetup --help + Usage: pysetup [options] action [action_options] + + Actions: + run: Run one or several commands + metadata: Display the metadata of a project + install: Install a project + remove: Remove a project + search: Search for a project + graph: Display a graph + create: Create a Project + + To get more help on an action, use: + + pysetup action --help + + Global options: + --verbose (-v) run verbosely (default) + --quiet (-q) run quietly (turns verbosity off) + --dry-run (-n) don't actually do anything + --help (-h) show detailed help message + --no-user-cfg ignore pydistutils.cfg in your home directory + --version Display the version diff --git a/Doc/library/_thread.rst b/Doc/library/_thread.rst index 369e9cd..e7e7504 100644 --- a/Doc/library/_thread.rst +++ b/Doc/library/_thread.rst @@ -35,6 +35,9 @@ It defines the following constants and functions: Raised on thread-specific errors. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + This is now a synonym of the built-in :exc:`RuntimeError`. + .. data:: LockType diff --git a/Doc/library/abc.rst b/Doc/library/abc.rst index 1048b24..5afc847 100644 --- a/Doc/library/abc.rst +++ b/Doc/library/abc.rst @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ regarding a type hierarchy for numbers based on ABCs.) The :mod:`collections` module has some concrete classes that derive from ABCs; these can, of course, be further derived. In addition the -:mod:`collections` module has some ABCs that can be used to test whether +:mod:`collections.abc` submodule has some ABCs that can be used to test whether a class or instance provides a particular interface, for example, is it hashable or a mapping. @@ -55,6 +55,9 @@ This module provides the following class: assert issubclass(tuple, MyABC) assert isinstance((), MyABC) + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Returns the registered subclass, to allow usage as a class decorator. + You can also override this method in an abstract base class: .. method:: __subclasshook__(subclass) @@ -191,7 +194,7 @@ It also provides the following decorators: .. versionadded:: 3.2 -.. function:: abstractproperty(fget=None, fset=None, fdel=None, doc=None) +.. decorator:: abstractproperty(fget=None, fset=None, fdel=None, doc=None) A subclass of the built-in :func:`property`, indicating an abstract property. diff --git a/Doc/library/argparse.rst b/Doc/library/argparse.rst index 88270ed..5a211e1 100644 --- a/Doc/library/argparse.rst +++ b/Doc/library/argparse.rst @@ -362,16 +362,16 @@ formatter_class ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ :class:`ArgumentParser` objects allow the help formatting to be customized by -specifying an alternate formatting class. Currently, there are three such +specifying an alternate formatting class. Currently, there are four such classes: .. class:: RawDescriptionHelpFormatter RawTextHelpFormatter ArgumentDefaultsHelpFormatter + MetavarTypeHelpFormatter -The first two allow more control over how textual descriptions are displayed, -while the last automatically adds information about argument default values. - +:class:`RawDescriptionHelpFormatter` and :class:`RawTextHelpFormatter` give +more control over how textual descriptions are displayed. By default, :class:`ArgumentParser` objects line-wrap the description_ and epilog_ texts in command-line help messages:: @@ -424,8 +424,8 @@ should not be line-wrapped:: :class:`RawTextHelpFormatter` maintains whitespace for all sorts of help text, including argument descriptions. -The other formatter class available, :class:`ArgumentDefaultsHelpFormatter`, -will add information about the default value of each of the arguments:: +:class:`ArgumentDefaultsHelpFormatter` automatically adds information about +default values to each of the argument help messages:: >>> parser = argparse.ArgumentParser( ... prog='PROG', @@ -442,6 +442,25 @@ will add information about the default value of each of the arguments:: -h, --help show this help message and exit --foo FOO FOO! (default: 42) +:class:`MetavarTypeHelpFormatter` uses the name of the type_ argument for each +argument as as the display name for its values (rather than using the dest_ +as the regular formatter does):: + + >>> parser = argparse.ArgumentParser( + ... prog='PROG', + ... formatter_class=argparse.MetavarTypeHelpFormatter) + >>> parser.add_argument('--foo', type=int) + >>> parser.add_argument('bar', type=float) + >>> parser.print_help() + usage: PROG [-h] [--foo int] float + + positional arguments: + float + + optional arguments: + -h, --help show this help message and exit + --foo int + conflict_handler ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ diff --git a/Doc/library/ast.rst b/Doc/library/ast.rst index e2c0b6d..16de3ca 100644 --- a/Doc/library/ast.rst +++ b/Doc/library/ast.rst @@ -96,9 +96,6 @@ Node classes Abstract Grammar ---------------- -The module defines a string constant ``__version__`` which is the decimal -Subversion revision number of the file shown below. - The abstract grammar is currently defined as follows: .. literalinclude:: ../../Parser/Python.asdl diff --git a/Doc/library/asyncore.rst b/Doc/library/asyncore.rst index 619b7bb..5411c30 100644 --- a/Doc/library/asyncore.rst +++ b/Doc/library/asyncore.rst @@ -184,12 +184,14 @@ any that have been added to the map during asynchronous service) is closed. Most of these are nearly identical to their socket partners. - .. method:: create_socket(family, type) + .. method:: create_socket(family=socket.AF_INET, type=socket.SOCK_STREAM) This is identical to the creation of a normal socket, and will use the same options for creation. Refer to the :mod:`socket` documentation for information on creating sockets. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 family and type arguments can be omitted. + .. method:: connect(address) @@ -280,7 +282,7 @@ implement its socket handling:: def __init__(self, host, path): asyncore.dispatcher.__init__(self) - self.create_socket(socket.AF_INET, socket.SOCK_STREAM) + self.create_socket() self.connect( (host, 80) ) self.buffer = bytes('GET %s HTTP/1.0\r\nHost: %s\r\n\r\n' % (path, host), 'ascii') @@ -327,7 +329,7 @@ connections and dispatches the incoming connections to a handler:: def __init__(self, host, port): asyncore.dispatcher.__init__(self) - self.create_socket(socket.AF_INET, socket.SOCK_STREAM) + self.create_socket() self.set_reuse_addr() self.bind((host, port)) self.listen(5) diff --git a/Doc/library/atexit.rst b/Doc/library/atexit.rst index f2dccc2..15b55e8 100644 --- a/Doc/library/atexit.rst +++ b/Doc/library/atexit.rst @@ -67,7 +67,8 @@ automatically when the program terminates without relying on the application making an explicit call into this module at termination. :: try: - _count = int(open("/tmp/counter").read()) + with open("/tmp/counter") as infile: + _count = int(infile.read()) except IOError: _count = 0 @@ -76,7 +77,8 @@ making an explicit call into this module at termination. :: _count = _count + n def savecounter(): - open("/tmp/counter", "w").write("%d" % _count) + with open("/tmp/counter", "w") as outfile: + outfile.write("%d" % _count) import atexit atexit.register(savecounter) diff --git a/Doc/library/bz2.rst b/Doc/library/bz2.rst index d9a2bad..87f2cf3 100644 --- a/Doc/library/bz2.rst +++ b/Doc/library/bz2.rst @@ -1,189 +1,172 @@ -:mod:`bz2` --- Compression compatible with :program:`bzip2` -=========================================================== +:mod:`bz2` --- Support for :program:`bzip2` compression +======================================================= .. module:: bz2 - :synopsis: Interface to compression and decompression routines - compatible with bzip2. + :synopsis: Interfaces for bzip2 compression and decompression. .. moduleauthor:: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com> +.. moduleauthor:: Nadeem Vawda <nadeem.vawda@gmail.com> .. sectionauthor:: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com> +.. sectionauthor:: Nadeem Vawda <nadeem.vawda@gmail.com> -This module provides a comprehensive interface for the bz2 compression library. -It implements a complete file interface, one-shot (de)compression functions, and -types for sequential (de)compression. +This module provides a comprehensive interface for compressing and +decompressing data using the bzip2 compression algorithm. -For other archive formats, see the :mod:`gzip`, :mod:`zipfile`, and +For related file formats, see the :mod:`gzip`, :mod:`zipfile`, and :mod:`tarfile` modules. -Here is a summary of the features offered by the bz2 module: +The :mod:`bz2` module contains: -* :class:`BZ2File` class implements a complete file interface, including - :meth:`~BZ2File.readline`, :meth:`~BZ2File.readlines`, - :meth:`~BZ2File.writelines`, :meth:`~BZ2File.seek`, etc; +* The :class:`BZ2File` class for reading and writing compressed files. +* The :class:`BZ2Compressor` and :class:`BZ2Decompressor` classes for + incremental (de)compression. +* The :func:`compress` and :func:`decompress` functions for one-shot + (de)compression. -* :class:`BZ2File` class implements emulated :meth:`~BZ2File.seek` support; - -* :class:`BZ2File` class implements universal newline support; - -* :class:`BZ2File` class offers an optimized line iteration using a readahead - algorithm; - -* Sequential (de)compression supported by :class:`BZ2Compressor` and - :class:`BZ2Decompressor` classes; - -* One-shot (de)compression supported by :func:`compress` and :func:`decompress` - functions; - -* Thread safety uses individual locking mechanism. +All of the classes in this module may safely be accessed from multiple threads. (De)compression of files ------------------------ -Handling of compressed files is offered by the :class:`BZ2File` class. - - -.. class:: BZ2File(filename, mode='r', buffering=0, compresslevel=9) - - Open a bz2 file. Mode can be either ``'r'`` or ``'w'``, for reading (default) - or writing. When opened for writing, the file will be created if it doesn't - exist, and truncated otherwise. If *buffering* is given, ``0`` means - unbuffered, and larger numbers specify the buffer size; the default is - ``0``. If *compresslevel* is given, it must be a number between ``1`` and - ``9``; the default is ``9``. Add a ``'U'`` to mode to open the file for input - with universal newline support. Any line ending in the input file will be - seen as a ``'\n'`` in Python. Also, a file so opened gains the attribute - :attr:`newlines`; the value for this attribute is one of ``None`` (no newline - read yet), ``'\r'``, ``'\n'``, ``'\r\n'`` or a tuple containing all the - newline types seen. Universal newlines are available only when - reading. Instances support iteration in the same way as normal :class:`file` - instances. +.. class:: BZ2File(filename=None, mode='r', buffering=None, compresslevel=9, fileobj=None) - :class:`BZ2File` supports the :keyword:`with` statement. + Open a bzip2-compressed file. - .. versionchanged:: 3.1 - Support for the :keyword:`with` statement was added. + The :class:`BZ2File` can wrap an existing :term:`file object` (given by + *fileobj*), or operate directly on a named file (named by *filename*). + Exactly one of these two parameters should be provided. + The *mode* argument can be either ``'r'`` for reading (default), ``'w'`` for + overwriting, or ``'a'`` for appending. If *fileobj* is provided, a mode of + ``'w'`` does not truncate the file, and is instead equivalent to ``'a'``. - .. method:: close() + The *buffering* argument is ignored. Its use is deprecated. - Close the file. Sets data attribute :attr:`closed` to true. A closed file - cannot be used for further I/O operations. :meth:`close` may be called - more than once without error. + If *mode* is ``'w'`` or ``'a'``, *compresslevel* can be a number between + ``1`` and ``9`` specifying the level of compression: ``1`` produces the + least compression, and ``9`` (default) produces the most compression. + If *mode* is ``'r'``, the input file may be the concatenation of multiple + compressed streams. - .. method:: read([size]) + :class:`BZ2File` provides all of the members specified by the + :class:`io.BufferedIOBase`, except for :meth:`detach` and :meth:`truncate`. + Iteration and the :keyword:`with` statement are supported. - Read at most *size* uncompressed bytes, returned as a byte string. If the - *size* argument is negative or omitted, read until EOF is reached. + :class:`BZ2File` also provides the following method: + .. method:: peek([n]) - .. method:: readline([size]) + Return buffered data without advancing the file position. At least one + byte of data will be returned (unless at EOF). The exact number of bytes + returned is unspecified. - Return the next line from the file, as a byte string, retaining newline. - A non-negative *size* argument limits the maximum number of bytes to - return (an incomplete line may be returned then). Return an empty byte - string at EOF. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. versionchanged:: 3.1 + Support for the :keyword:`with` statement was added. - .. method:: readlines([size]) - - Return a list of lines read. The optional *size* argument, if given, is an - approximate bound on the total number of bytes in the lines returned. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + The :meth:`fileno`, :meth:`readable`, :meth:`seekable`, :meth:`writable`, + :meth:`read1` and :meth:`readinto` methods were added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + The *fileobj* argument to the constructor was added. - .. method:: seek(offset[, whence]) + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + The ``'a'`` (append) mode was added, along with support for reading + multi-stream files. - Move to new file position. Argument *offset* is a byte count. Optional - argument *whence* defaults to ``os.SEEK_SET`` or ``0`` (offset from start - of file; offset should be ``>= 0``); other values are ``os.SEEK_CUR`` or - ``1`` (move relative to current position; offset can be positive or - negative), and ``os.SEEK_END`` or ``2`` (move relative to end of file; - offset is usually negative, although many platforms allow seeking beyond - the end of a file). - Note that seeking of bz2 files is emulated, and depending on the - parameters the operation may be extremely slow. +Incremental (de)compression +--------------------------- +.. class:: BZ2Compressor(compresslevel=9) - .. method:: tell() + Create a new compressor object. This object may be used to compress data + incrementally. For one-shot compression, use the :func:`compress` function + instead. - Return the current file position, an integer. + *compresslevel*, if given, must be a number between ``1`` and ``9``. The + default is ``9``. + .. method:: compress(data) - .. method:: write(data) + Provide data to the compressor object. Returns a chunk of compressed data + if possible, or an empty byte string otherwise. - Write the byte string *data* to file. Note that due to buffering, - :meth:`close` may be needed before the file on disk reflects the data - written. + When you have finished providing data to the compressor, call the + :meth:`flush` method to finish the compression process. - .. method:: writelines(sequence_of_byte_strings) + .. method:: flush() - Write the sequence of byte strings to the file. Note that newlines are not - added. The sequence can be any iterable object producing byte strings. - This is equivalent to calling write() for each byte string. + Finish the compression process. Returns the compressed data left in + internal buffers. + The compressor object may not be used after this method has been called. -Sequential (de)compression --------------------------- -Sequential compression and decompression is done using the classes -:class:`BZ2Compressor` and :class:`BZ2Decompressor`. +.. class:: BZ2Decompressor() + Create a new decompressor object. This object may be used to decompress data + incrementally. For one-shot compression, use the :func:`decompress` function + instead. -.. class:: BZ2Compressor(compresslevel=9) + .. note:: + This class does not transparently handle inputs containing multiple + compressed streams, unlike :func:`decompress` and :class:`BZ2File`. If + you need to decompress a multi-stream input with :class:`BZ2Decompressor`, + you must use a new decompressor for each stream. - Create a new compressor object. This object may be used to compress data - sequentially. If you want to compress data in one shot, use the - :func:`compress` function instead. The *compresslevel* parameter, if given, - must be a number between ``1`` and ``9``; the default is ``9``. + .. method:: decompress(data) - .. method:: compress(data) + Provide data to the decompressor object. Returns a chunk of decompressed + data if possible, or an empty byte string otherwise. - Provide more data to the compressor object. It will return chunks of - compressed data whenever possible. When you've finished providing data to - compress, call the :meth:`flush` method to finish the compression process, - and return what is left in internal buffers. + Attempting to decompress data after the end of the current stream is + reached raises an :exc:`EOFError`. If any data is found after the end of + the stream, it is ignored and saved in the :attr:`unused_data` attribute. - .. method:: flush() + .. attribute:: eof - Finish the compression process and return what is left in internal - buffers. You must not use the compressor object after calling this method. + True if the end-of-stream marker has been reached. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 -.. class:: BZ2Decompressor() - Create a new decompressor object. This object may be used to decompress data - sequentially. If you want to decompress data in one shot, use the - :func:`decompress` function instead. + .. attribute:: unused_data - .. method:: decompress(data) + Data found after the end of the compressed stream. - Provide more data to the decompressor object. It will return chunks of - decompressed data whenever possible. If you try to decompress data after - the end of stream is found, :exc:`EOFError` will be raised. If any data - was found after the end of stream, it'll be ignored and saved in - :attr:`unused_data` attribute. + If this attribute is accessed before the end of the stream has been + reached, its value will be ``b''``. One-shot (de)compression ------------------------ -One-shot compression and decompression is provided through the :func:`compress` -and :func:`decompress` functions. +.. function:: compress(data, compresslevel=9) + Compress *data*. -.. function:: compress(data, compresslevel=9) + *compresslevel*, if given, must be a number between ``1`` and ``9``. The + default is ``9``. - Compress *data* in one shot. If you want to compress data sequentially, use - an instance of :class:`BZ2Compressor` instead. The *compresslevel* parameter, - if given, must be a number between ``1`` and ``9``; the default is ``9``. + For incremental compression, use a :class:`BZ2Compressor` instead. .. function:: decompress(data) - Decompress *data* in one shot. If you want to decompress data sequentially, - use an instance of :class:`BZ2Decompressor` instead. + Decompress *data*. + + If *data* is the concatenation of multiple compressed streams, decompress + all of the streams. + + For incremental decompression, use a :class:`BZ2Decompressor` instead. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Support for multi-stream inputs was added. diff --git a/Doc/library/cmd.rst b/Doc/library/cmd.rst index 30f1726..c1cda5b 100644 --- a/Doc/library/cmd.rst +++ b/Doc/library/cmd.rst @@ -285,8 +285,8 @@ immediate playback:: def do_playback(self, arg): 'Playback commands from a file: PLAYBACK rose.cmd' self.close() - cmds = open(arg).read().splitlines() - self.cmdqueue.extend(cmds) + with open(arg) as f: + self.cmdqueue.extend(f.read().splitlines()) def precmd(self, line): line = line.lower() if self.file and 'playback' not in line: diff --git a/Doc/library/codecs.rst b/Doc/library/codecs.rst index 922bcf4..90bd0dd 100644 --- a/Doc/library/codecs.rst +++ b/Doc/library/codecs.rst @@ -458,7 +458,8 @@ define in order to be compatible with the Python codec registry. .. method:: reset() - Reset the encoder to the initial state. + Reset the encoder to the initial state. The output is discarded: call + ``.encode('', final=True)`` to reset the encoder and to get the output. .. method:: IncrementalEncoder.getstate() @@ -904,6 +905,15 @@ is meant to be exhaustive. Notice that spelling alternatives that only differ in case or use a hyphen instead of an underscore are also valid aliases; therefore, e.g. ``'utf-8'`` is a valid alias for the ``'utf_8'`` codec. +.. impl-detail:: + + Some common encodings can bypass the codecs lookup machinery to + improve performance. These optimization opportunities are only + recognized by CPython for a limited set of aliases: utf-8, utf8, + latin-1, latin1, iso-8859-1, mbcs (Windows only), ascii, utf-16, + and utf-32. Using alternative spellings for these encodings may + result in slower execution. + Many of the character sets support the same languages. They vary in individual characters (e.g. whether the EURO SIGN is supported or not), and in the assignment of characters to code positions. For the European languages in diff --git a/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst b/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9873489 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +:mod:`collections.abc` --- Abstract Base Classes for Containers +=============================================================== + +.. module:: collections.abc + :synopsis: Abstract base classes for containers +.. moduleauthor:: Raymond Hettinger <python at rcn.com> +.. sectionauthor:: Raymond Hettinger <python at rcn.com> + +.. versionadded:: 3.3 + Formerly, this module was part of the :mod:`collections` module. + +.. testsetup:: * + + from collections import * + import itertools + __name__ = '<doctest>' + +**Source code:** :source:`Lib/collections/abc.py` + +-------------- + +This module provides :term:`abstract base classes <abstract base class>` that +can be used to test whether a class provides a particular interface; for +example, whether it is hashable or whether it is a mapping. + + +.. _collections-abstract-base-classes: + +Collections Abstract Base Classes +--------------------------------- + +The collections module offers the following :term:`ABCs <abstract base class>`: + +========================= ===================== ====================== ==================================================== +ABC Inherits from Abstract Methods Mixin Methods +========================= ===================== ====================== ==================================================== +:class:`Container` ``__contains__`` +:class:`Hashable` ``__hash__`` +:class:`Iterable` ``__iter__`` +:class:`Iterator` :class:`Iterable` ``__next__`` ``__iter__`` +:class:`Sized` ``__len__`` +:class:`Callable` ``__call__`` + +:class:`Sequence` :class:`Sized`, ``__getitem__`` ``__contains__``, ``__iter__``, ``__reversed__``, + :class:`Iterable`, ``index``, and ``count`` + :class:`Container` + +:class:`MutableSequence` :class:`Sequence` ``__setitem__``, Inherited :class:`Sequence` methods and + ``__delitem__``, ``append``, ``reverse``, ``extend``, ``pop``, + ``insert`` ``remove``, ``clear``, and ``__iadd__`` + +:class:`Set` :class:`Sized`, ``__le__``, ``__lt__``, ``__eq__``, ``__ne__``, + :class:`Iterable`, ``__gt__``, ``__ge__``, ``__and__``, ``__or__``, + :class:`Container` ``__sub__``, ``__xor__``, and ``isdisjoint`` + +:class:`MutableSet` :class:`Set` ``add``, Inherited :class:`Set` methods and + ``discard`` ``clear``, ``pop``, ``remove``, ``__ior__``, + ``__iand__``, ``__ixor__``, and ``__isub__`` + +:class:`Mapping` :class:`Sized`, ``__getitem__`` ``__contains__``, ``keys``, ``items``, ``values``, + :class:`Iterable`, ``get``, ``__eq__``, and ``__ne__`` + :class:`Container` + +:class:`MutableMapping` :class:`Mapping` ``__setitem__``, Inherited :class:`Mapping` methods and + ``__delitem__`` ``pop``, ``popitem``, ``clear``, ``update``, + and ``setdefault`` + + +:class:`MappingView` :class:`Sized` ``__len__`` +:class:`ItemsView` :class:`MappingView`, ``__contains__``, + :class:`Set` ``__iter__`` +:class:`KeysView` :class:`MappingView`, ``__contains__``, + :class:`Set` ``__iter__`` +:class:`ValuesView` :class:`MappingView` ``__contains__``, ``__iter__`` +========================= ===================== ====================== ==================================================== + + +.. class:: Container + Hashable + Sized + Callable + + ABCs for classes that provide respectively the methods :meth:`__contains__`, + :meth:`__hash__`, :meth:`__len__`, and :meth:`__call__`. + +.. class:: Iterable + + ABC for classes that provide the :meth:`__iter__` method. + See also the definition of :term:`iterable`. + +.. class:: Iterator + + ABC for classes that provide the :meth:`__iter__` and :meth:`next` methods. + See also the definition of :term:`iterator`. + +.. class:: Sequence + MutableSequence + + ABCs for read-only and mutable :term:`sequences <sequence>`. + +.. class:: Set + MutableSet + + ABCs for read-only and mutable sets. + +.. class:: Mapping + MutableMapping + + ABCs for read-only and mutable :term:`mappings <mapping>`. + +.. class:: MappingView + ItemsView + KeysView + ValuesView + + ABCs for mapping, items, keys, and values :term:`views <view>`. + + +These ABCs allow us to ask classes or instances if they provide +particular functionality, for example:: + + size = None + if isinstance(myvar, collections.Sized): + size = len(myvar) + +Several of the ABCs are also useful as mixins that make it easier to develop +classes supporting container APIs. For example, to write a class supporting +the full :class:`Set` API, it only necessary to supply the three underlying +abstract methods: :meth:`__contains__`, :meth:`__iter__`, and :meth:`__len__`. +The ABC supplies the remaining methods such as :meth:`__and__` and +:meth:`isdisjoint` :: + + class ListBasedSet(collections.Set): + ''' Alternate set implementation favoring space over speed + and not requiring the set elements to be hashable. ''' + def __init__(self, iterable): + self.elements = lst = [] + for value in iterable: + if value not in lst: + lst.append(value) + def __iter__(self): + return iter(self.elements) + def __contains__(self, value): + return value in self.elements + def __len__(self): + return len(self.elements) + + s1 = ListBasedSet('abcdef') + s2 = ListBasedSet('defghi') + overlap = s1 & s2 # The __and__() method is supported automatically + +Notes on using :class:`Set` and :class:`MutableSet` as a mixin: + +(1) + Since some set operations create new sets, the default mixin methods need + a way to create new instances from an iterable. The class constructor is + assumed to have a signature in the form ``ClassName(iterable)``. + That assumption is factored-out to an internal classmethod called + :meth:`_from_iterable` which calls ``cls(iterable)`` to produce a new set. + If the :class:`Set` mixin is being used in a class with a different + constructor signature, you will need to override :meth:`_from_iterable` + with a classmethod that can construct new instances from + an iterable argument. + +(2) + To override the comparisons (presumably for speed, as the + semantics are fixed), redefine :meth:`__le__` and + then the other operations will automatically follow suit. + +(3) + The :class:`Set` mixin provides a :meth:`_hash` method to compute a hash value + for the set; however, :meth:`__hash__` is not defined because not all sets + are hashable or immutable. To add set hashabilty using mixins, + inherit from both :meth:`Set` and :meth:`Hashable`, then define + ``__hash__ = Set._hash``. + +.. seealso:: + + * `OrderedSet recipe <http://code.activestate.com/recipes/576694/>`_ for an + example built on :class:`MutableSet`. + + * For more about ABCs, see the :mod:`abc` module and :pep:`3119`. diff --git a/Doc/library/collections.rst b/Doc/library/collections.rst index bf1fe2c..768519e 100644 --- a/Doc/library/collections.rst +++ b/Doc/library/collections.rst @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ import itertools __name__ = '<doctest>' -**Source code:** :source:`Lib/collections.py` and :source:`Lib/_abcoll.py` +**Source code:** :source:`Lib/collections/__init__.py` -------------- @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ Python's general purpose built-in containers, :class:`dict`, :class:`list`, ===================== ==================================================================== :func:`namedtuple` factory function for creating tuple subclasses with named fields :class:`deque` list-like container with fast appends and pops on either end +:class:`ChainMap` dict-like class for creating a single view of multiple mappings :class:`Counter` dict subclass for counting hashable objects :class:`OrderedDict` dict subclass that remembers the order entries were added :class:`defaultdict` dict subclass that calls a factory function to supply missing values @@ -31,12 +32,125 @@ Python's general purpose built-in containers, :class:`dict`, :class:`list`, :class:`UserString` wrapper around string objects for easier string subclassing ===================== ==================================================================== -In addition to the concrete container classes, the collections module provides -:ref:`abstract base classes <collections-abstract-base-classes>` that can be -used to test whether a class provides a particular interface, for example, -whether it is hashable or a mapping. +.. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Moved :ref:`collections-abstract-base-classes` to the :mod:`collections.abc` module. + For backwards compatibility, they continue to be visible in this module + as well. +:class:`ChainMap` objects +------------------------- + +A :class:`ChainMap` class is provided for quickly linking a number of mappings +so they can be treated as a single unit. It is often much faster than creating +a new dictionary and running multiple :meth:`~dict.update` calls. + +The class can be used to simulate nested scopes and is useful in templating. + +.. class:: ChainMap(*maps) + + A :class:`ChainMap` groups multiple dicts or other mappings together to + create a single, updateable view. If no *maps* are specified, a single empty + dictionary is provided so that a new chain always has at least one mapping. + + The underlying mappings are stored in a list. That list is public and can + accessed or updated using the *maps* attribute. There is no other state. + + Lookups search the underlying mappings successively until a key is found. In + contrast, writes, updates, and deletions only operate on the first mapping. + + A :class:`ChainMap` incorporates the underlying mappings by reference. So, if + one of the underlying mappings gets updated, those changes will be reflected + in :class:`ChainMap`. + + All of the usual dictionary methods are supported. In addition, there is a + *maps* attribute, a method for creating new subcontexts, and a property for + accessing all but the first mapping: + + .. attribute:: maps + + A user updateable list of mappings. The list is ordered from + first-searched to last-searched. It is the only stored state and can + be modified to change which mappings are searched. The list should + always contain at least one mapping. + + .. method:: new_child() + + Returns a new :class:`ChainMap` containing a new :class:`dict` followed by + all of the maps in the current instance. A call to ``d.new_child()`` is + equivalent to: ``ChainMap({}, *d.maps)``. This method is used for + creating subcontexts that can be updated without altering values in any + of the parent mappings. + + .. method:: parents() + + Returns a new :class:`ChainMap` containing all of the maps in the current + instance except the first one. This is useful for skipping the first map + in the search. The use-cases are similar to those for the + :keyword:`nonlocal` keyword used in :term:`nested scopes <nested scope>`. + The use-cases also parallel those for the builtin :func:`super` function. + A reference to ``d.parents`` is equivalent to: ``ChainMap(*d.maps[1:])``. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + Example of simulating Python's internal lookup chain:: + + import builtins + pylookup = ChainMap(locals(), globals(), vars(builtins)) + + Example of letting user specified values take precedence over environment + variables which in turn take precedence over default values:: + + import os, argparse + defaults = {'color': 'red', 'user': guest} + parser = argparse.ArgumentParser() + parser.add_argument('-u', '--user') + parser.add_argument('-c', '--color') + user_specified = vars(parser.parse_args()) + combined = ChainMap(user_specified, os.environ, defaults) + + Example patterns for using the :class:`ChainMap` class to simulate nested + contexts:: + + c = ChainMap() Create root context + d = c.new_child() Create nested child context + e = c.new_child() Child of c, independent from d + e.maps[0] Current context dictionary -- like Python's locals() + e.maps[-1] Root context -- like Python's globals() + e.parents Enclosing context chain -- like Python's nonlocals + + d['x'] Get first key in the chain of contexts + d['x'] = 1 Set value in current context + del['x'] Delete from current context + list(d) All nested values + k in d Check all nested values + len(d) Number of nested values + d.items() All nested items + dict(d) Flatten into a regular dictionary + + .. seealso:: + + * The `MultiContext class + <http://svn.enthought.com/svn/enthought/CodeTools/trunk/enthought/contexts/multi_context.py>`_ + in the Enthought `CodeTools package + <https://github.com/enthought/codetools>`_ has options to support + writing to any mapping in the chain. + + * Django's `Context class + <http://code.djangoproject.com/browser/django/trunk/django/template/context.py>`_ + for templating is a read-only chain of mappings. It also features + pushing and popping of contexts similar to the + :meth:`~collections.ChainMap.new_child` method and the + :meth:`~collections.ChainMap.parents` property. + + * The `Nested Contexts recipe + <http://code.activestate.com/recipes/577434/>`_ has options to control + whether writes and other mutations apply only to the first mapping or to + any mapping in the chain. + + * A `greatly simplified read-only version of Chainmap + <http://code.activestate.com/recipes/305268/>`_. + :class:`Counter` objects ------------------------ @@ -149,7 +263,7 @@ Common patterns for working with :class:`Counter` objects:: c.items() # convert to a list of (elem, cnt) pairs Counter(dict(list_of_pairs)) # convert from a list of (elem, cnt) pairs c.most_common()[:-n:-1] # n least common elements - c += Counter() # remove zero and negative counts + +c # remove zero and negative counts Several mathematical operations are provided for combining :class:`Counter` objects to produce multisets (counters that have counts greater than zero). @@ -169,6 +283,18 @@ counts, but the output will exclude results with counts of zero or less. >>> c | d # union: max(c[x], d[x]) Counter({'a': 3, 'b': 2}) +Unary addition and substraction are shortcuts for adding an empty counter +or subtracting from an empty counter. + + >>> c = Counter(a=2, b=-4) + >>> +c + Counter({'a': 2}) + >>> -c + Counter({'b': 4}) + +.. versionadded:: 3.3 + Added support for unary plus and unary minus. + .. note:: Counters were primarily designed to work with positive integers to represent @@ -398,7 +524,8 @@ in Unix:: def tail(filename, n=10): 'Return the last n lines of a file' - return deque(open(filename), n) + with open(filename) as f: + return deque(f, n) Another approach to using deques is to maintain a sequence of recently added elements by appending to the right and popping to the left:: @@ -545,7 +672,7 @@ Setting the :attr:`default_factory` to :class:`set` makes the ... d[k].add(v) ... >>> list(d.items()) - [('blue', set([2, 4])), ('red', set([1, 3]))] + [('blue', {2, 4}), ('red', {1, 3})] :func:`namedtuple` Factory Function for Tuples with Named Fields @@ -578,7 +705,9 @@ they add the ability to access fields by name instead of position index. converted to ``['abc', '_1', 'ghi', '_3']``, eliminating the keyword ``def`` and the duplicate fieldname ``abc``. - If *verbose* is true, the class definition is printed just before being built. + If *verbose* is true, the class definition is printed after it is + built. This option is outdated; instead, it is simpler to print the + :attr:`_source` attribute. Named tuple instances do not have per-instance dictionaries, so they are lightweight and require no more memory than regular tuples. @@ -592,53 +721,6 @@ they add the ability to access fields by name instead of position index. >>> # Basic example >>> Point = namedtuple('Point', ['x', 'y']) - >>> p = Point(x=10, y=11) - - >>> # Example using the verbose option to print the class definition - >>> Point = namedtuple('Point', 'x y', verbose=True) - class Point(tuple): - 'Point(x, y)' - <BLANKLINE> - __slots__ = () - <BLANKLINE> - _fields = ('x', 'y') - <BLANKLINE> - def __new__(_cls, x, y): - 'Create a new instance of Point(x, y)' - return _tuple.__new__(_cls, (x, y)) - <BLANKLINE> - @classmethod - def _make(cls, iterable, new=tuple.__new__, len=len): - 'Make a new Point object from a sequence or iterable' - result = new(cls, iterable) - if len(result) != 2: - raise TypeError('Expected 2 arguments, got %d' % len(result)) - return result - <BLANKLINE> - def __repr__(self): - 'Return a nicely formatted representation string' - return self.__class__.__name__ + '(x=%r, y=%r)' % self - <BLANKLINE> - def _asdict(self): - 'Return a new OrderedDict which maps field names to their values' - return OrderedDict(zip(self._fields, self)) - <BLANKLINE> - __dict__ = property(_asdict) - <BLANKLINE> - def _replace(_self, **kwds): - 'Return a new Point object replacing specified fields with new values' - result = _self._make(map(kwds.pop, ('x', 'y'), _self)) - if kwds: - raise ValueError('Got unexpected field names: %r' % list(kwds.keys())) - return result - <BLANKLINE> - def __getnewargs__(self): - 'Return self as a plain tuple. Used by copy and pickle.' - return tuple(self) - <BLANKLINE> - x = _property(_itemgetter(0), doc='Alias for field number 0') - y = _property(_itemgetter(1), doc='Alias for field number 1') - >>> p = Point(11, y=22) # instantiate with positional or keyword arguments >>> p[0] + p[1] # indexable like the plain tuple (11, 22) 33 @@ -667,7 +749,7 @@ by the :mod:`csv` or :mod:`sqlite3` modules:: print(emp.name, emp.title) In addition to the methods inherited from tuples, named tuples support -three additional methods and one attribute. To prevent conflicts with +three additional methods and two attributes. To prevent conflicts with field names, the method and attribute names start with an underscore. .. classmethod:: somenamedtuple._make(iterable) @@ -705,6 +787,15 @@ field names, the method and attribute names start with an underscore. >>> for partnum, record in inventory.items(): ... inventory[partnum] = record._replace(price=newprices[partnum], timestamp=time.now()) +.. attribute:: somenamedtuple._source + + A string with the pure Python source code used to create the named + tuple class. The source makes the named tuple self-documenting. + It can be printed, executed using :func:`exec`, or saved to a file + and imported. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. attribute:: somenamedtuple._fields Tuple of strings listing the field names. Useful for introspection @@ -753,7 +844,6 @@ a fixed-width print format: The subclass shown above sets ``__slots__`` to an empty tuple. This helps keep memory requirements low by preventing the creation of instance dictionaries. - Subclassing is not useful for adding new, stored fields. Instead, simply create a new named tuple type from the :attr:`_fields` attribute: @@ -765,6 +855,7 @@ customize a prototype instance: >>> Account = namedtuple('Account', 'owner balance transaction_count') >>> default_account = Account('<owner name>', 0.0, 0) >>> johns_account = default_account._replace(owner='John') + >>> janes_account = default_account._replace(owner='Jane') Enumerated constants can be implemented with named tuples, but it is simpler and more efficient to use a simple class declaration: @@ -983,161 +1074,3 @@ attribute. be an instance of :class:`bytes`, :class:`str`, :class:`UserString` (or a subclass) or an arbitrary sequence which can be converted into a string using the built-in :func:`str` function. - - -.. _collections-abstract-base-classes: - -ABCs - abstract base classes ----------------------------- - -The collections module offers the following :term:`ABCs <abstract base class>`: - -========================= ===================== ====================== ==================================================== -ABC Inherits from Abstract Methods Mixin Methods -========================= ===================== ====================== ==================================================== -:class:`Container` ``__contains__`` -:class:`Hashable` ``__hash__`` -:class:`Iterable` ``__iter__`` -:class:`Iterator` :class:`Iterable` ``__next__`` ``__iter__`` -:class:`Sized` ``__len__`` -:class:`Callable` ``__call__`` - -:class:`Sequence` :class:`Sized`, ``__getitem__`` ``__contains__``, ``__iter__``, ``__reversed__``, - :class:`Iterable`, ``index``, and ``count`` - :class:`Container` - -:class:`MutableSequence` :class:`Sequence` ``__setitem__``, Inherited :class:`Sequence` methods and - ``__delitem__``, ``append``, ``reverse``, ``extend``, ``pop``, - ``insert`` ``remove``, and ``__iadd__`` - -:class:`Set` :class:`Sized`, ``__le__``, ``__lt__``, ``__eq__``, ``__ne__``, - :class:`Iterable`, ``__gt__``, ``__ge__``, ``__and__``, ``__or__``, - :class:`Container` ``__sub__``, ``__xor__``, and ``isdisjoint`` - -:class:`MutableSet` :class:`Set` ``add``, Inherited :class:`Set` methods and - ``discard`` ``clear``, ``pop``, ``remove``, ``__ior__``, - ``__iand__``, ``__ixor__``, and ``__isub__`` - -:class:`Mapping` :class:`Sized`, ``__getitem__`` ``__contains__``, ``keys``, ``items``, ``values``, - :class:`Iterable`, ``get``, ``__eq__``, and ``__ne__`` - :class:`Container` - -:class:`MutableMapping` :class:`Mapping` ``__setitem__``, Inherited :class:`Mapping` methods and - ``__delitem__`` ``pop``, ``popitem``, ``clear``, ``update``, - and ``setdefault`` - - -:class:`MappingView` :class:`Sized` ``__len__`` -:class:`ItemsView` :class:`MappingView`, ``__contains__``, - :class:`Set` ``__iter__`` -:class:`KeysView` :class:`MappingView`, ``__contains__``, - :class:`Set` ``__iter__`` -:class:`ValuesView` :class:`MappingView` ``__contains__``, ``__iter__`` -========================= ===================== ====================== ==================================================== - - -.. class:: Container - Hashable - Sized - Callable - - ABCs for classes that provide respectively the methods :meth:`__contains__`, - :meth:`__hash__`, :meth:`__len__`, and :meth:`__call__`. - -.. class:: Iterable - - ABC for classes that provide the :meth:`__iter__` method. - See also the definition of :term:`iterable`. - -.. class:: Iterator - - ABC for classes that provide the :meth:`__iter__` and :meth:`next` methods. - See also the definition of :term:`iterator`. - -.. class:: Sequence - MutableSequence - - ABCs for read-only and mutable :term:`sequences <sequence>`. - -.. class:: Set - MutableSet - - ABCs for read-only and mutable sets. - -.. class:: Mapping - MutableMapping - - ABCs for read-only and mutable :term:`mappings <mapping>`. - -.. class:: MappingView - ItemsView - KeysView - ValuesView - - ABCs for mapping, items, keys, and values :term:`views <view>`. - - -These ABCs allow us to ask classes or instances if they provide -particular functionality, for example:: - - size = None - if isinstance(myvar, collections.Sized): - size = len(myvar) - -Several of the ABCs are also useful as mixins that make it easier to develop -classes supporting container APIs. For example, to write a class supporting -the full :class:`Set` API, it only necessary to supply the three underlying -abstract methods: :meth:`__contains__`, :meth:`__iter__`, and :meth:`__len__`. -The ABC supplies the remaining methods such as :meth:`__and__` and -:meth:`isdisjoint` :: - - class ListBasedSet(collections.Set): - ''' Alternate set implementation favoring space over speed - and not requiring the set elements to be hashable. ''' - def __init__(self, iterable): - self.elements = lst = [] - for value in iterable: - if value not in lst: - lst.append(value) - def __iter__(self): - return iter(self.elements) - def __contains__(self, value): - return value in self.elements - def __len__(self): - return len(self.elements) - - s1 = ListBasedSet('abcdef') - s2 = ListBasedSet('defghi') - overlap = s1 & s2 # The __and__() method is supported automatically - -Notes on using :class:`Set` and :class:`MutableSet` as a mixin: - -(1) - Since some set operations create new sets, the default mixin methods need - a way to create new instances from an iterable. The class constructor is - assumed to have a signature in the form ``ClassName(iterable)``. - That assumption is factored-out to an internal classmethod called - :meth:`_from_iterable` which calls ``cls(iterable)`` to produce a new set. - If the :class:`Set` mixin is being used in a class with a different - constructor signature, you will need to override :meth:`_from_iterable` - with a classmethod that can construct new instances from - an iterable argument. - -(2) - To override the comparisons (presumably for speed, as the - semantics are fixed), redefine :meth:`__le__` and - then the other operations will automatically follow suit. - -(3) - The :class:`Set` mixin provides a :meth:`_hash` method to compute a hash value - for the set; however, :meth:`__hash__` is not defined because not all sets - are hashable or immutable. To add set hashabilty using mixins, - inherit from both :meth:`Set` and :meth:`Hashable`, then define - ``__hash__ = Set._hash``. - -.. seealso:: - - * `OrderedSet recipe <http://code.activestate.com/recipes/576694/>`_ for an - example built on :class:`MutableSet`. - - * For more about ABCs, see the :mod:`abc` module and :pep:`3119`. diff --git a/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst b/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst index 2359dd1..f401f93 100644 --- a/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst +++ b/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst @@ -169,6 +169,12 @@ to a :class:`ProcessPoolExecutor` will result in deadlock. of at most *max_workers* processes. If *max_workers* is ``None`` or not given, it will default to the number of processors on the machine. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + When one of the worker processes terminates abruptly, a + :exc:`BrokenProcessPool` error is now raised. Previously, behaviour + was undefined but operations on the executor or its futures would often + freeze or deadlock. + .. _processpoolexecutor-example: @@ -369,3 +375,16 @@ Module Functions :pep:`3148` -- futures - execute computations asynchronously The proposal which described this feature for inclusion in the Python standard library. + + +Exception classes +----------------- + +.. exception:: BrokenProcessPool + + Derived from :exc:`RuntimeError`, this exception class is raised when + one of the workers of a :class:`ProcessPoolExecutor` has terminated + in a non-clean fashion (for example, if it was killed from the outside). + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + diff --git a/Doc/library/crypt.rst b/Doc/library/crypt.rst index 0be571e..1ba2ed3 100644 --- a/Doc/library/crypt.rst +++ b/Doc/library/crypt.rst @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ This module implements an interface to the :manpage:`crypt(3)` routine, which is a one-way hash function based upon a modified DES algorithm; see the Unix man -page for further details. Possible uses include allowing Python scripts to -accept typed passwords from the user, or attempting to crack Unix passwords with -a dictionary. +page for further details. Possible uses include storing hashed passwords +so you can check passwords without storing the actual password, or attempting +to crack Unix passwords with a dictionary. .. index:: single: crypt(3) @@ -26,15 +26,74 @@ the :manpage:`crypt(3)` routine in the running system. Therefore, any extensions available on the current implementation will also be available on this module. +Hashing Methods +--------------- -.. function:: crypt(word, salt) +.. versionadded:: 3.3 + +The :mod:`crypt` module defines the list of hashing methods (not all methods +are available on all platforms): + +.. data:: METHOD_SHA512 + + A Modular Crypt Format method with 16 character salt and 86 character + hash. This is the strongest method. + +.. data:: METHOD_SHA256 + + Another Modular Crypt Format method with 16 character salt and 43 + character hash. + +.. data:: METHOD_MD5 + + Another Modular Crypt Format method with 8 character salt and 22 + character hash. + +.. data:: METHOD_CRYPT + + The traditional method with a 2 character salt and 13 characters of + hash. This is the weakest method. + + +Module Attributes +----------------- + +.. versionadded:: 3.3 + +.. attribute:: methods + + A list of available password hashing algorithms, as + ``crypt.METHOD_*`` objects. This list is sorted from strongest to + weakest, and is guaranteed to have at least ``crypt.METHOD_CRYPT``. + + +Module Functions +---------------- + +The :mod:`crypt` module defines the following functions: + +.. function:: crypt(word, salt=None) *word* will usually be a user's password as typed at a prompt or in a graphical - interface. *salt* is usually a random two-character string which will be used - to perturb the DES algorithm in one of 4096 ways. The characters in *salt* must - be in the set ``[./a-zA-Z0-9]``. Returns the hashed password as a string, which - will be composed of characters from the same alphabet as the salt (the first two - characters represent the salt itself). + interface. The optional *salt* is either a string as returned from + :func:`mksalt`, one of the ``crypt.METHOD_*`` values (though not all + may be available on all platforms), or a full encrypted password + including salt, as returned by this function. If *salt* is not + provided, the strongest method will be used (as returned by + :func:`methods`. + + Checking a password is usually done by passing the plain-text password + as *word* and the full results of a previous :func:`crypt` call, + which should be the same as the results of this call. + + *salt* (either a random 2 or 16 character string, possibly prefixed with + ``$digit$`` to indicate the method) which will be used to perturb the + encryption algorithm. The characters in *salt* must be in the set + ``[./a-zA-Z0-9]``, with the exception of Modular Crypt Format which + prefixes a ``$digit$``. + + Returns the hashed password as a string, which will be composed of + characters from the same alphabet as the salt. .. index:: single: crypt(3) @@ -42,18 +101,48 @@ this module. different sizes in the *salt*, it is recommended to use the full crypted password as salt when checking for a password. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Accept ``crypt.METHOD_*`` values in addition to strings for *salt*. + + +.. function:: mksalt(method=None) + + Return a randomly generated salt of the specified method. If no + *method* is given, the strongest method available as returned by + :func:`methods` is used. + + The return value is a string either of 2 characters in length for + ``crypt.METHOD_CRYPT``, or 19 characters starting with ``$digit$`` and + 16 random characters from the set ``[./a-zA-Z0-9]``, suitable for + passing as the *salt* argument to :func:`crypt`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + +Examples +-------- + A simple example illustrating typical use:: - import crypt, getpass, pwd + import pwd + import crypt + import getpass def login(): - username = input('Python login:') + username = input('Python login: ') cryptedpasswd = pwd.getpwnam(username)[1] if cryptedpasswd: if cryptedpasswd == 'x' or cryptedpasswd == '*': - raise "Sorry, currently no support for shadow passwords" + raise ValueError('no support for shadow passwords') cleartext = getpass.getpass() return crypt.crypt(cleartext, cryptedpasswd) == cryptedpasswd else: - return 1 + return True + +To generate a hash of a password using the strongest available method and +check it against the original:: + + import crypt + hashed = crypt.crypt(plaintext) + if hashed != crypt.crypt(plaintext, hashed): + raise ValueError("hashed version doesn't validate against original") diff --git a/Doc/library/csv.rst b/Doc/library/csv.rst index edbe726..ec0dfcc 100644 --- a/Doc/library/csv.rst +++ b/Doc/library/csv.rst @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ pair: data; tabular The so-called CSV (Comma Separated Values) format is the most common import and -export format for spreadsheets and databases. There is no "CSV standard", so -the format is operationally defined by the many applications which read and -write it. The lack of a standard means that subtle differences often exist in -the data produced and consumed by different applications. These differences can -make it annoying to process CSV files from multiple sources. Still, while the -delimiters and quoting characters vary, the overall format is similar enough -that it is possible to write a single module which can efficiently manipulate -such data, hiding the details of reading and writing the data from the -programmer. +export format for spreadsheets and databases. CSV format was used for many +years prior to attempts to describe the format in a standardized way in +:rfc:`4180`. The lack of a well-defined standard means that subtle differences +often exist in the data produced and consumed by different applications. These +differences can make it annoying to process CSV files from multiple sources. +Still, while the delimiters and quoting characters vary, the overall format is +similar enough that it is possible to write a single module which can +efficiently manipulate such data, hiding the details of reading and writing the +data from the programmer. The :mod:`csv` module implements classes to read and write tabular data in CSV format. It allows programmers to say, "write this data in the format preferred diff --git a/Doc/library/curses.rst b/Doc/library/curses.rst index 5470a10..f27b2ff 100644 --- a/Doc/library/curses.rst +++ b/Doc/library/curses.rst @@ -846,6 +846,14 @@ the following methods: until a key is pressed. +.. method:: window.get_wch([y, x]) + + Get a wide character. Like :meth:`getch`, but the integer returned is the + Unicode code point for the key pressed, so it can be passed to :func:`chr`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. method:: window.getkey([y, x]) Get a character, returning a string instead of an integer, as :meth:`getch` diff --git a/Doc/library/datatypes.rst b/Doc/library/datatypes.rst index 6b4a71a..8e33c1f 100644 --- a/Doc/library/datatypes.rst +++ b/Doc/library/datatypes.rst @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ The following modules are documented in this chapter: datetime.rst calendar.rst collections.rst + collections.abc.rst heapq.rst bisect.rst array.rst diff --git a/Doc/library/datetime.rst b/Doc/library/datetime.rst index e04b3f8..8296a4d 100644 --- a/Doc/library/datetime.rst +++ b/Doc/library/datetime.rst @@ -721,6 +721,22 @@ Other constructors, all class methods: It's common for this to be restricted to years in 1970 through 2038. See also :meth:`fromtimestamp`. + On the POSIX compliant platforms, ``utcfromtimestamp(timestamp)`` + is equivalent to the following expression:: + + datetime(1970, 1, 1) + timedelta(seconds=timestamp) + + There is no method to obtain the timestamp from a :class:`datetime` + instance, but POSIX timestamp corresponding to a :class:`datetime` + instance ``dt`` can be easily calculated as follows. For a naive + ``dt``:: + + timestamp = (dt - datetime(1970, 1, 1)) / timedelta(seconds=1) + + And for an aware ``dt``:: + + timestamp = (dt - datetime(1970, 1, 1, tzinfo=timezone.utc)) / timedelta(seconds=1) + .. classmethod:: datetime.fromordinal(ordinal) @@ -1564,11 +1580,12 @@ only EST (fixed offset -5 hours), or only EDT (fixed offset -4 hours)). :class:`timezone` Objects -------------------------- -A :class:`timezone` object represents a timezone that is defined by a -fixed offset from UTC. Note that objects of this class cannot be used -to represent timezone information in the locations where different -offsets are used in different days of the year or where historical -changes have been made to civil time. +The :class:`timezone` class is a subclass of :class:`tzinfo`, each +instance of which represents a timezone defined by a fixed offset from +UTC. Note that objects of this class cannot be used to represent +timezone information in the locations where different offsets are used +in different days of the year or where historical changes have been +made to civil time. .. class:: timezone(offset[, name]) @@ -1737,8 +1754,7 @@ format codes. | | decimal number [00,99]. | | +-----------+--------------------------------+-------+ | ``%Y`` | Year with century as a decimal | \(5) | -| | number [0001,9999] (strptime), | | -| | [1000,9999] (strftime). | | +| | number [0001,9999]. | | +-----------+--------------------------------+-------+ | ``%z`` | UTC offset in the form +HHMM | \(6) | | | or -HHMM (empty string if the | | @@ -1772,10 +1788,7 @@ Notes: calculations when the day of the week and the year are specified. (5) - For technical reasons, :meth:`strftime` method does not support - dates before year 1000: ``t.strftime(format)`` will raise a - :exc:`ValueError` when ``t.year < 1000`` even if ``format`` does - not contain ``%Y`` directive. The :meth:`strptime` method can + The :meth:`strptime` method can parse years in the full [1, 9999] range, but years < 1000 must be zero-filled to 4-digit width. @@ -1783,6 +1796,10 @@ Notes: In previous versions, :meth:`strftime` method was restricted to years >= 1900. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + In version 3.2, :meth:`strftime` method was restricted to + years >= 1000. + (6) For example, if :meth:`utcoffset` returns ``timedelta(hours=-3, minutes=-30)``, ``%z`` is replaced with the string ``'-0330'``. diff --git a/Doc/library/debug.rst b/Doc/library/debug.rst index b2ee4fa..c69fb1c 100644 --- a/Doc/library/debug.rst +++ b/Doc/library/debug.rst @@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ allowing you to identify bottlenecks in your programs. .. toctree:: bdb.rst + faulthandler.rst pdb.rst profile.rst timeit.rst - trace.rst
\ No newline at end of file + trace.rst diff --git a/Doc/library/depgraph-output.png b/Doc/library/depgraph-output.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..960bb1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/depgraph-output.png diff --git a/Doc/library/difflib.rst b/Doc/library/difflib.rst index bdc37b3..836e240 100644 --- a/Doc/library/difflib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/difflib.rst @@ -752,8 +752,8 @@ It is also contained in the Python source distribution, as # we're passing these as arguments to the diff function fromdate = time.ctime(os.stat(fromfile).st_mtime) todate = time.ctime(os.stat(tofile).st_mtime) - fromlines = open(fromfile, 'U').readlines() - tolines = open(tofile, 'U').readlines() + with open(fromlines) as fromf, open(tofile) as tof: + fromlines, tolines = list(fromf), list(tof) if options.u: diff = difflib.unified_diff(fromlines, tolines, fromfile, tofile, diff --git a/Doc/library/dis.rst b/Doc/library/dis.rst index 79cc583..cb429c8 100644 --- a/Doc/library/dis.rst +++ b/Doc/library/dis.rst @@ -171,11 +171,6 @@ The Python compiler currently generates the following bytecode instructions. **General instructions** -.. opcode:: STOP_CODE - - Indicates end-of-code to the compiler, not used by the interpreter. - - .. opcode:: NOP Do nothing code. Used as a placeholder by the bytecode optimizer. diff --git a/Doc/library/distutils.rst b/Doc/library/distutils.rst index 238b79d..53a69ae 100644 --- a/Doc/library/distutils.rst +++ b/Doc/library/distutils.rst @@ -12,18 +12,26 @@ additional modules into a Python installation. The new modules may be either 100%-pure Python, or may be extension modules written in C, or may be collections of Python packages which include modules coded in both Python and C. -This package is discussed in two separate chapters: +.. deprecated:: 3.3 + :mod:`packaging` replaces Distutils. See :ref:`packaging-index` and + :ref:`packaging-install-index`. +User documentation and API reference are provided in another document: + .. seealso:: :ref:`distutils-index` The manual for developers and packagers of Python modules. This describes how to prepare :mod:`distutils`\ -based packages so that they may be - easily installed into an existing Python installation. + easily installed into an existing Python installation. If also contains + instructions for end-users wanting to install a distutils-based package, + :ref:`install-index`. + + +.. trick to silence a Sphinx warning - :ref:`install-index` - An "administrators" manual which includes information on installing - modules into an existing Python installation. You do not need to be a - Python programmer to read this manual. +.. toctree:: + :hidden: + ../distutils/index diff --git a/Doc/library/email.generator.rst b/Doc/library/email.generator.rst index 85b32fe..847d7e4 100644 --- a/Doc/library/email.generator.rst +++ b/Doc/library/email.generator.rst @@ -32,7 +32,8 @@ Here are the public methods of the :class:`Generator` class, imported from the :mod:`email.generator` module: -.. class:: Generator(outfp, mangle_from_=True, maxheaderlen=78) +.. class:: Generator(outfp, mangle_from_=True, maxheaderlen=78, *, \ + policy=policy.default) The constructor for the :class:`Generator` class takes a :term:`file-like object` called *outfp* for an argument. *outfp* must support the :meth:`write` method @@ -53,10 +54,16 @@ Here are the public methods of the :class:`Generator` class, imported from the :class:`~email.header.Header` class. Set to zero to disable header wrapping. The default is 78, as recommended (but not required) by :rfc:`2822`. + The *policy* keyword specifies a :mod:`~email.policy` object that controls a + number of aspects of the generator's operation. The default policy + maintains backward compatibility. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 Added the *policy* keyword. + The other public :class:`Generator` methods are: - .. method:: flatten(msg, unixfrom=False, linesep='\\n') + .. method:: flatten(msg, unixfrom=False, linesep=None) Print the textual representation of the message object structure rooted at *msg* to the output file specified when the :class:`Generator` instance @@ -72,12 +79,13 @@ Here are the public methods of the :class:`Generator` class, imported from the Note that for subparts, no envelope header is ever printed. Optional *linesep* specifies the line separator character used to - terminate lines in the output. It defaults to ``\n`` because that is - the most useful value for Python application code (other library packages - expect ``\n`` separated lines). ``linesep=\r\n`` can be used to - generate output with RFC-compliant line separators. + terminate lines in the output. If specified it overrides the value + specified by the ``Generator``\'s ``policy``. - Messages parsed with a Bytes parser that have a + Because strings cannot represent non-ASCII bytes, ``Generator`` ignores + the value of the :attr:`~email.policy.Policy.must_be_7bit` + :mod:`~email.policy` setting and operates as if it were set ``True``. + This means that messages parsed with a Bytes parser that have a :mailheader:`Content-Transfer-Encoding` of 8bit will be converted to a use a 7bit Content-Transfer-Encoding. Non-ASCII bytes in the headers will be :rfc:`2047` encoded with a charset of `unknown-8bit`. @@ -103,7 +111,8 @@ As a convenience, see the :class:`~email.message.Message` methods formatted string representation of a message object. For more detail, see :mod:`email.message`. -.. class:: BytesGenerator(outfp, mangle_from_=True, maxheaderlen=78) +.. class:: BytesGenerator(outfp, mangle_from_=True, maxheaderlen=78, *, \ + policy=policy.default) The constructor for the :class:`BytesGenerator` class takes a binary :term:`file-like object` called *outfp* for an argument. *outfp* must @@ -125,19 +134,31 @@ formatted string representation of a message object. For more detail, see wrapping. The default is 78, as recommended (but not required) by :rfc:`2822`. + The *policy* keyword specifies a :mod:`~email.policy` object that controls a + number of aspects of the generator's operation. The default policy + maintains backward compatibility. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 Added the *policy* keyword. + The other public :class:`BytesGenerator` methods are: - .. method:: flatten(msg, unixfrom=False, linesep='\n') + .. method:: flatten(msg, unixfrom=False, linesep=None) Print the textual representation of the message object structure rooted at *msg* to the output file specified when the :class:`BytesGenerator` instance was created. Subparts are visited depth-first and the resulting - text will be properly MIME encoded. If the input that created the *msg* - contained bytes with the high bit set and those bytes have not been - modified, they will be copied faithfully to the output, even if doing so - is not strictly RFC compliant. (To produce strictly RFC compliant - output, use the :class:`Generator` class.) + text will be properly MIME encoded. If the :mod:`~email.policy` option + :attr:`~email.policy.Policy.must_be_7bit` is ``False`` (the default), + then any bytes with the high bit set in the original parsed message that + have not been modified will be copied faithfully to the output. If + ``must_be_7bit`` is true, the bytes will be converted as needed using an + ASCII content-transfer-encoding. In particular, RFC-invalid non-ASCII + bytes in headers will be encoded using the MIME ``unknown-8bit`` + character set, thus rendering them RFC-compliant. + + .. XXX: There should be a complementary option that just does the RFC + compliance transformation but leaves CTE 8bit parts alone. Messages parsed with a Bytes parser that have a :mailheader:`Content-Transfer-Encoding` of 8bit will be reconstructed @@ -152,10 +173,8 @@ formatted string representation of a message object. For more detail, see Note that for subparts, no envelope header is ever printed. Optional *linesep* specifies the line separator character used to - terminate lines in the output. It defaults to ``\n`` because that is - the most useful value for Python application code (other library packages - expect ``\n`` separated lines). ``linesep=\r\n`` can be used to - generate output with RFC-compliant line separators. + terminate lines in the output. If specified it overrides the value + specified by the ``Generator``\ 's ``policy``. .. method:: clone(fp) diff --git a/Doc/library/email.parser.rst b/Doc/library/email.parser.rst index 77a0b69..e70b429 100644 --- a/Doc/library/email.parser.rst +++ b/Doc/library/email.parser.rst @@ -58,12 +58,18 @@ list of defects that it can find. Here is the API for the :class:`FeedParser`: -.. class:: FeedParser(_factory=email.message.Message) +.. class:: FeedParser(_factory=email.message.Message, *, policy=policy.default) Create a :class:`FeedParser` instance. Optional *_factory* is a no-argument callable that will be called whenever a new message object is needed. It defaults to the :class:`email.message.Message` class. + The *policy* keyword specifies a :mod:`~email.policy` object that controls a + number of aspects of the parser's operation. The default policy maintains + backward compatibility. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 Added the *policy* keyword. + .. method:: feed(data) Feed the :class:`FeedParser` some more data. *data* should be a string @@ -94,15 +100,17 @@ Parser class API The :class:`Parser` class, imported from the :mod:`email.parser` module, provides an API that can be used to parse a message when the complete contents of the message are available in a string or file. The :mod:`email.parser` -module also provides a second class, called :class:`HeaderParser` which can be -used if you're only interested in the headers of the message. -:class:`HeaderParser` can be much faster in these situations, since it does not -attempt to parse the message body, instead setting the payload to the raw body -as a string. :class:`HeaderParser` has the same API as the :class:`Parser` -class. +module also provides header-only parsers, called :class:`HeaderParser` and +:class:`BytesHeaderParser`, which can be used if you're only interested in the +headers of the message. :class:`HeaderParser` and :class:`BytesHeaderParser` +can be much faster in these situations, since they do not attempt to parse the +message body, instead setting the payload to the raw body as a string. They +have the same API as the :class:`Parser` and :class:`BytesParser` classes. +.. versionadded:: 3.3 BytesHeaderParser -.. class:: Parser(_class=email.message.Message, strict=None) + +.. class:: Parser(_class=email.message.Message, *, policy=policy.default) The constructor for the :class:`Parser` class takes an optional argument *_class*. This must be a callable factory (such as a function or a class), and @@ -110,13 +118,13 @@ class. :class:`~email.message.Message` (see :mod:`email.message`). The factory will be called without arguments. - The optional *strict* flag is ignored. + The *policy* keyword specifies a :mod:`~email.policy` object that controls a + number of aspects of the parser's operation. The default policy maintains + backward compatibility. - .. deprecated:: 2.4 - Because the :class:`Parser` class is a backward compatible API wrapper - around the new-in-Python 2.4 :class:`FeedParser`, *all* parsing is - effectively non-strict. You should simply stop passing a *strict* flag to - the :class:`Parser` constructor. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Removed the *strict* argument that was deprecated in 2.4. Added the + *policy* keyword. The other public :class:`Parser` methods are: @@ -147,12 +155,18 @@ class. the entire contents of the file. -.. class:: BytesParser(_class=email.message.Message, strict=None) +.. class:: BytesParser(_class=email.message.Message, *, policy=policy.default) This class is exactly parallel to :class:`Parser`, but handles bytes input. The *_class* and *strict* arguments are interpreted in the same way as for - the :class:`Parser` constructor. *strict* is supported only to make porting - code easier; it is deprecated. + the :class:`Parser` constructor. + + The *policy* keyword specifies a :mod:`~email.policy` object that + controls a number of aspects of the parser's operation. The default + policy maintains backward compatibility. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Removed the *strict* argument. Added the *policy* keyword. .. method:: parse(fp, headeronly=False) @@ -190,34 +204,48 @@ in the top-level :mod:`email` package namespace. .. currentmodule:: email -.. function:: message_from_string(s, _class=email.message.Message, strict=None) +.. function:: message_from_string(s, _class=email.message.Message, *, \ + policy=policy.default) Return a message object structure from a string. This is exactly equivalent to - ``Parser().parsestr(s)``. Optional *_class* and *strict* are interpreted as + ``Parser().parsestr(s)``. *_class* and *policy* are interpreted as with the :class:`Parser` class constructor. -.. function:: message_from_bytes(s, _class=email.message.Message, strict=None) + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Removed the *strict* argument. Added the *policy* keyword. + +.. function:: message_from_bytes(s, _class=email.message.Message, *, \ + policy=policy.default) Return a message object structure from a byte string. This is exactly equivalent to ``BytesParser().parsebytes(s)``. Optional *_class* and *strict* are interpreted as with the :class:`Parser` class constructor. .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Removed the *strict* argument. Added the *policy* keyword. -.. function:: message_from_file(fp, _class=email.message.Message, strict=None) +.. function:: message_from_file(fp, _class=email.message.Message, *, \ + policy=policy.default) Return a message object structure tree from an open :term:`file object`. - This is exactly equivalent to ``Parser().parse(fp)``. Optional *_class* - and *strict* are interpreted as with the :class:`Parser` class constructor. + This is exactly equivalent to ``Parser().parse(fp)``. *_class* + and *policy* are interpreted as with the :class:`Parser` class constructor. + + .. versionchanged:: + Removed the *strict* argument. Added the *policy* keyword. -.. function:: message_from_binary_file(fp, _class=email.message.Message, strict=None) +.. function:: message_from_binary_file(fp, _class=email.message.Message, *, \ + policy=policy.default) Return a message object structure tree from an open binary :term:`file object`. This is exactly equivalent to ``BytesParser().parse(fp)``. - Optional *_class* and *strict* are interpreted as with the :class:`Parser` + *_class* and *policy* are interpreted as with the :class:`Parser` class constructor. .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Removed the *strict* argument. Added the *policy* keyword. Here's an example of how you might use this at an interactive Python prompt:: diff --git a/Doc/library/email.policy.rst b/Doc/library/email.policy.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a77e510 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/email.policy.rst @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +:mod:`email`: Policy Objects +---------------------------- + +.. module:: email.policy + :synopsis: Controlling the parsing and generating of messages + +.. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +The :mod:`email` package's prime focus is the handling of email messages as +described by the various email and MIME RFCs. However, the general format of +email messages (a block of header fields each consisting of a name followed by +a colon followed by a value, the whole block followed by a blank line and an +arbitrary 'body'), is a format that has found utility outside of the realm of +email. Some of these uses conform fairly closely to the main RFCs, some do +not. And even when working with email, there are times when it is desirable to +break strict compliance with the RFCs. + +Policy objects give the email package the flexibility to handle all these +disparate use cases. + +A :class:`Policy` object encapsulates a set of attributes and methods that +control the behavior of various components of the email package during use. +:class:`Policy` instances can be passed to various classes and methods in the +email package to alter the default behavior. The settable values and their +defaults are described below. The :mod:`policy` module also provides some +pre-created :class:`Policy` instances. In addition to a :const:`default` +instance, there are instances tailored for certain applications. For example +there is an :const:`SMTP` :class:`Policy` with defaults appropriate for +generating output to be sent to an SMTP server. These are listed `below +<Policy Instances>`. + +In general an application will only need to deal with setting the policy at the +input and output boundaries. Once parsed, a message is represented by a +:class:`~email.message.Message` object, which is designed to be independent of +the format that the message has "on the wire" when it is received, transmitted, +or displayed. Thus, a :class:`Policy` can be specified when parsing a message +to create a :class:`~email.message.Message`, and again when turning the +:class:`~email.message.Message` into some other representation. While often a +program will use the same :class:`Policy` for both input and output, the two +can be different. + +As an example, the following code could be used to read an email message from a +file on disk and pass it to the system ``sendmail`` program on a Unix system:: + + >>> from email import msg_from_binary_file + >>> from email.generator import BytesGenerator + >>> import email.policy + >>> from subprocess import Popen, PIPE + >>> with open('mymsg.txt', 'b') as f: + ... Msg = msg_from_binary_file(f, policy=email.policy.mbox) + >>> p = Popen(['sendmail', msg['To'][0].address], stdin=PIPE) + >>> g = BytesGenerator(p.stdin, policy=email.policy.SMTP) + >>> g.flatten(msg) + >>> p.stdin.close() + >>> rc = p.wait() + +Some email package methods accept a *policy* keyword argument, allowing the +policy to be overridden for that method. For example, the following code uses +the :meth:`email.message.Message.as_string` method of the *msg* object from the +previous example and re-write it to a file using the native line separators for +the platform on which it is running:: + + >>> import os + >>> mypolicy = email.policy.Policy(linesep=os.linesep) + >>> with open('converted.txt', 'wb') as f: + ... f.write(msg.as_string(policy=mypolicy)) + +Policy instances are immutable, but they can be cloned, accepting the same +keyword arguments as the class constructor and returning a new :class:`Policy` +instance that is a copy of the original but with the specified attributes +values changed. For example, the following creates an SMTP policy that will +raise any defects detected as errors:: + + >>> strict_SMTP = email.policy.SMTP.clone(raise_on_defect=True) + +Policy objects can also be combined using the addition operator, producing a +policy object whose settings are a combination of the non-default values of the +summed objects:: + + >>> strict_SMTP = email.policy.SMTP + email.policy.strict + +This operation is not commutative; that is, the order in which the objects are +added matters. To illustrate:: + + >>> Policy = email.policy.Policy + >>> apolicy = Policy(max_line_length=100) + Policy(max_line_length=80) + >>> apolicy.max_line_length + 80 + >>> apolicy = Policy(max_line_length=80) + Policy(max_line_length=100) + >>> apolicy.max_line_length + 100 + + +.. class:: Policy(**kw) + + The valid constructor keyword arguments are any of the attributes listed + below. + + .. attribute:: max_line_length + + The maximum length of any line in the serialized output, not counting the + end of line character(s). Default is 78, per :rfc:`5322`. A value of + ``0`` or :const:`None` indicates that no line wrapping should be + done at all. + + .. attribute:: linesep + + The string to be used to terminate lines in serialized output. The + default is ``\n`` because that's the internal end-of-line discipline used + by Python, though ``\r\n`` is required by the RFCs. See `Policy + Instances`_ for policies that use an RFC conformant linesep. Setting it + to :attr:`os.linesep` may also be useful. + + .. attribute:: must_be_7bit + + If ``True``, data output by a bytes generator is limited to ASCII + characters. If :const:`False` (the default), then bytes with the high + bit set are preserved and/or allowed in certain contexts (for example, + where possible a content transfer encoding of ``8bit`` will be used). + String generators act as if ``must_be_7bit`` is ``True`` regardless of + the policy in effect, since a string cannot represent non-ASCII bytes. + + .. attribute:: raise_on_defect + + If :const:`True`, any defects encountered will be raised as errors. If + :const:`False` (the default), defects will be passed to the + :meth:`register_defect` method. + + :mod:`Policy` object also have the following methods: + + .. method:: handle_defect(obj, defect) + + *obj* is the object on which to register the defect. *defect* should be + an instance of a subclass of :class:`~email.errors.Defect`. + If :attr:`raise_on_defect` + is ``True`` the defect is raised as an exception. Otherwise *obj* and + *defect* are passed to :meth:`register_defect`. This method is intended + to be called by parsers when they encounter defects, and will not be + called by code that uses the email library unless that code is + implementing an alternate parser. + + .. method:: register_defect(obj, defect) + + *obj* is the object on which to register the defect. *defect* should be + a subclass of :class:`~email.errors.Defect`. This method is part of the + public API so that custom ``Policy`` subclasses can implement alternate + handling of defects. The default implementation calls the ``append`` + method of the ``defects`` attribute of *obj*. + + .. method:: clone(obj, *kw) + + Return a new :class:`Policy` instance whose attributes have the same + values as the current instance, except where those attributes are + given new values by the keyword arguments. + + +Policy Instances +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The following instances of :class:`Policy` provide defaults suitable for +specific common application domains. + +.. data:: default + + An instance of :class:`Policy` with all defaults unchanged. + +.. data:: SMTP + + Output serialized from a message will conform to the email and SMTP + RFCs. The only changed attribute is :attr:`linesep`, which is set to + ``\r\n``. + +.. data:: HTTP + + Suitable for use when serializing headers for use in HTTP traffic. + :attr:`linesep` is set to ``\r\n``, and :attr:`max_line_length` is set to + :const:`None` (unlimited). + +.. data:: strict + + :attr:`raise_on_defect` is set to :const:`True`. diff --git a/Doc/library/email.rst b/Doc/library/email.rst index 4530b95..fc206f4 100644 --- a/Doc/library/email.rst +++ b/Doc/library/email.rst @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ Contents of the :mod:`email` package documentation: email.message.rst email.parser.rst email.generator.rst + email.policy.rst email.mime.rst email.header.rst email.charset.rst diff --git a/Doc/library/email.util.rst b/Doc/library/email.util.rst index f7b777a..2f9ef89 100644 --- a/Doc/library/email.util.rst +++ b/Doc/library/email.util.rst @@ -29,13 +29,20 @@ There are several useful utilities provided in the :mod:`email.utils` module: fails, in which case a 2-tuple of ``('', '')`` is returned. -.. function:: formataddr(pair) +.. function:: formataddr(pair, charset='utf-8') The inverse of :meth:`parseaddr`, this takes a 2-tuple of the form ``(realname, email_address)`` and returns the string value suitable for a :mailheader:`To` or :mailheader:`Cc` header. If the first element of *pair* is false, then the second element is returned unmodified. + Optional *charset* is the character set that will be used in the :rfc:`2047` + encoding of the ``realname`` if the ``realname`` contains non-ASCII + characters. Can be an instance of :class:`str` or a + :class:`~email.charset.Charset`. Defaults to ``utf-8``. + + .. versionchanged: 3.3 added the *charset* option + .. function:: getaddresses(fieldvalues) @@ -74,6 +81,20 @@ There are several useful utilities provided in the :mod:`email.utils` module: indexes 6, 7, and 8 of the result tuple are not usable. +.. function:: parsedate_to_datetime(date) + + The inverse of :func:`format_datetime`. Performs the same function as + :func:`parsedate`, but on success returns a :mod:`~datetime.datetime`. If + the input date has a timezone of ``-0000``, the ``datetime`` will be a naive + ``datetime``, and if the date is conforming to the RFCs it will represent a + time in UTC but with no indication of the actual source timezone of the + message the date comes from. If the input date has any other valid timezone + offset, the ``datetime`` will be an aware ``datetime`` with the + corresponding a :class:`~datetime.timezone` :class:`~datetime.tzinfo`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: mktime_tz(tuple) Turn a 10-tuple as returned by :func:`parsedate_tz` into a UTC timestamp. It @@ -105,6 +126,20 @@ There are several useful utilities provided in the :mod:`email.utils` module: ``False``. The default is ``False``. +.. function:: format_datetime(dt, usegmt=False) + + Like ``formatdate``, but the input is a :mod:`datetime` instance. If it is + a naive datetime, it is assumed to be "UTC with no information about the + source timezone", and the conventional ``-0000`` is used for the timezone. + If it is an aware ``datetime``, then the numeric timezone offset is used. + If it is an aware timezone with offset zero, then *usegmt* may be set to + ``True``, in which case the string ``GMT`` is used instead of the numeric + timezone offset. This provides a way to generate standards conformant HTTP + date headers. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: make_msgid(idstring=None, domain=None) Returns a string suitable for an :rfc:`2822`\ -compliant diff --git a/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst b/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c9b9546 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +:mod:`faulthandler` --- Dump the Python traceback +================================================= + +.. module:: faulthandler + :synopsis: Dump the Python traceback. + +This module contains functions to dump Python tracebacks explicitly, on a fault, +after a timeout, or on a user signal. Call :func:`faulthandler.enable` to +install fault handlers for the :const:`SIGSEGV`, :const:`SIGFPE`, +:const:`SIGABRT`, :const:`SIGBUS`, and :const:`SIGILL` signals. You can also +enable them at startup by setting the :envvar:`PYTHONFAULTHANDLER` environment +variable or by using :option:`-X` ``faulthandler`` command line option. + +The fault handler is compatible with system fault handlers like Apport or the +Windows fault handler. The module uses an alternative stack for signal handlers +if the :c:func:`sigaltstack` function is available. This allows it to dump the +traceback even on a stack overflow. + +The fault handler is called on catastrophic cases and therefore can only use +signal-safe functions (e.g. it cannot allocate memory on the heap). Because of +this limitation traceback dumping is minimal compared to normal Python +tracebacks: + +* Only ASCII is supported. The ``backslashreplace`` error handler is used on + encoding. +* Each string is limited to 100 characters. +* Only the filename, the function name and the line number are + displayed. (no source code) +* It is limited to 100 frames and 100 threads. + +By default, the Python traceback is written to :data:`sys.stderr`. To see +tracebacks, applications must be run in the terminal. A log file can +alternatively be passed to :func:`faulthandler.enable`. + +The module is implemented in C, so tracebacks can be dumped on a crash or when +Python is deadlocked. + +.. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +Dump the traceback +------------------ + +.. function:: dump_traceback(file=sys.stderr, all_threads=True) + + Dump the tracebacks of all threads into *file*. If *all_threads* is + ``False``, dump only the current thread. + + +Fault handler state +------------------- + +.. function:: enable(file=sys.stderr, all_threads=True) + + Enable the fault handler: install handlers for the :const:`SIGSEGV`, + :const:`SIGFPE`, :const:`SIGABRT`, :const:`SIGBUS` and :const:`SIGILL` + signals to dump the Python traceback. If *all_threads* is ``True``, + produce tracebacks for every running thread. Otherwise, dump only the current + thread. + +.. function:: disable() + + Disable the fault handler: uninstall the signal handlers installed by + :func:`enable`. + +.. function:: is_enabled() + + Check if the fault handler is enabled. + + +Dump the tracebacks after a timeout +----------------------------------- + +.. function:: dump_tracebacks_later(timeout, repeat=False, file=sys.stderr, exit=False) + + Dump the tracebacks of all threads, after a timeout of *timeout* seconds, or + every *timeout* seconds if *repeat* is ``True``. If *exit* is ``True``, call + :c:func:`_exit` with status=1 after dumping the tracebacks. (Note + :c:func:`_exit` exits the process immediately, which means it doesn't do any + cleanup like flushing file buffers.) If the function is called twice, the new + call replaces previous parameters and resets the timeout. The timer has a + sub-second resolution. + + This function is implemented using a watchdog thread and therefore is not + available if Python is compiled with threads disabled. + +.. function:: cancel_dump_tracebacks_later() + + Cancel the last call to :func:`dump_tracebacks_later`. + + +Dump the traceback on a user signal +----------------------------------- + +.. function:: register(signum, file=sys.stderr, all_threads=True, chain=False) + + Register a user signal: install a handler for the *signum* signal to dump + the traceback of all threads, or of the current thread if *all_threads* is + ``False``, into *file*. Call the previous handler if chain is ``True``. + + Not available on Windows. + +.. function:: unregister(signum) + + Unregister a user signal: uninstall the handler of the *signum* signal + installed by :func:`register`. Return ``True`` if the signal was registered, + ``False`` otherwise. + + Not available on Windows. + + +File descriptor issue +--------------------- + +:func:`enable`, :func:`dump_tracebacks_later` and :func:`register` keep the +file descriptor of their *file* argument. If the file is closed and its file +descriptor is reused by a new file, or if :func:`os.dup2` is used to replace +the file descriptor, the traceback will be written into a different file. Call +these functions again each time that the file is replaced. + + +Example +------- + +Example of a segmentation fault on Linux: :: + + $ python -q -X faulthandler + >>> import ctypes + >>> ctypes.string_at(0) + Fatal Python error: Segmentation fault + + Current thread 0x00007fb899f39700: + File "/home/python/cpython/Lib/ctypes/__init__.py", line 486 in string_at + File "<stdin>", line 1 in <module> + Segmentation fault + diff --git a/Doc/library/ftplib.rst b/Doc/library/ftplib.rst index 5bbef4f..087e200 100644 --- a/Doc/library/ftplib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/ftplib.rst @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Here's a sample session using the :mod:`ftplib` module:: The module defines the following items: -.. class:: FTP(host='', user='', passwd='', acct=''[, timeout]) +.. class:: FTP(host='', user='', passwd='', acct='', timeout=None, source_address=None) Return a new instance of the :class:`FTP` class. When *host* is given, the method call ``connect(host)`` is made. When *user* is given, additionally @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ The module defines the following items: *acct* default to the empty string when not given). The optional *timeout* parameter specifies a timeout in seconds for blocking operations like the connection attempt (if is not specified, the global default timeout setting - will be used). + will be used). *source_address* is a 2-tuple ``(host, port)`` for the socket + to bind to as its source address before connecting. :class:`FTP` class supports the :keyword:`with` statement. Here is a sample on how using it: @@ -68,8 +69,11 @@ The module defines the following items: .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Support for the :keyword:`with` statement was added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *source_address* parameter was added. -.. class:: FTP_TLS(host='', user='', passwd='', acct='', [keyfile[, certfile[, context[, timeout]]]]) + +.. class:: FTP_TLS(host='', user='', passwd='', acct='', keyfile=None, certfile=None, context=None, timeout=None, source_address=None) A :class:`FTP` subclass which adds TLS support to FTP as described in :rfc:`4217`. @@ -80,10 +84,15 @@ The module defines the following items: private key and certificate chain file name for the SSL connection. *context* parameter is a :class:`ssl.SSLContext` object which allows bundling SSL configuration options, certificates and private keys into a - single (potentially long-lived) structure. + single (potentially long-lived) structure. *source_address* is a 2-tuple + ``(host, port)`` for the socket to bind to as its source address before + connecting. .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *source_address* parameter was added. + Here's a sample session using the :class:`FTP_TLS` class: >>> from ftplib import FTP_TLS @@ -174,7 +183,7 @@ followed by ``lines`` for the text version or ``binary`` for the binary version. debugging output, logging each line sent and received on the control connection. -.. method:: FTP.connect(host='', port=0[, timeout]) +.. method:: FTP.connect(host='', port=0, timeout=None, source_address=None) Connect to the given host and port. The default port number is ``21``, as specified by the FTP protocol specification. It is rarely needed to specify a @@ -182,10 +191,14 @@ followed by ``lines`` for the text version or ``binary`` for the binary version. instance; it should not be called at all if a host was given when the instance was created. All other methods can only be used after a connection has been made. - The optional *timeout* parameter specifies a timeout in seconds for the connection attempt. If no *timeout* is passed, the global default timeout setting will be used. + *source_address* is a 2-tuple ``(host, port)`` for the socket to bind to as + its source address before connecting. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *source_address* parameter was added. .. method:: FTP.getwelcome() @@ -241,13 +254,12 @@ followed by ``lines`` for the text version or ``binary`` for the binary version. Retrieve a file or directory listing in ASCII transfer mode. *cmd* should be an appropriate ``RETR`` command (see :meth:`retrbinary`) or a command such as - ``LIST``, ``NLST`` or ``MLSD`` (usually just the string ``'LIST'``). + ``LIST`` or ``NLST`` (usually just the string ``'LIST'``). ``LIST`` retrieves a list of files and information about those files. - ``NLST`` retrieves a list of file names. On some servers, ``MLSD`` retrieves - a machine readable list of files and information about those files. The - *callback* function is called for each line with a string argument containing - the line with the trailing CRLF stripped. The default *callback* prints the - line to ``sys.stdout``. + ``NLST`` retrieves a list of file names. + The *callback* function is called for each line with a string argument + containing the line with the trailing CRLF stripped. The default *callback* + prints the line to ``sys.stdout``. .. method:: FTP.set_pasv(boolean) @@ -307,6 +319,20 @@ followed by ``lines`` for the text version or ``binary`` for the binary version. in :meth:`transfercmd`. +.. method:: FTP.mlsd(path="", facts=[]) + + List a directory in a standardized format by using MLSD command + (:rfc:`3659`). If *path* is omitted the current directory is assumed. + *facts* is a list of strings representing the type of information desired + (e.g. ``["type", "size", "perm"]``). Return a generator object yielding a + tuple of two elements for every file found in path. First element is the + file name, the second one is a dictionary containing facts about the file + name. Content of this dictionary might be limited by the *facts* argument + but server is not guaranteed to return all requested facts. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. method:: FTP.nlst(argument[, ...]) Return a list of file names as returned by the ``NLST`` command. The @@ -314,6 +340,8 @@ followed by ``lines`` for the text version or ``binary`` for the binary version. directory). Multiple arguments can be used to pass non-standard options to the ``NLST`` command. + .. deprecated:: 3.3 use :meth:`mlsd` instead. + .. method:: FTP.dir(argument[, ...]) @@ -324,6 +352,8 @@ followed by ``lines`` for the text version or ``binary`` for the binary version. as a *callback* function as for :meth:`retrlines`; the default prints to ``sys.stdout``. This method returns ``None``. + .. deprecated:: 3.3 use :meth:`mlsd` instead. + .. method:: FTP.rename(fromname, toname) @@ -396,6 +426,14 @@ FTP_TLS Objects Set up secure control connection by using TLS or SSL, depending on what specified in :meth:`ssl_version` attribute. +.. method:: FTP_TLS.ccc() + + Revert control channel back to plaintex. This can be useful to take + advantage of firewalls that know how to handle NAT with non-secure FTP + without opening fixed ports. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. method:: FTP_TLS.prot_p() Set up secure data connection. diff --git a/Doc/library/gzip.rst b/Doc/library/gzip.rst index 48a8694..a5e08c9 100644 --- a/Doc/library/gzip.rst +++ b/Doc/library/gzip.rst @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The module defines the following items: :class:`GzipFile` supports the :class:`io.BufferedIOBase` interface, including iteration and the :keyword:`with` statement. Only the - :meth:`read1` and :meth:`truncate` methods aren't implemented. + :meth:`truncate` method isn't implemented. :class:`GzipFile` also provides the following method: @@ -94,6 +94,9 @@ The module defines the following items: .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Support for unseekable files was added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + The :meth:`io.BufferedIOBase.read1` method is now implemented. + .. function:: open(filename, mode='rb', compresslevel=9) diff --git a/Doc/library/http.server.rst b/Doc/library/http.server.rst index e3a3a10..b30a661 100644 --- a/Doc/library/http.server.rst +++ b/Doc/library/http.server.rst @@ -179,19 +179,29 @@ of which this module provides three different variants: .. method:: send_response(code, message=None) - Sends a response header and logs the accepted request. The HTTP response - line is sent, followed by *Server* and *Date* headers. The values for - these two headers are picked up from the :meth:`version_string` and - :meth:`date_time_string` methods, respectively. + Adds a response header to the headers buffer and logs the accepted + request. The HTTP response line is written to the internal buffer, + followed by *Server* and *Date* headers. The values for these two headers + are picked up from the :meth:`version_string` and + :meth:`date_time_string` methods, respectively. If the server does not + intend to send any other headers using the :meth:`send_header` method, + then :meth:`send_response` should be followed by a :meth:`end_headers` + call. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Headers are stored to an internal buffer and :meth:`end_headers` + needs to be called explicitly. + .. method:: send_header(keyword, value) - Stores the HTTP header to an internal buffer which will be written to the - output stream when :meth:`end_headers` method is invoked. - *keyword* should specify the header keyword, with *value* - specifying its value. + Adds the HTTP header to an internal buffer which will be written to the + output stream when either :meth:`end_headers` or :meth:`flush_headers` is + invoked. *keyword* should specify the header keyword, with *value* + specifying its value. Note that, after the send_header calls are done, + :meth:`end_headers` MUST BE called in order to complete the operation. - .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Storing the headers in an internal buffer + .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Headers are stored in an internal buffer. .. method:: send_response_only(code, message=None) @@ -205,10 +215,19 @@ of which this module provides three different variants: .. method:: end_headers() - Write the buffered HTTP headers to the output stream and send a blank - line, indicating the end of the HTTP headers in the response. + Adds a blank line + (indicating the end of the HTTP headers in the response) + to the headers buffer and calls :meth:`flush_headers()`. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.2 + The buffered headers are written to the output stream. + + .. method:: flush_headers() + + Finally send the headers to the output stream and flush the internal + headers buffer. - .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Writing the buffered headers to the output stream. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 .. method:: log_request(code='-', size='-') diff --git a/Doc/library/imaplib.rst b/Doc/library/imaplib.rst index 1d92fe5..592e4b0 100644 --- a/Doc/library/imaplib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/imaplib.rst @@ -64,14 +64,21 @@ Three exceptions are defined as attributes of the :class:`IMAP4` class: There's also a subclass for secure connections: -.. class:: IMAP4_SSL(host='', port=IMAP4_SSL_PORT, keyfile=None, certfile=None) +.. class:: IMAP4_SSL(host='', port=IMAP4_SSL_PORT, keyfile=None, certfile=None, ssl_context=None) This is a subclass derived from :class:`IMAP4` that connects over an SSL encrypted socket (to use this class you need a socket module that was compiled with SSL support). If *host* is not specified, ``''`` (the local host) is used. If *port* is omitted, the standard IMAP4-over-SSL port (993) is used. *keyfile* and *certfile* are also optional - they can contain a PEM formatted private key - and certificate chain file for the SSL connection. + and certificate chain file for the SSL connection. *ssl_context* parameter is a + :class:`ssl.SSLContext` object which allows bundling SSL configuration + options, certificates and private keys into a single (potentially long-lived) + structure. Note that the *keyfile*/*certfile* parameters are mutually exclusive with *ssl_context*, + a :class:`ValueError` is thrown if *keyfile*/*certfile* is provided along with *ssl_context*. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *ssl_context* parameter added. The second subclass allows for connections created by a child process: diff --git a/Doc/library/io.rst b/Doc/library/io.rst index 4da6195..76c856e 100644 --- a/Doc/library/io.rst +++ b/Doc/library/io.rst @@ -710,7 +710,8 @@ Text I/O written. -.. class:: TextIOWrapper(buffer, encoding=None, errors=None, newline=None, line_buffering=False) +.. class:: TextIOWrapper(buffer, encoding=None, errors=None, newline=None, \ + line_buffering=False, write_through=False) A buffered text stream over a :class:`BufferedIOBase` binary stream. It inherits :class:`TextIOBase`. @@ -741,6 +742,13 @@ Text I/O If *line_buffering* is ``True``, :meth:`flush` is implied when a call to write contains a newline character. + If *write_through* is ``True``, calls to :meth:`write` are guaranteed + not to be buffered: any data written on the :class:`TextIOWrapper` + object is immediately handled to its underlying binary *buffer*. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + The *write_through* argument has been added. + :class:`TextIOWrapper` provides one attribute in addition to those of :class:`TextIOBase` and its parents: diff --git a/Doc/library/itertools.rst b/Doc/library/itertools.rst index 757823d..9cdad6e 100644 --- a/Doc/library/itertools.rst +++ b/Doc/library/itertools.rst @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Iterator Arguments Results ==================== ============================ ================================================= ============================================================= Iterator Arguments Results Example ==================== ============================ ================================================= ============================================================= -:func:`accumulate` p p0, p0+p1, p0+p1+p2, ... ``accumulate([1,2,3,4,5]) --> 1 3 6 10 15`` +:func:`accumulate` p [,func] p0, p0+p1, p0+p1+p2, ... ``accumulate([1,2,3,4,5]) --> 1 3 6 10 15`` :func:`chain` p, q, ... p0, p1, ... plast, q0, q1, ... ``chain('ABC', 'DEF') --> A B C D E F`` :func:`compress` data, selectors (d[0] if s[0]), (d[1] if s[1]), ... ``compress('ABCDEF', [1,0,1,0,1,1]) --> A C E F`` :func:`dropwhile` pred, seq seq[n], seq[n+1], starting when pred fails ``dropwhile(lambda x: x<5, [1,4,6,4,1]) --> 6 4 1`` @@ -84,23 +84,61 @@ The following module functions all construct and return iterators. Some provide streams of infinite length, so they should only be accessed by functions or loops that truncate the stream. -.. function:: accumulate(iterable) +.. function:: accumulate(iterable[, func]) Make an iterator that returns accumulated sums. Elements may be any addable - type including :class:`Decimal` or :class:`Fraction`. Equivalent to:: + type including :class:`Decimal` or :class:`Fraction`. If the optional + *func* argument is supplied, it should be a function of two arguments + and it will be used instead of addition. - def accumulate(iterable): + Equivalent to:: + + def accumulate(iterable, func=operator.add): 'Return running totals' # accumulate([1,2,3,4,5]) --> 1 3 6 10 15 + # accumulate([1,2,3,4,5], operator.mul) --> 1 2 6 24 120 it = iter(iterable) total = next(it) yield total for element in it: - total = total + element + total = func(total, element) yield total + There are a number of uses for the *func* argument. It can be set to + :func:`min` for a running minimum, :func:`max` for a running maximum, or + :func:`operator.mul` for a running product. Amortization tables can be + built by accumulating interest and applying payments. First-order + `recurrence relations <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Recurrence_relation>`_ + can be modeled by supplying the initial value in the iterable and using only + the accumulated total in *func* argument:: + + >>> data = [3, 4, 6, 2, 1, 9, 0, 7, 5, 8] + >>> list(accumulate(data, operator.mul)) # running product + [3, 12, 72, 144, 144, 1296, 0, 0, 0, 0] + >>> list(accumulate(data, max)) # running maximum + [3, 4, 6, 6, 6, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9] + + # Amortize a 5% loan of 1000 with 4 annual payments of 90 + >>> cashflows = [1000, -90, -90, -90, -90] + >>> list(accumulate(cashflows, lambda bal, pmt: bal*1.05 + pmt)) + [1000, 960.0, 918.0, 873.9000000000001, 827.5950000000001] + + # Chaotic recurrence relation http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Logistic_map + >>> logistic_map = lambda x, _: r * x * (1 - x) + >>> r = 3.8 + >>> x0 = 0.4 + >>> inputs = repeat(x0, 36) # only the initial value is used + >>> [format(x, '.2f') for x in accumulate(inputs, logistic_map)] + ['0.40', '0.91', '0.30', '0.81', '0.60', '0.92', '0.29', '0.79', '0.63', + '0.88' ,'0.39', '0.90', '0.33', '0.84', '0.52', '0.95', '0.18', '0.57', + '0.93', '0.25', '0.71', '0.79', '0.63', '0.88', '0.39', '0.91', '0.32', + '0.83', '0.54', '0.95', '0.20', '0.60', '0.91', '0.30', '0.80', '0.60'] + .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Added the optional *func* parameter. + .. function:: chain(*iterables) Make an iterator that returns elements from the first iterable until it is diff --git a/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst b/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst index c4dd438..3911d4d 100644 --- a/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst +++ b/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst @@ -452,6 +452,15 @@ supports sending logging messages to a remote or local Unix syslog. behaviour) but can be set to ``False`` on a ``SysLogHandler`` instance in order for that instance to *not* append the NUL terminator. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + (See: :issue:`12419`.) In earlier versions, there was no facility for + an "ident" or "tag" prefix to identify the source of the message. This + can now be specified using a class-level attribute, defaulting to + ``""`` to preserve existing behaviour, but which can be overridden on + a ``SysLogHandler`` instance in order for that instance to prepend + the ident to every message handled. Note that the provided ident must + be text, not bytes, and is prepended to the message exactly as is. + .. method:: encodePriority(facility, priority) Encodes the facility and priority into an integer. You can pass in strings @@ -859,6 +868,15 @@ possible, while any potentially slow operations (such as sending an email via Note that if you don't call this before your application exits, there may be some records still left on the queue, which won't be processed. + .. method:: enqueue_sentinel() + + Writes a sentinel to the queue to tell the listener to quit. This + implementation uses ``put_nowait()``. You may want to override this + method if you want to use timeouts or work with custom queue + implementations. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. seealso:: diff --git a/Doc/library/logging.rst b/Doc/library/logging.rst index 20cd57c..68cfa6e 100644 --- a/Doc/library/logging.rst +++ b/Doc/library/logging.rst @@ -461,6 +461,19 @@ The useful mapping keys in a :class:`LogRecord` are given in the section on want all logging times to be shown in GMT, set the ``converter`` attribute in the ``Formatter`` class. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Previously, the default ISO 8601 format was hard-coded as in this + example: ``2010-09-06 22:38:15,292`` where the part before the comma is + handled by a strptime format string (``'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'``), and the + part after the comma is a millisecond value. Because strptime does not + have a format placeholder for milliseconds, the millisecond value is + appended using another format string, ``'%s,%03d'`` – and both of these + format strings have been hardcoded into this method. With the change, + these strings are defined as class-level attributes which can be + overridden at the instance level when desired. The names of the + attributes are ``default_time_format`` (for the strptime format string) + and ``default_msec_format`` (for appending the millisecond value). + .. method:: formatException(exc_info) Formats the specified exception information (a standard exception tuple as @@ -993,12 +1006,27 @@ functions. | ``stream`` | Use the specified stream to initialize the | | | StreamHandler. Note that this argument is | | | incompatible with 'filename' - if both are | - | | present, 'stream' is ignored. | + | | present, a ``ValueError`` is raised. | + +--------------+---------------------------------------------+ + | ``handlers`` | If specified, this should be an iterable of | + | | already created handlers to add to the root | + | | logger. Any handlers which don't already | + | | have a formatter set will be assigned the | + | | default formatter created in this function. | + | | Note that this argument is incompatible | + | | with 'filename' or 'stream' - if both are | + | | present, a ``ValueError`` is raised. | +--------------+---------------------------------------------+ .. versionchanged:: 3.2 The ``style`` argument was added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + The ``handlers`` argument was added. Additional checks were added to + catch situations where incompatible arguments are specified (e.g. + ``handlers`` together with ``stream`` or ``filename``, or ``stream`` + together with ``filename``). + .. function:: shutdown() diff --git a/Doc/library/math.rst b/Doc/library/math.rst index 98c5b33..d68cf11 100644 --- a/Doc/library/math.rst +++ b/Doc/library/math.rst @@ -184,6 +184,14 @@ Power and logarithmic functions result is calculated in a way which is accurate for *x* near zero. +.. function:: log2(x) + + Return the base-2 logarithm of *x*. This is usually more accurate than + ``log(x, 2)``. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: log10(x) Return the base-10 logarithm of *x*. This is usually more accurate diff --git a/Doc/library/mmap.rst b/Doc/library/mmap.rst index 6a74a14..1598cb8 100644 --- a/Doc/library/mmap.rst +++ b/Doc/library/mmap.rst @@ -196,12 +196,16 @@ To map anonymous memory, -1 should be passed as the fileno along with the length move will raise a :exc:`TypeError` exception. - .. method:: read(num) + .. method:: read([n]) - Return a :class:`bytes` containing up to *num* bytes starting from the - current file position; the file position is updated to point after the - bytes that were returned. + Return a :class:`bytes` containing up to *n* bytes starting from the + current file position. If the argument is omitted, *None* or negative, + return all bytes from the current file position to the end of the + mapping. The file position is updated to point after the bytes that were + returned. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Argument can be omitted or *None*. .. method:: read_byte() diff --git a/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst b/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst index d95b33c..7c5ce05 100644 --- a/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst +++ b/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ The :mod:`multiprocessing` package mostly replicates the API of the :class:`Process` and exceptions ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.. class:: Process([group[, target[, name[, args[, kwargs]]]]]) +.. class:: Process([group[, target[, name[, args[, kwargs]]]]], *, daemon=None) Process objects represent activity that is run in a separate process. The :class:`Process` class has equivalents of all the methods of @@ -312,13 +312,19 @@ The :mod:`multiprocessing` package mostly replicates the API of the :sub:`1`,N\ :sub:`2`,...,N\ :sub:`k` is a sequence of integers whose length is determined by the *generation* of the process. *args* is the argument tuple for the target invocation. *kwargs* is a dictionary of keyword - arguments for the target invocation. By default, no arguments are passed to - *target*. + arguments for the target invocation. If provided, the keyword-only *daemon* argument + sets the process :attr:`daemon` flag to ``True`` or ``False``. If ``None`` + (the default), this flag will be inherited from the creating process. + + By default, no arguments are passed to *target*. If a subclass overrides the constructor, it must make sure it invokes the base class constructor (:meth:`Process.__init__`) before doing anything else to the process. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Added the *daemon* argument. + .. method:: run() Method representing the process's activity. @@ -337,10 +343,9 @@ The :mod:`multiprocessing` package mostly replicates the API of the .. method:: join([timeout]) - Block the calling thread until the process whose :meth:`join` method is - called terminates or until the optional timeout occurs. - - If *timeout* is ``None`` then there is no timeout. + If the optional argument *timeout* is ``None`` (the default), the method + blocks until the process whose :meth:`join` method is called terminates. + If *timeout* is a positive number, it blocks at most *timeout* seconds. A process can be joined many times. @@ -405,6 +410,20 @@ The :mod:`multiprocessing` package mostly replicates the API of the See :ref:`multiprocessing-auth-keys`. + .. attribute:: sentinel + + A numeric handle of a system object which will become "ready" when + the process ends. + + On Windows, this is an OS handle usable with the ``WaitForSingleObject`` + and ``WaitForMultipleObjects`` family of API calls. On Unix, this is + a file descriptor usable with primitives from the :mod:`select` module. + + You can use this value if you want to wait on several events at once. + Otherwise calling :meth:`join()` is simpler. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. method:: terminate() Terminate the process. On Unix this is done using the ``SIGTERM`` signal; diff --git a/Doc/library/nntplib.rst b/Doc/library/nntplib.rst index ef507e1..01294e8 100644 --- a/Doc/library/nntplib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/nntplib.rst @@ -70,10 +70,23 @@ The module itself defines the following classes: connecting to an NNTP server on the local machine and intend to call reader-specific commands, such as ``group``. If you get unexpected :exc:`NNTPPermanentError`\ s, you might need to set *readermode*. + :class:`NNTP` class supports the :keyword:`with` statement to + unconditionally consume :exc:`socket.error` exceptions and to close the NNTP + connection when done. Here is a sample on how using it: + + >>> from nntplib import NNTP + >>> with NNTP('news.gmane.org') as n: + ... n.group('gmane.comp.python.committers') + ... + ('211 1755 1 1755 gmane.comp.python.committers', 1755, 1, 1755, 'gmane.comp.python.committers') + >>> + .. versionchanged:: 3.2 *usenetrc* is now False by default. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Support for the :keyword:`with` statement was added. .. class:: NNTP_SSL(host, port=563, user=None, password=None, ssl_context=None, readermode=None, usenetrc=False, [timeout]) diff --git a/Doc/library/os.rst b/Doc/library/os.rst index d8ab8b7..0c5c40c 100644 --- a/Doc/library/os.rst +++ b/Doc/library/os.rst @@ -226,6 +226,17 @@ process and user. Availability: Unix. +.. function:: getgrouplist(user, group) + + Return list of group ids that *user* belongs to. If *group* is not in the + list, it is included; typically, *group* is specified as the group ID + field from the password record for *user*. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: getgroups() Return list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process. @@ -293,6 +304,22 @@ process and user. .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Added support for Windows. +.. function:: getpriority(which, who) + + .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority + + Get program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of + :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who* + is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for + :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a + user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes + (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process, + or the real user ID of the calling process. + + Availability: Unix + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. function:: getresuid() Return a tuple (ruid, euid, suid) denoting the current process's @@ -343,6 +370,15 @@ process and user. .. versionadded:: 3.2 +.. data:: PRIO_PROCESS + PRIO_PGRP + PRIO_USER + + Parameters for :func:`getpriority` and :func:`setpriority` functions. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 .. function:: putenv(key, value) @@ -412,6 +448,25 @@ process and user. Availability: Unix. +.. function:: setpriority(which, who, priority) + + .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority + + Set program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of + :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who* + is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for + :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a + user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes + (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process, + or the real user ID of the calling process. + *priority* is a value in the range -20 to 19. The default priority is 0; + lower priorities cause more favorable scheduling. + + Availability: Unix + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: setregid(rgid, egid) Set the current process's real and effective group ids. @@ -569,6 +624,21 @@ associated with a :term:`file object` when required. Note that using the file descriptor directly will bypass the file object methods, ignoring aspects such as internal buffering of data. +.. data:: AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW + AT_EACCESS + AT_FDCWD + AT_REMOVEDIR + AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW + UTIME_NOW + UTIME_OMIT + + These parameters are used as flags to the \*at family of functions. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: close(fd) Close file descriptor *fd*. @@ -617,6 +687,19 @@ as internal buffering of data. Availability: Unix, Windows. +.. function:: faccessat(dirfd, path, mode, flags=0) + + Like :func:`access` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + *flags* is optional and can be constructed by ORing together zero or more + of these values: :data:`AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW`, :data:`AT_EACCESS`. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: fchmod(fd, mode) Change the mode of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *mode*. See the docs @@ -625,6 +708,18 @@ as internal buffering of data. Availability: Unix. +.. function:: fchmodat(dirfd, path, mode, flags=0) + + Like :func:`chmod` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + *flags* is optional and may be 0 or :data:`AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW`. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: fchown(fd, uid, gid) Change the owner and group id of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *uid* @@ -633,6 +728,18 @@ as internal buffering of data. Availability: Unix. +.. function:: fchownat(dirfd, path, uid, gid, flags=0) + + Like :func:`chown` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + *flags* is optional and may be 0 or :data:`AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW`. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: fdatasync(fd) Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. Does not force update of @@ -644,6 +751,27 @@ as internal buffering of data. This function is not available on MacOS. +.. function:: fdlistdir(fd) + + Like :func:`listdir`, but uses a file descriptor instead and always returns + strings. After execution of this function, *fd* will be closed. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: fexecve(fd, args, env) + + Execute the program specified by a file descriptor *fd* with arguments given + by *args* and environment given by *env*, replacing the current process. + *args* and *env* are given as in :func:`execve`. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: fpathconf(fd, name) Return system configuration information relevant to an open file. *name* @@ -668,6 +796,17 @@ as internal buffering of data. Availability: Unix, Windows. +.. function:: fstatat(dirfd, path, flags=0) + + Like :func:`stat` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + *flags* is optional and may be 0 or :data:`AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW`. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. function:: fstatvfs(fd) @@ -697,6 +836,57 @@ as internal buffering of data. Availability: Unix. +.. function:: futimesat(dirfd, path, (atime, mtime)) + futimesat(dirfd, path, None) + + Like :func:`utime` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: futimens(fd, (atime_sec, atime_nsec), (mtime_sec, mtime_nsec)) + futimens(fd, None, None) + + Updates the timestamps of a file specified by the file descriptor *fd*, with + nanosecond precision. + The second form sets *atime* and *mtime* to the current time. + If *atime_nsec* or *mtime_nsec* is specified as :data:`UTIME_NOW`, the corresponding + timestamp is updated to the current time. + If *atime_nsec* or *mtime_nsec* is specified as :data:`UTIME_OMIT`, the corresponding + timestamp is not updated. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. data:: UTIME_NOW + UTIME_OMIT + + Flags used with :func:`futimens` to specify that the timestamp must be + updated either to the current time or not updated at all. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: futimes(fd, (atime, mtime)) + futimes(fd, None) + + Set the access and modified time of the file specified by the file + descriptor *fd* to the given values. If the second form is used, set the + access and modified times to the current time. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: isatty(fd) Return ``True`` if the file descriptor *fd* is open and connected to a @@ -705,6 +895,44 @@ as internal buffering of data. Availability: Unix. +.. function:: linkat(srcfd, srcpath, dstfd, dstpath, flags=0) + + Like :func:`link` but if *srcpath* is relative, it is taken as relative to *srcfd* + and if *dstpath* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dstfd*. + *flags* is optional and may be 0 or :data:`AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW`. + If *srcpath* is relative and *srcfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then + *srcpath* is interpreted relative to the current working directory. This + also applies for *dstpath*. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: lockf(fd, cmd, len) + + Apply, test or remove a POSIX lock on an open file descriptor. + *fd* is an open file descriptor. + *cmd* specifies the command to use - one of :data:`F_LOCK`, :data:`F_TLOCK`, + :data:`F_ULOCK` or :data:`F_TEST`. + *len* specifies the section of the file to lock. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. data:: F_LOCK + F_TLOCK + F_ULOCK + F_TEST + + Flags that specify what action :func:`lockf` will take. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. function:: lseek(fd, pos, how) Set the current position of file descriptor *fd* to position *pos*, modified @@ -724,6 +952,39 @@ as internal buffering of data. respectively. Availability: Windows, Unix. +.. function:: mkdirat(dirfd, path, mode=0o777) + + Like :func:`mkdir` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: mkfifoat(dirfd, path, mode=0o666) + + Like :func:`mkfifo` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: mknodat(dirfd, path, mode=0o600, device=0) + + Like :func:`mknod` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: open(file, flags[, mode]) Open the file *file* and set various flags according to *flags* and possibly @@ -746,6 +1007,17 @@ as internal buffering of data. wrap a file descriptor in a file object, use :func:`fdopen`. +.. function:: openat(dirfd, path, flags, mode=0o777) + + Like :func:`open` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: openpty() .. index:: module: pty @@ -765,6 +1037,79 @@ as internal buffering of data. Availability: Unix, Windows. +.. function:: pipe2(flags) + + Create a pipe with *flags* set atomically. + *flags* can be constructed by ORing together one or more of these values: + :data:`O_NONBLOCK`, :data:`O_CLOEXEC`. + Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for reading and writing, + respectively. + + Availability: some flavors of Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: posix_fallocate(fd, offset, len) + + Ensures that enough disk space is allocated for the file specified by *fd* + starting from *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: posix_fadvise(fd, offset, len, advice) + + Announces an intention to access data in a specific pattern thus allowing + the kernel to make optimizations. + The advice applies to the region of the file specified by *fd* starting at + *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes. + *advice* is one of :data:`POSIX_FADV_NORMAL`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL`, + :data:`POSIX_FADV_RANDOM`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE`, + :data:`POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED` or :data:`POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED`. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. data:: POSIX_FADV_NORMAL + POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL + POSIX_FADV_RANDOM + POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE + POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED + POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED + + Flags that can be used in *advice* in :func:`posix_fadvise` that specify + the access pattern that is likely to be used. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: pread(fd, buffersize, offset) + + Read from a file descriptor, *fd*, at a position of *offset*. It will read up + to *buffersize* number of bytes. The file offset remains unchanged. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: pwrite(fd, string, offset) + + Write *string* to a file descriptor, *fd*, from *offset*, leaving the file + offset unchanged. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: read(fd, n) Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd*. Return a bytestring containing the @@ -782,6 +1127,93 @@ as internal buffering of data. :meth:`~file.readline` methods. +.. function:: sendfile(out, in, offset, nbytes) + sendfile(out, in, offset, nbytes, headers=None, trailers=None, flags=0) + + Copy *nbytes* bytes from file descriptor *in* to file descriptor *out* + starting at *offset*. + Return the number of bytes sent. When EOF is reached return 0. + + The first function notation is supported by all platforms that define + :func:`sendfile`. + + On Linux, if *offset* is given as ``None``, the bytes are read from the + current position of *in* and the position of *in* is updated. + + The second case may be used on Mac OS X and FreeBSD where *headers* and + *trailers* are arbitrary sequences of buffers that are written before and + after the data from *in* is written. It returns the same as the first case. + + On Mac OS X and FreeBSD, a value of 0 for *nbytes* specifies to send until + the end of *in* is reached. + + On Solaris, *out* may be the file descriptor of a regular file or the file + descriptor of a socket. On all other platforms, *out* must be the file + descriptor of an open socket. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. data:: SF_NODISKIO + SF_MNOWAIT + SF_SYNC + + Parameters to the :func:`sendfile` function, if the implementation supports + them. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: readlinkat(dirfd, path) + + Like :func:`readlink` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: renameat(olddirfd, oldpath, newdirfd, newpath) + + Like :func:`rename` but if *oldpath* is relative, it is taken as relative to + *olddirfd* and if *newpath* is relative, it is taken as relative to *newdirfd*. + If *oldpath* is relative and *olddirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then + *oldpath* is interpreted relative to the current working directory. This + also applies for *newpath*. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: symlinkat(src, dstfd, dst) + + Like :func:`symlink` but if *dst* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dstfd*. + If *dst* is relative and *dstfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *dst* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: readv(fd, buffers) + + Read from a file descriptor into a number of writable buffers. *buffers* is + an arbitrary sequence of writable buffers. Returns the total number of bytes + read. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: tcgetpgrp(fd) Return the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open @@ -807,6 +1239,38 @@ as internal buffering of data. Availability: Unix. +.. function:: unlinkat(dirfd, path, flags=0) + + Like :func:`unlink` but if *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + *flags* is optional and may be 0 or :data:`AT_REMOVEDIR`. If :data:`AT_REMOVEDIR` is + specified, :func:`unlinkat` behaves like :func:`rmdir`. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: utimensat(dirfd, path, (atime_sec, atime_nsec), (mtime_sec, mtime_nsec), flags) + utimensat(dirfd, path, None, None, flags) + + Updates the timestamps of a file with nanosecond precision. + The second form sets *atime* and *mtime* to the current time. + If *atime_nsec* or *mtime_nsec* is specified as :data:`UTIME_NOW`, the corresponding + timestamp is updated to the current time. + If *atime_nsec* or *mtime_nsec* is specified as :data:`UTIME_OMIT`, the corresponding + timestamp is not updated. + If *path* is relative, it is taken as relative to *dirfd*. + *flags* is optional and may be 0 or :data:`AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW`. + If *path* is relative and *dirfd* is the special value :data:`AT_FDCWD`, then *path* + is interpreted relative to the current working directory. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: write(fd, str) Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd*. Return the number of @@ -823,6 +1287,17 @@ as internal buffering of data. :meth:`~file.write` method. +.. function:: writev(fd, buffers) + + Write the the contents of *buffers* to file descriptor *fd*, where *buffers* + is an arbitrary sequence of buffers. + Returns the total number of bytes written. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. _open-constants: ``open()`` flag constants @@ -854,6 +1329,7 @@ or `the MSDN <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z0kc8e3z.aspx>`_ on Window O_NOCTTY O_SHLOCK O_EXLOCK + O_CLOEXEC These constants are only available on Unix. @@ -1054,6 +1530,9 @@ Files and Directories Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. To leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1. + See :func:`shutil.chown` for a higher-level function that accepts names in + addition to numeric ids. + Availability: Unix. @@ -1117,6 +1596,17 @@ Files and Directories Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links. +.. function:: lutimes(path, (atime, mtime)) + lutimes(path, None) + + Like :func:`utime`, but if *path* is a symbolic link, it is not + dereferenced. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: mkfifo(path[, mode]) Create a FIFO (a named pipe) named *path* with numeric mode *mode*. The @@ -1461,6 +1951,25 @@ Files and Directories Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links. +.. function:: sync() + + Force write of everything to disk. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: truncate(path, length) + + Truncate the file corresponding to *path*, so that it is at most + *length* bytes in size. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: unlink(path) Remove (delete) the file *path*. This is the same function as @@ -1833,6 +2342,8 @@ written in Python, such as a mail server's external command delivery program. will be set to *sig*. The Windows version of :func:`kill` additionally takes process handles to be killed. + See also :func:`signal.pthread_kill`. + .. versionadded:: 3.2 Windows support. @@ -2043,6 +2554,58 @@ written in Python, such as a mail server's external command delivery program. Availability: Unix. +.. function:: waitid(idtype, id, options) + + Wait for the completion of one or more child processes. + *idtype* can be :data:`P_PID`, :data:`P_PGID` or :data:`P_ALL`. + *id* specifies the pid to wait on. + *options* is constructed from the ORing of one or more of :data:`WEXITED`, + :data:`WSTOPPED` or :data:`WCONTINUED` and additionally may be ORed with + :data:`WNOHANG` or :data:`WNOWAIT`. The return value is an object + representing the data contained in the :c:type:`siginfo_t` structure, namely: + :attr:`si_pid`, :attr:`si_uid`, :attr:`si_signo`, :attr:`si_status`, + :attr:`si_code` or ``None`` if :data:`WNOHANG` is specified and there are no + children in a waitable state. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + +.. data:: P_PID + P_PGID + P_ALL + + These are the possible values for *idtype* in :func:`waitid`. They affect + how *id* is interpreted. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + +.. data:: WEXITED + WSTOPPED + WNOWAIT + + Flags that can be used in *options* in :func:`waitid` that specify what + child signal to wait for. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. data:: CLD_EXITED + CLD_DUMPED + CLD_TRAPPED + CLD_CONTINUED + + These are the possible values for :attr:`si_code` in the result returned by + :func:`waitid`. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. function:: waitpid(pid, options) @@ -2184,6 +2747,155 @@ used to determine the disposition of a process. Availability: Unix. +Interface to the scheduler +-------------------------- + +These functions control how a process is allocated CPU time by the operating +system. They are only available on some Unix platforms. For more detailed +information, consult your Unix manpages. + +.. versionadded:: 3.3 + +The following scheduling policies are exposed if they are a supported by the +operating system. + +.. data:: SCHED_OTHER + + The default scheduling policy. + +.. data:: SCHED_BATCH + + Scheduling policy for CPU-intensive processes that tries to preserve + interactivity on the rest of the computer. + +.. data:: SCHED_IDLE + + Scheduling policy for extremely low priority background tasks. + +.. data:: SCHED_SPORADIC + + Scheduling policy for sporadic server programs. + +.. data:: SCHED_FIFO + + A First In First Out scheduling policy. + +.. data:: SCHED_RR + + A round-robin scheduling policy. + +.. data:: SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK + + This flag can OR'ed with any other scheduling policy. When a process with + this flag set forks, its child's scheduling policy and priority are reset to + the default. + + +.. class:: sched_param(sched_priority) + + This class represents tunable scheduling parameters used in + :func:`sched_setparam`, :func:`sched_setscheduler`, and + :func:`sched_getparam`. It is immutable. + + At the moment, there is only one possible parameter: + + .. attribute:: sched_priority + + The scheduling priority for a scheduling policy. + + +.. function:: sched_get_priority_min(policy) + + Get the minimum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the + scheduling policy constants above. + + +.. function:: sched_get_priority_max(policy) + + Get the maximum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the + scheduling policy constants above. + + +.. function:: sched_setscheduler(pid, policy, param) + + Set the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means + the calling process. *policy* is one of the scheduling policy constants + above. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance. + + +.. function:: sched_getscheduler(pid) + + Return the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 + means the calling process. The result is one of the scheduling policy + constants above. + + +.. function:: sched_setparam(pid, param) + + Set a scheduling parameters for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means + the calling process. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance. + + +.. function:: sched_getparam(pid) + + Return the scheduling parameters as a :class:`sched_param` instance for the + process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means the calling process. + + +.. function:: sched_rr_get_interval(pid) + + Return the round-robin quantum in seconds for the process with PID *pid*. A + *pid* of 0 means the calling process. + + +.. function:: sched_yield() + + Voluntarily relinquish the CPU. + + +.. class:: cpu_set(ncpus) + + :class:`cpu_set` represents a set of CPUs on which a process is eligible to + run. *ncpus* is the number of CPUs the set should describe. Methods on + :class:`cpu_set` allow CPUs to be add or removed. + + :class:`cpu_set` supports the AND, OR, and XOR bitwise operations. For + example, given two cpu_sets, ``one`` and ``two``, ``one | two`` returns a + :class:`cpu_set` containing the cpus enabled both in ``one`` and ``two``. + + .. method:: set(i) + + Enable CPU *i*. + + .. method:: clear(i) + + Remove CPU *i*. + + .. method:: isset(i) + + Return ``True`` if CPU *i* is enabled in the set. + + .. method:: count() + + Return the number of enabled CPUs in the set. + + .. method:: zero() + + Clear the set completely. + + +.. function:: sched_setaffinity(pid, mask) + + Restrict the process with PID *pid* to a set of CPUs. *mask* is a + :class:`cpu_set` instance. + + +.. function:: sched_getaffinity(pid, size) + + Return the :class:`cpu_set` the process with PID *pid* is restricted to. The + result will contain *size* CPUs. + + .. _os-path: Miscellaneous System Information diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging-misc.rst b/Doc/library/packaging-misc.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e56247 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging-misc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +.. temporary file for modules that don't need a dedicated file yet + +:mod:`packaging.errors` --- Packaging exceptions +================================================ + +.. module:: packaging.errors + :synopsis: Packaging exceptions. + + +Provides exceptions used by the Packaging modules. Note that Packaging modules +may raise standard exceptions; in particular, SystemExit is usually raised for +errors that are obviously the end-user's fault (e.g. bad command-line arguments). + +This module is safe to use in ``from ... import *`` mode; it only exports +symbols whose names start with ``Packaging`` and end with ``Error``. + + +:mod:`packaging.manifest` --- The Manifest class +================================================ + +.. module:: packaging.manifest + :synopsis: The Manifest class, used for poking about the file system and + building lists of files. + + +This module provides the :class:`Manifest` class, used for poking about the +filesystem and building lists of files. diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.command.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.command.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98835c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.command.rst @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +:mod:`packaging.command` --- Standard Packaging commands +======================================================== + +.. module:: packaging.command + :synopsis: Standard packaging commands. + + +This subpackage contains one module for each standard Packaging command, such as +:command:`build` or :command:`upload`. Each command is implemented as a +separate module, with the command name as the name of the module and of the +class defined therein. + + + +:mod:`packaging.command.cmd` --- Abstract base class for Packaging commands +=========================================================================== + +.. module:: packaging.command.cmd + :synopsis: Abstract base class for commands. + + +This module supplies the abstract base class :class:`Command`. This class is +subclassed by the modules in the packaging.command subpackage. + + +.. class:: Command(dist) + + Abstract base class for defining command classes, the "worker bees" of the + Packaging. A useful analogy for command classes is to think of them as + subroutines with local variables called *options*. The options are declared + in :meth:`initialize_options` and defined (given their final values) in + :meth:`finalize_options`, both of which must be defined by every command + class. The distinction between the two is necessary because option values + might come from the outside world (command line, config file, ...), and any + options dependent on other options must be computed after these outside + influences have been processed --- hence :meth:`finalize_options`. The body + of the subroutine, where it does all its work based on the values of its + options, is the :meth:`run` method, which must also be implemented by every + command class. + + The class constructor takes a single argument *dist*, a + :class:`~packaging.dist.Distribution` instance. + + +Creating a new Packaging command +-------------------------------- + +This section outlines the steps to create a new Packaging command. + +.. XXX the following paragraph is focused on the stdlib; expand it to document + how to write and register a command in third-party projects + +A new command lives in a module in the :mod:`packaging.command` package. There +is a sample template in that directory called :file:`command_template`. Copy +this file to a new module with the same name as the new command you're +implementing. This module should implement a class with the same name as the +module (and the command). So, for instance, to create the command +``peel_banana`` (so that users can run ``setup.py peel_banana``), you'd copy +:file:`command_template` to :file:`packaging/command/peel_banana.py`, then edit +it so that it's implementing the class :class:`peel_banana`, a subclass of +:class:`Command`. It must define the following methods: + +.. method:: Command.initialize_options() + + Set default values for all the options that this command supports. Note that + these defaults may be overridden by other commands, by the setup script, by + config files, or by the command line. Thus, this is not the place to code + dependencies between options; generally, :meth:`initialize_options` + implementations are just a bunch of ``self.foo = None`` assignments. + + +.. method:: Command.finalize_options() + + Set final values for all the options that this command supports. This is + always called as late as possible, i.e. after any option assignments from the + command line or from other commands have been done. Thus, this is the place + to to code option dependencies: if *foo* depends on *bar*, then it is safe to + set *foo* from *bar* as long as *foo* still has the same value it was + assigned in :meth:`initialize_options`. + + +.. method:: Command.run() + + A command's raison d'etre: carry out the action it exists to perform, + controlled by the options initialized in :meth:`initialize_options`, + customized by other commands, the setup script, the command line, and config + files, and finalized in :meth:`finalize_options`. All terminal output and + filesystem interaction should be done by :meth:`run`. + + +Command classes may define this attribute: + + +.. attribute:: Command.sub_commands + + *sub_commands* formalizes the notion of a "family" of commands, + e.g. ``install_dist`` as the parent with sub-commands ``install_lib``, + ``install_headers``, etc. The parent of a family of commands defines + *sub_commands* as a class attribute; it's a list of 2-tuples ``(command_name, + predicate)``, with *command_name* a string and *predicate* a function, a + string or ``None``. *predicate* is a method of the parent command that + determines whether the corresponding command is applicable in the current + situation. (E.g. ``install_headers`` is only applicable if we have any C + header files to install.) If *predicate* is ``None``, that command is always + applicable. + + *sub_commands* is usually defined at the *end* of a class, because + predicates can be methods of the class, so they must already have been + defined. The canonical example is the :command:`install_dist` command. + +.. XXX document how to add a custom command to another one's subcommands diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.compiler.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.compiler.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d771972 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.compiler.rst @@ -0,0 +1,677 @@ +:mod:`packaging.compiler` --- Compiler classes +============================================== + +.. module:: packaging.compiler + :synopsis: Compiler classes to build C/C++ extensions or libraries. + + +This subpackage contains an abstract base class representing a compiler and +concrete implementations for common compilers. The compiler classes should not +be instantiated directly, but created using the :func:`new_compiler` factory +function. Compiler types provided by Packaging are listed in +:ref:`packaging-standard-compilers`. + + +Public functions +---------------- + +.. function:: new_compiler(plat=None, compiler=None, verbose=0, dry_run=0, force=0) + + Factory function to generate an instance of some + :class:`~.ccompiler.CCompiler` subclass for the requested platform or + compiler type. + + If no argument is given for *plat* and *compiler*, the default compiler type + for the platform (:attr:`os.name`) will be used: ``'unix'`` for Unix and + Mac OS X, ``'msvc'`` for Windows. + + If *plat* is given, it must be one of ``'posix'``, ``'darwin'`` or ``'nt'``. + An invalid value will not raise an exception but use the default compiler + type for the current platform. + + .. XXX errors should never pass silently; this behavior is particularly + harmful when a compiler type is given as first argument + + If *compiler* is given, *plat* will be ignored, allowing you to get for + example a ``'unix'`` compiler object under Windows or an ``'msvc'`` compiler + under Unix. However, not all compiler types can be instantiated on every + platform. + + +.. function:: customize_compiler(compiler) + + Do any platform-specific customization of a CCompiler instance. Mainly + needed on Unix to plug in the information that varies across Unices and is + stored in CPython's Makefile. + + +.. function:: gen_lib_options(compiler, library_dirs, runtime_library_dirs, libraries) + + Generate linker options for searching library directories and linking with + specific libraries. *libraries* and *library_dirs* are, respectively, lists + of library names (not filenames!) and search directories. Returns a list of + command-line options suitable for use with some compiler (depending on the + two format strings passed in). + + +.. function:: gen_preprocess_options(macros, include_dirs) + + Generate C preprocessor options (:option:`-D`, :option:`-U`, :option:`-I`) as + used by at least two types of compilers: the typical Unix compiler and Visual + C++. *macros* is the usual thing, a list of 1- or 2-tuples, where ``(name,)`` + means undefine (:option:`-U`) macro *name*, and ``(name, value)`` means + define (:option:`-D`) macro *name* to *value*. *include_dirs* is just a list + of directory names to be added to the header file search path (:option:`-I`). + Returns a list of command-line options suitable for either Unix compilers or + Visual C++. + + +.. function:: get_default_compiler(osname, platform) + + Determine the default compiler to use for the given platform. + + *osname* should be one of the standard Python OS names (i.e. the ones + returned by ``os.name``) and *platform* the common value returned by + ``sys.platform`` for the platform in question. + + The default values are ``os.name`` and ``sys.platform``. + + +.. function:: set_compiler(location) + + Add or change a compiler + + +.. function:: show_compilers() + + Print list of available compilers (used by the :option:`--help-compiler` + options to :command:`build`, :command:`build_ext`, :command:`build_clib`). + + +.. _packaging-standard-compilers: + +Standard compilers +------------------ + +Concrete subclasses of :class:`~.ccompiler.CCompiler` are provided in submodules +of the :mod:`packaging.compiler` package. You do not need to import them, using +:func:`new_compiler` is the public API to use. This table documents the +standard compilers; be aware that they can be replaced by other classes on your +platform. + +=============== ======================================================== ======= +name description notes +=============== ======================================================== ======= +``'unix'`` typical Unix-style command-line C compiler [#]_ +``'msvc'`` Microsoft compiler [#]_ +``'bcpp'`` Borland C++ compiler +``'cygwin'`` Cygwin compiler (Windows port of GCC) +``'mingw32'`` Mingw32 port of GCC (same as Cygwin in no-Cygwin mode) +=============== ======================================================== ======= + + +.. [#] The Unix compiler class assumes this behavior: + + * macros defined with :option:`-Dname[=value]` + + * macros undefined with :option:`-Uname` + + * include search directories specified with :option:`-Idir` + + * libraries specified with :option:`-llib` + + * library search directories specified with :option:`-Ldir` + + * compile handled by :program:`cc` (or similar) executable with + :option:`-c` option: compiles :file:`.c` to :file:`.o` + + * link static library handled by :program:`ar` command (possibly with + :program:`ranlib`) + + * link shared library handled by :program:`cc` :option:`-shared` + + +.. [#] On Windows, extension modules typically need to be compiled with the same + compiler that was used to compile CPython (for example Microsoft Visual + Studio .NET 2003 for CPython 2.4 and 2.5). The AMD64 and Itanium + binaries are created using the Platform SDK. + + Under the hood, there are actually two different subclasses of + :class:`~.ccompiler.CCompiler` defined: one is compatible with MSVC 2005 + and 2008, the other works with older versions. This should not be a + concern for regular use of the functions in this module. + + Packaging will normally choose the right compiler, linker etc. on its + own. To override this choice, the environment variables + *DISTUTILS_USE_SDK* and *MSSdk* must be both set. *MSSdk* indicates that + the current environment has been setup by the SDK's ``SetEnv.Cmd`` + script, or that the environment variables had been registered when the + SDK was installed; *DISTUTILS_USE_SDK* indicates that the user has made + an explicit choice to override the compiler selection done by Packaging. + + .. TODO document the envvars in Doc/using and the man page + + +:mod:`packaging.compiler.ccompiler` --- CCompiler base class +============================================================ + +.. module:: packaging.compiler.ccompiler + :synopsis: Abstract CCompiler class. + + +This module provides the abstract base class for the :class:`CCompiler` +classes. A :class:`CCompiler` instance can be used for all the compile and +link steps needed to build a single project. Methods are provided to set +options for the compiler --- macro definitions, include directories, link path, +libraries and the like. + +.. class:: CCompiler([verbose=0, dry_run=0, force=0]) + + The abstract base class :class:`CCompiler` defines the interface that must be + implemented by real compiler classes. The class also has some utility + methods used by several compiler classes. + + The basic idea behind a compiler abstraction class is that each instance can + be used for all the compile/link steps in building a single project. Thus, + attributes common to all of those compile and link steps --- include + directories, macros to define, libraries to link against, etc. --- are + attributes of the compiler instance. To allow for variability in how + individual files are treated, most of those attributes may be varied on a + per-compilation or per-link basis. + + The constructor for each subclass creates an instance of the Compiler object. + Flags are *verbose* (show verbose output), *dry_run* (don't actually execute + the steps) and *force* (rebuild everything, regardless of dependencies). All + of these flags default to ``0`` (off). Note that you probably don't want to + instantiate :class:`CCompiler` or one of its subclasses directly - use the + :func:`packaging.CCompiler.new_compiler` factory function instead. + + The following methods allow you to manually alter compiler options for the + instance of the Compiler class. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.add_include_dir(dir) + + Add *dir* to the list of directories that will be searched for header + files. The compiler is instructed to search directories in the order in + which they are supplied by successive calls to :meth:`add_include_dir`. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.set_include_dirs(dirs) + + Set the list of directories that will be searched to *dirs* (a list of + strings). Overrides any preceding calls to :meth:`add_include_dir`; + subsequent calls to :meth:`add_include_dir` add to the list passed to + :meth:`set_include_dirs`. This does not affect any list of standard + include directories that the compiler may search by default. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.add_library(libname) + + Add *libname* to the list of libraries that will be included in all links + driven by this compiler object. Note that *libname* should *not* be the + name of a file containing a library, but the name of the library itself: + the actual filename will be inferred by the linker, the compiler, or the + compiler class (depending on the platform). + + The linker will be instructed to link against libraries in the order they + were supplied to :meth:`add_library` and/or :meth:`set_libraries`. It is + perfectly valid to duplicate library names; the linker will be instructed + to link against libraries as many times as they are mentioned. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.set_libraries(libnames) + + Set the list of libraries to be included in all links driven by this + compiler object to *libnames* (a list of strings). This does not affect + any standard system libraries that the linker may include by default. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.add_library_dir(dir) + + Add *dir* to the list of directories that will be searched for libraries + specified to :meth:`add_library` and :meth:`set_libraries`. The linker + will be instructed to search for libraries in the order they are supplied + to :meth:`add_library_dir` and/or :meth:`set_library_dirs`. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.set_library_dirs(dirs) + + Set the list of library search directories to *dirs* (a list of strings). + This does not affect any standard library search path that the linker may + search by default. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.add_runtime_library_dir(dir) + + Add *dir* to the list of directories that will be searched for shared + libraries at runtime. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.set_runtime_library_dirs(dirs) + + Set the list of directories to search for shared libraries at runtime to + *dirs* (a list of strings). This does not affect any standard search path + that the runtime linker may search by default. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.define_macro(name[, value=None]) + + Define a preprocessor macro for all compilations driven by this compiler + object. The optional parameter *value* should be a string; if it is not + supplied, then the macro will be defined without an explicit value and the + exact outcome depends on the compiler used (XXX true? does ANSI say + anything about this?) + + + .. method:: CCompiler.undefine_macro(name) + + Undefine a preprocessor macro for all compilations driven by this compiler + object. If the same macro is defined by :meth:`define_macro` and + undefined by :meth:`undefine_macro` the last call takes precedence + (including multiple redefinitions or undefinitions). If the macro is + redefined/undefined on a per-compilation basis (i.e. in the call to + :meth:`compile`), then that takes precedence. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.add_link_object(object) + + Add *object* to the list of object files (or analogues, such as explicitly + named library files or the output of "resource compilers") to be included + in every link driven by this compiler object. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.set_link_objects(objects) + + Set the list of object files (or analogues) to be included in every link + to *objects*. This does not affect any standard object files that the + linker may include by default (such as system libraries). + + The following methods implement methods for autodetection of compiler + options, providing some functionality similar to GNU :program:`autoconf`. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.detect_language(sources) + + Detect the language of a given file, or list of files. Uses the instance + attributes :attr:`language_map` (a dictionary), and :attr:`language_order` + (a list) to do the job. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.find_library_file(dirs, lib[, debug=0]) + + Search the specified list of directories for a static or shared library file + *lib* and return the full path to that file. If *debug* is true, look for a + debugging version (if that makes sense on the current platform). Return + ``None`` if *lib* wasn't found in any of the specified directories. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.has_function(funcname [, includes=None, include_dirs=None, libraries=None, library_dirs=None]) + + Return a boolean indicating whether *funcname* is supported on the current + platform. The optional arguments can be used to augment the compilation + environment by providing additional include files and paths and libraries and + paths. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.library_dir_option(dir) + + Return the compiler option to add *dir* to the list of directories searched for + libraries. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.library_option(lib) + + Return the compiler option to add *dir* to the list of libraries linked into the + shared library or executable. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.runtime_library_dir_option(dir) + + Return the compiler option to add *dir* to the list of directories searched for + runtime libraries. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.set_executables(**args) + + Define the executables (and options for them) that will be run to perform the + various stages of compilation. The exact set of executables that may be + specified here depends on the compiler class (via the 'executables' class + attribute), but most will have: + + +--------------+------------------------------------------+ + | attribute | description | + +==============+==========================================+ + | *compiler* | the C/C++ compiler | + +--------------+------------------------------------------+ + | *linker_so* | linker used to create shared objects and | + | | libraries | + +--------------+------------------------------------------+ + | *linker_exe* | linker used to create binary executables | + +--------------+------------------------------------------+ + | *archiver* | static library creator | + +--------------+------------------------------------------+ + + On platforms with a command line (Unix, DOS/Windows), each of these is a string + that will be split into executable name and (optional) list of arguments. + (Splitting the string is done similarly to how Unix shells operate: words are + delimited by spaces, but quotes and backslashes can override this. See + :func:`packaging.util.split_quoted`.) + + The following methods invoke stages in the build process. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.compile(sources[, output_dir=None, macros=None, include_dirs=None, debug=0, extra_preargs=None, extra_postargs=None, depends=None]) + + Compile one or more source files. Generates object files (e.g. transforms a + :file:`.c` file to a :file:`.o` file.) + + *sources* must be a list of filenames, most likely C/C++ files, but in reality + anything that can be handled by a particular compiler and compiler class (e.g. + an ``'msvc'`` compiler can handle resource files in *sources*). Return a list of + object filenames, one per source filename in *sources*. Depending on the + implementation, not all source files will necessarily be compiled, but all + corresponding object filenames will be returned. + + If *output_dir* is given, object files will be put under it, while retaining + their original path component. That is, :file:`foo/bar.c` normally compiles to + :file:`foo/bar.o` (for a Unix implementation); if *output_dir* is *build*, then + it would compile to :file:`build/foo/bar.o`. + + *macros*, if given, must be a list of macro definitions. A macro definition is + either a ``(name, value)`` 2-tuple or a ``(name,)`` 1-tuple. The former defines + a macro; if the value is ``None``, the macro is defined without an explicit + value. The 1-tuple case undefines a macro. Later + definitions/redefinitions/undefinitions take precedence. + + *include_dirs*, if given, must be a list of strings, the directories to add to + the default include file search path for this compilation only. + + *debug* is a boolean; if true, the compiler will be instructed to output debug + symbols in (or alongside) the object file(s). + + *extra_preargs* and *extra_postargs* are implementation-dependent. On platforms + that have the notion of a command line (e.g. Unix, DOS/Windows), they are most + likely lists of strings: extra command-line arguments to prepend/append to the + compiler command line. On other platforms, consult the implementation class + documentation. In any event, they are intended as an escape hatch for those + occasions when the abstract compiler framework doesn't cut the mustard. + + *depends*, if given, is a list of filenames that all targets depend on. If a + source file is older than any file in depends, then the source file will be + recompiled. This supports dependency tracking, but only at a coarse + granularity. + + Raises :exc:`CompileError` on failure. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.create_static_lib(objects, output_libname[, output_dir=None, debug=0, target_lang=None]) + + Link a bunch of stuff together to create a static library file. The "bunch of + stuff" consists of the list of object files supplied as *objects*, the extra + object files supplied to :meth:`add_link_object` and/or + :meth:`set_link_objects`, the libraries supplied to :meth:`add_library` and/or + :meth:`set_libraries`, and the libraries supplied as *libraries* (if any). + + *output_libname* should be a library name, not a filename; the filename will be + inferred from the library name. *output_dir* is the directory where the library + file will be put. XXX defaults to what? + + *debug* is a boolean; if true, debugging information will be included in the + library (note that on most platforms, it is the compile step where this matters: + the *debug* flag is included here just for consistency). + + *target_lang* is the target language for which the given objects are being + compiled. This allows specific linkage time treatment of certain languages. + + Raises :exc:`LibError` on failure. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.link(target_desc, objects, output_filename[, output_dir=None, libraries=None, library_dirs=None, runtime_library_dirs=None, export_symbols=None, debug=0, extra_preargs=None, extra_postargs=None, build_temp=None, target_lang=None]) + + Link a bunch of stuff together to create an executable or shared library file. + + The "bunch of stuff" consists of the list of object files supplied as *objects*. + *output_filename* should be a filename. If *output_dir* is supplied, + *output_filename* is relative to it (i.e. *output_filename* can provide + directory components if needed). + + *libraries* is a list of libraries to link against. These are library names, + not filenames, since they're translated into filenames in a platform-specific + way (e.g. *foo* becomes :file:`libfoo.a` on Unix and :file:`foo.lib` on + DOS/Windows). However, they can include a directory component, which means the + linker will look in that specific directory rather than searching all the normal + locations. + + *library_dirs*, if supplied, should be a list of directories to search for + libraries that were specified as bare library names (i.e. no directory + component). These are on top of the system default and those supplied to + :meth:`add_library_dir` and/or :meth:`set_library_dirs`. *runtime_library_dirs* + is a list of directories that will be embedded into the shared library and used + to search for other shared libraries that \*it\* depends on at run-time. (This + may only be relevant on Unix.) + + *export_symbols* is a list of symbols that the shared library will export. + (This appears to be relevant only on Windows.) + + *debug* is as for :meth:`compile` and :meth:`create_static_lib`, with the + slight distinction that it actually matters on most platforms (as opposed to + :meth:`create_static_lib`, which includes a *debug* flag mostly for form's + sake). + + *extra_preargs* and *extra_postargs* are as for :meth:`compile` (except of + course that they supply command-line arguments for the particular linker being + used). + + *target_lang* is the target language for which the given objects are being + compiled. This allows specific linkage time treatment of certain languages. + + Raises :exc:`LinkError` on failure. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.link_executable(objects, output_progname[, output_dir=None, libraries=None, library_dirs=None, runtime_library_dirs=None, debug=0, extra_preargs=None, extra_postargs=None, target_lang=None]) + + Link an executable. *output_progname* is the name of the file executable, while + *objects* are a list of object filenames to link in. Other arguments are as for + the :meth:`link` method. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.link_shared_lib(objects, output_libname[, output_dir=None, libraries=None, library_dirs=None, runtime_library_dirs=None, export_symbols=None, debug=0, extra_preargs=None, extra_postargs=None, build_temp=None, target_lang=None]) + + Link a shared library. *output_libname* is the name of the output library, + while *objects* is a list of object filenames to link in. Other arguments are + as for the :meth:`link` method. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.link_shared_object(objects, output_filename[, output_dir=None, libraries=None, library_dirs=None, runtime_library_dirs=None, export_symbols=None, debug=0, extra_preargs=None, extra_postargs=None, build_temp=None, target_lang=None]) + + Link a shared object. *output_filename* is the name of the shared object that + will be created, while *objects* is a list of object filenames to link in. + Other arguments are as for the :meth:`link` method. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.preprocess(source[, output_file=None, macros=None, include_dirs=None, extra_preargs=None, extra_postargs=None]) + + Preprocess a single C/C++ source file, named in *source*. Output will be written + to file named *output_file*, or *stdout* if *output_file* not supplied. + *macros* is a list of macro definitions as for :meth:`compile`, which will + augment the macros set with :meth:`define_macro` and :meth:`undefine_macro`. + *include_dirs* is a list of directory names that will be added to the default + list, in the same way as :meth:`add_include_dir`. + + Raises :exc:`PreprocessError` on failure. + + The following utility methods are defined by the :class:`CCompiler` class, for + use by the various concrete subclasses. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.executable_filename(basename[, strip_dir=0, output_dir='']) + + Returns the filename of the executable for the given *basename*. Typically for + non-Windows platforms this is the same as the basename, while Windows will get + a :file:`.exe` added. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.library_filename(libname[, lib_type='static', strip_dir=0, output_dir='']) + + Returns the filename for the given library name on the current platform. On Unix + a library with *lib_type* of ``'static'`` will typically be of the form + :file:`liblibname.a`, while a *lib_type* of ``'dynamic'`` will be of the form + :file:`liblibname.so`. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.object_filenames(source_filenames[, strip_dir=0, output_dir='']) + + Returns the name of the object files for the given source files. + *source_filenames* should be a list of filenames. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.shared_object_filename(basename[, strip_dir=0, output_dir='']) + + Returns the name of a shared object file for the given file name *basename*. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.execute(func, args[, msg=None, level=1]) + + Invokes :func:`packaging.util.execute` This method invokes a Python function + *func* with the given arguments *args*, after logging and taking into account + the *dry_run* flag. XXX see also. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.spawn(cmd) + + Invokes :func:`packaging.util.spawn`. This invokes an external process to run + the given command. XXX see also. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.mkpath(name[, mode=511]) + + Invokes :func:`packaging.dir_util.mkpath`. This creates a directory and any + missing ancestor directories. XXX see also. + + + .. method:: CCompiler.move_file(src, dst) + + Invokes :meth:`packaging.file_util.move_file`. Renames *src* to *dst*. XXX see + also. + + +:mod:`packaging.compiler.extension` --- The Extension class +=========================================================== + +.. module:: packaging.compiler.extension + :synopsis: Class used to represent C/C++ extension modules. + + +This module provides the :class:`Extension` class, used to represent C/C++ +extension modules. + +.. class:: Extension + + The Extension class describes a single C or C++ extension module. It accepts + the following keyword arguments in its constructor: + + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | argument name | value | type | + +========================+================================+===========================+ + | *name* | the full name of the | string | + | | extension, including any | | + | | packages --- i.e. *not* a | | + | | filename or pathname, but | | + | | Python dotted name | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *sources* | list of source filenames, | list of strings | + | | relative to the distribution | | + | | root (where the setup script | | + | | lives), in Unix form (slash- | | + | | separated) for portability. | | + | | Source files may be C, C++, | | + | | SWIG (.i), platform-specific | | + | | resource files, or whatever | | + | | else is recognized by the | | + | | :command:`build_ext` command | | + | | as source for a Python | | + | | extension. | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *include_dirs* | list of directories to search | list of strings | + | | for C/C++ header files (in | | + | | Unix form for portability) | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *define_macros* | list of macros to define; each | list of tuples | + | | macro is defined using a | | + | | 2-tuple ``(name, value)``, | | + | | where *value* is | | + | | either the string to define it | | + | | to or ``None`` to define it | | + | | without a particular value | | + | | (equivalent of ``#define FOO`` | | + | | in source or :option:`-DFOO` | | + | | on Unix C compiler command | | + | | line) | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *undef_macros* | list of macros to undefine | list of strings | + | | explicitly | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *library_dirs* | list of directories to search | list of strings | + | | for C/C++ libraries at link | | + | | time | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *libraries* | list of library names (not | list of strings | + | | filenames or paths) to link | | + | | against | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *runtime_library_dirs* | list of directories to search | list of strings | + | | for C/C++ libraries at run | | + | | time (for shared extensions, | | + | | this is when the extension is | | + | | loaded) | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *extra_objects* | list of extra files to link | list of strings | + | | with (e.g. object files not | | + | | implied by 'sources', static | | + | | library that must be | | + | | explicitly specified, binary | | + | | resource files, etc.) | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *extra_compile_args* | any extra platform- and | list of strings | + | | compiler-specific information | | + | | to use when compiling the | | + | | source files in 'sources'. For | | + | | platforms and compilers where | | + | | a command line makes sense, | | + | | this is typically a list of | | + | | command-line arguments, but | | + | | for other platforms it could | | + | | be anything. | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *extra_link_args* | any extra platform- and | list of strings | + | | compiler-specific information | | + | | to use when linking object | | + | | files together to create the | | + | | extension (or to create a new | | + | | static Python interpreter). | | + | | Similar interpretation as for | | + | | 'extra_compile_args'. | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *export_symbols* | list of symbols to be exported | list of strings | + | | from a shared extension. Not | | + | | used on all platforms, and not | | + | | generally necessary for Python | | + | | extensions, which typically | | + | | export exactly one symbol: | | + | | ``init`` + extension_name. | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *depends* | list of files that the | list of strings | + | | extension depends on | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *language* | extension language (i.e. | string | + | | ``'c'``, ``'c++'``, | | + | | ``'objc'``). Will be detected | | + | | from the source extensions if | | + | | not provided. | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ + | *optional* | specifies that a build failure | boolean | + | | in the extension should not | | + | | abort the build process, but | | + | | simply skip the extension. | | + +------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------------+ diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.database.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.database.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d0ff21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.database.rst @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +:mod:`packaging.database` --- Database of installed distributions +================================================================= + +.. module:: packaging.database + :synopsis: Functions to query and manipulate installed distributions. + + +This module provides an implementation of :PEP:`376`. It was originally +intended to land in :mod:`pkgutil`, but with the inclusion of Packaging in the +standard library, it was thought best to include it in a submodule of +:mod:`packaging`, leaving :mod:`pkgutil` to deal with imports. + +Installed Python distributions are represented by instances of +:class:`Distribution`, or :class:`EggInfoDistribution` for legacy egg formats. +Most functions also provide an extra argument ``use_egg_info`` to take legacy +distributions into account. + + +Classes representing installed distributions +-------------------------------------------- + +.. class:: Distribution(path) + + Class representing an installed distribution. It is different from + :class:`packaging.dist.Distribution` which holds the list of files, the + metadata and options during the run of a Packaging command. + + Instantiate with the *path* to a ``.dist-info`` directory. Instances can be + compared and sorted. Other available methods are: + + .. XXX describe how comparison works + + .. method:: get_distinfo_file(path, binary=False) + + Return a read-only file object for a file located at + :file:`{project}-{version}.dist-info/{path}`. *path* should be a + ``'/'``-separated path relative to the ``.dist-info`` directory or an + absolute path; if it is an absolute path and doesn't start with the path + to the :file:`.dist-info` directory, a :class:`PackagingError` is raised. + + If *binary* is ``True``, the file is opened in binary mode. + + .. method:: get_resource_path(relative_path) + + .. TODO + + .. method:: list_distinfo_files(local=False) + + Return an iterator over all files located in the :file:`.dist-info` + directory. If *local* is ``True``, each returned path is transformed into + a local absolute path, otherwise the raw value found in the :file:`RECORD` + file is returned. + + .. method:: list_installed_files(local=False) + + Iterate over the files installed with the distribution and registered in + the :file:`RECORD` file and yield a tuple ``(path, md5, size)`` for each + line. If *local* is ``True``, the returned path is transformed into a + local absolute path, otherwise the raw value is returned. + + A local absolute path is an absolute path in which occurrences of ``'/'`` + have been replaced by :data:`os.sep`. + + .. method:: uses(path) + + Check whether *path* was installed by this distribution (i.e. if the path + is present in the :file:`RECORD` file). *path* can be a local absolute + path or a relative ``'/'``-separated path. Returns a boolean. + + Available attributes: + + .. attribute:: metadata + + Instance of :class:`packaging.metadata.Metadata` filled with the contents + of the :file:`{project}-{version}.dist-info/METADATA` file. + + .. attribute:: name + + Shortcut for ``metadata['Name']``. + + .. attribute:: version + + Shortcut for ``metadata['Version']``. + + .. attribute:: requested + + Boolean indicating whether this distribution was requested by the user of + automatically installed as a dependency. + + +.. class:: EggInfoDistribution(path) + + Class representing a legacy distribution. It is compatible with distutils' + and setuptools' :file:`.egg-info` and :file:`.egg` files and directories. + + .. FIXME should be named EggDistribution + + Instantiate with the *path* to an egg file or directory. Instances can be + compared and sorted. Other available methods are: + + .. method:: list_installed_files(local=False) + + .. method:: uses(path) + + Available attributes: + + .. attribute:: metadata + + Instance of :class:`packaging.metadata.Metadata` filled with the contents + of the :file:`{project-version}.egg-info/PKG-INFO` or + :file:`{project-version}.egg` file. + + .. attribute:: name + + Shortcut for ``metadata['Name']``. + + .. attribute:: version + + Shortcut for ``metadata['Version']``. + + +Functions to work with the database +----------------------------------- + +.. function:: get_distribution(name, use_egg_info=False, paths=None) + + Return an instance of :class:`Distribution` or :class:`EggInfoDistribution` + for the first installed distribution matching *name*. Egg distributions are + considered only if *use_egg_info* is true; if both a dist-info and an egg + file are found, the dist-info prevails. The directories to be searched are + given in *paths*, which defaults to :data:`sys.path`. Return ``None`` if no + matching distribution is found. + + .. FIXME param should be named use_egg + + +.. function:: get_distributions(use_egg_info=False, paths=None) + + Return an iterator of :class:`Distribution` instances for all installed + distributions found in *paths* (defaults to :data:`sys.path`). If + *use_egg_info* is true, also return instances of :class:`EggInfoDistribution` + for legacy distributions found. + + +.. function:: get_file_users(path) + + Return an iterator over all distributions using *path*, a local absolute path + or a relative ``'/'``-separated path. + + .. XXX does this work with prefixes or full file path only? + + +.. function:: obsoletes_distribution(name, version=None, use_egg_info=False) + + Return an iterator over all distributions that declare they obsolete *name*. + *version* is an optional argument to match only specific releases (see + :mod:`packaging.version`). If *use_egg_info* is true, legacy egg + distributions will be considered as well. + + +.. function:: provides_distribution(name, version=None, use_egg_info=False) + + Return an iterator over all distributions that declare they provide *name*. + *version* is an optional argument to match only specific releases (see + :mod:`packaging.version`). If *use_egg_info* is true, legacy egg + distributions will be considered as well. + + +Utility functions +----------------- + +.. function:: distinfo_dirname(name, version) + + Escape *name* and *version* into a filename-safe form and return the + directory name built from them, for example + :file:`{safename}-{safeversion}.dist-info.` In *name*, runs of + non-alphanumeric characters are replaced with one ``'_'``; in *version*, + spaces become dots, and runs of other non-alphanumeric characters (except + dots) a replaced by one ``'-'``. + + .. XXX wth spaces in version numbers? + +For performance purposes, the list of distributions is being internally +cached. Caching is enabled by default, but you can control it with these +functions: + +.. function:: clear_cache() + + Clear the cache. + +.. function:: disable_cache() + + Disable the cache, without clearing it. + +.. function:: enable_cache() + + Enable the internal cache, without clearing it. + + +Examples +-------- + +Print all information about a distribution +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Given a path to a ``.dist-info`` distribution, we shall print out all +information that can be obtained using functions provided in this module:: + + import sys + import packaging.database + + path = input() + # first create the Distribution instance + try: + dist = packaging.database.Distribution(path) + except IOError: + sys.exit('No such distribution') + + print('Information about %r' % dist.name) + print() + + print('Files') + print('=====') + for path, md5, size in dist.list_installed_files(): + print('* Path: %s' % path) + print(' Hash %s, Size: %s bytes' % (md5, size)) + print() + + print('Metadata') + print('========') + for key, value in dist.metadata.items(): + print('%20s: %s' % (key, value)) + print() + + print('Extra') + print('=====') + if dist.requested: + print('* It was installed by user request') + else: + print('* It was installed as a dependency') + +If we save the script above as ``print_info.py``, we can use it to extract +information from a :file:`.dist-info` directory. By typing in the console: + +.. code-block:: sh + + $ echo /tmp/choxie/choxie-2.0.0.9.dist-info | python3 print_info.py + +we get the following output: + +.. code-block:: none + + Information about 'choxie' + + Files + ===== + * Path: ../tmp/distutils2/tests/fake_dists/choxie-2.0.0.9/truffles.py + Hash 5e052db6a478d06bad9ae033e6bc08af, Size: 111 bytes + * Path: ../tmp/distutils2/tests/fake_dists/choxie-2.0.0.9/choxie/chocolate.py + Hash ac56bf496d8d1d26f866235b95f31030, Size: 214 bytes + * Path: ../tmp/distutils2/tests/fake_dists/choxie-2.0.0.9/choxie/__init__.py + Hash 416aab08dfa846f473129e89a7625bbc, Size: 25 bytes + * Path: ../tmp/distutils2/tests/fake_dists/choxie-2.0.0.9.dist-info/INSTALLER + Hash d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e, Size: 0 bytes + * Path: ../tmp/distutils2/tests/fake_dists/choxie-2.0.0.9.dist-info/METADATA + Hash 696a209967fef3c8b8f5a7bb10386385, Size: 225 bytes + * Path: ../tmp/distutils2/tests/fake_dists/choxie-2.0.0.9.dist-info/REQUESTED + Hash d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e, Size: 0 bytes + * Path: ../tmp/distutils2/tests/fake_dists/choxie-2.0.0.9.dist-info/RECORD + Hash None, Size: None bytes + + Metadata + ======== + Metadata-Version: 1.2 + Name: choxie + Version: 2.0.0.9 + Platform: [] + Supported-Platform: UNKNOWN + Summary: Chocolate with a kick! + Description: UNKNOWN + Keywords: [] + Home-page: UNKNOWN + Author: UNKNOWN + Author-email: UNKNOWN + Maintainer: UNKNOWN + Maintainer-email: UNKNOWN + License: UNKNOWN + Classifier: [] + Download-URL: UNKNOWN + Obsoletes-Dist: ['truffles (<=0.8,>=0.5)', 'truffles (<=0.9,>=0.6)'] + Project-URL: [] + Provides-Dist: ['truffles (1.0)'] + Requires-Dist: ['towel-stuff (0.1)'] + Requires-Python: UNKNOWN + Requires-External: [] + + Extra + ===== + * It was installed as a dependency + + +Find out obsoleted distributions +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Now, we take tackle a different problem, we are interested in finding out +which distributions have been obsoleted. This can be easily done as follows:: + + import packaging.database + + # iterate over all distributions in the system + for dist in packaging.database.get_distributions(): + name, version = dist.name, dist.version + # find out which distributions obsolete this name/version combination + replacements = packaging.database.obsoletes_distribution(name, version) + if replacements: + print('%r %s is obsoleted by' % (name, version), + ', '.join(repr(r.name) for r in replacements)) + +This is how the output might look like: + +.. code-block:: none + + 'strawberry' 0.6 is obsoleted by 'choxie' + 'grammar' 1.0a4 is obsoleted by 'towel-stuff' diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.depgraph.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.depgraph.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c384788 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.depgraph.rst @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +:mod:`packaging.depgraph` --- Dependency graph builder +====================================================== + +.. module:: packaging.depgraph + :synopsis: Graph builder for dependencies between releases. + + +This module provides the means to analyse the dependencies between various +distributions and to create a graph representing these dependency relationships. +In this document, "distribution" refers to an instance of +:class:`packaging.database.Distribution` or +:class:`packaging.database.EggInfoDistribution`. + +.. XXX terminology problem with dist vs. release: dists are installed, but deps + use releases + +.. XXX explain how to use it with dists not installed: Distribution can only be + instantiated with a path, but this module is useful for remote dist too + +.. XXX functions should accept and return iterators, not lists + + +The :class:`DependencyGraph` class +---------------------------------- + +.. class:: DependencyGraph + + Represent a dependency graph between releases. The nodes are distribution + instances; the edge model dependencies. An edge from ``a`` to ``b`` means + that ``a`` depends on ``b``. + + .. method:: add_distribution(distribution) + + Add *distribution* to the graph. + + .. method:: add_edge(x, y, label=None) + + Add an edge from distribution *x* to distribution *y* with the given + *label* (string). + + .. method:: add_missing(distribution, requirement) + + Add a missing *requirement* (string) for the given *distribution*. + + .. method:: repr_node(dist, level=1) + + Print a subgraph starting from *dist*. *level* gives the depth of the + subgraph. + + Direct access to the graph nodes and edges is provided through these + attributes: + + .. attribute:: adjacency_list + + Dictionary mapping distributions to a list of ``(other, label)`` tuples + where ``other`` is a distribution and the edge is labeled with ``label`` + (i.e. the version specifier, if such was provided). + + .. attribute:: reverse_list + + Dictionary mapping distributions to a list of predecessors. This allows + efficient traversal. + + .. attribute:: missing + + Dictionary mapping distributions to a list of requirements that were not + provided by any distribution. + + +Auxiliary functions +------------------- + +.. function:: dependent_dists(dists, dist) + + Recursively generate a list of distributions from *dists* that are dependent + on *dist*. + + .. XXX what does member mean here: "dist is a member of *dists* for which we + are interested" + +.. function:: generate_graph(dists) + + Generate a :class:`DependencyGraph` from the given list of distributions. + + .. XXX make this alternate constructor a DepGraph classmethod or rename; + 'generate' can suggest it creates a file or an image, use 'make' + +.. function:: graph_to_dot(graph, f, skip_disconnected=True) + + Write a DOT output for the graph to the file-like object *f*. + + If *skip_disconnected* is true, all distributions that are not dependent on + any other distribution are skipped. + + .. XXX why is this not a DepGraph method? + + +Example Usage +------------- + +Depict all dependenciess in the system +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +First, we shall generate a graph of all the distributions on the system +and then create an image out of it using the tools provided by +`Graphviz <http://www.graphviz.org/>`_:: + + from packaging.database import get_distributions + from packaging.depgraph import generate_graph + + dists = list(get_distributions()) + graph = generate_graph(dists) + +It would be interesting to print out the missing requirements. This can be done +as follows:: + + for dist, reqs in graph.missing.items(): + if reqs: + reqs = ' ,'.join(repr(req) for req in reqs) + print('Missing dependencies for %r: %s' % (dist.name, reqs)) + +Example output is: + +.. code-block:: none + + Missing dependencies for 'TurboCheetah': 'Cheetah' + Missing dependencies for 'TurboGears': 'ConfigObj', 'DecoratorTools', 'RuleDispatch' + Missing dependencies for 'jockey': 'PyKDE4.kdecore', 'PyKDE4.kdeui', 'PyQt4.QtCore', 'PyQt4.QtGui' + Missing dependencies for 'TurboKid': 'kid' + Missing dependencies for 'TurboJson: 'DecoratorTools', 'RuleDispatch' + +Now, we proceed with generating a graphical representation of the graph. First +we write it to a file, and then we generate a PNG image using the +:program:`dot` command-line tool:: + + from packaging.depgraph import graph_to_dot + with open('output.dot', 'w') as f: + # only show the interesting distributions, skipping the disconnected ones + graph_to_dot(graph, f, skip_disconnected=True) + +We can create the final picture using: + +.. code-block:: sh + + $ dot -Tpng output.dot > output.png + +An example result is: + +.. figure:: depgraph-output.png + :alt: Example PNG output from packaging.depgraph and dot + +If you want to include egg distributions as well, then the code requires only +one change, namely the line:: + + dists = list(packaging.database.get_distributions()) + +has to be replaced with:: + + dists = list(packaging.database.get_distributions(use_egg_info=True)) + +On many platforms, a richer graph is obtained because at the moment most +distributions are provided in the egg rather than the new standard +``.dist-info`` format. + +.. XXX missing image + + An example of a more involved graph for illustrative reasons can be seen + here: + + .. image:: depgraph_big.png + + +List all dependent distributions +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +We will list all distributions that are dependent on some given distibution. +This time, egg distributions will be considered as well:: + + import sys + from packaging.database import get_distribution, get_distributions + from packaging.depgraph import dependent_dists + + dists = list(get_distributions(use_egg_info=True)) + dist = get_distribution('bacon', use_egg_info=True) + if dist is None: + sys.exit('No such distribution in the system') + + deps = dependent_dists(dists, dist) + deps = ', '.join(repr(x.name) for x in deps) + print('Distributions depending on %r: %s' % (dist.name, deps)) + +And this is example output: + +.. with the dependency relationships as in the previous section + (depgraph_big) + +.. code-block:: none + + Distributions depending on 'bacon': 'towel-stuff', 'choxie', 'grammar' diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.dist.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.dist.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25cb62b --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.dist.rst @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +:mod:`packaging.dist` --- The Distribution class +================================================ + +.. module:: packaging.dist + :synopsis: Core Distribution class. + + +This module provides the :class:`Distribution` class, which represents the +module distribution being built/packaged/distributed/installed. + +.. class:: Distribution(arguments) + + A :class:`Distribution` describes how to build, package, distribute and + install a Python project. + + The arguments accepted by the constructor are laid out in the following + table. Some of them will end up in a metadata object, the rest will become + data attributes of the :class:`Distribution` instance. + + .. TODO improve constructor to take a Metadata object + named params? + (i.e. Distribution(metadata, cmdclass, py_modules, etc) + .. TODO also remove obsolete(?) script_name, etc. parameters? see what + py2exe and other tools need + + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | argument name | value | type | + +====================+================================+=============================================================+ + | *name* | The name of the project | a string | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *version* | The version number of the | a string | + | | release; see | | + | | :mod:`packaging.version` | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *summary* | A single line describing the | a string | + | | project | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *description* | Longer description of the | a string | + | | project | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *author* | The name of the project author | a string | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *author_email* | The email address of the | a string | + | | project author | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *maintainer* | The name of the current | a string | + | | maintainer, if different from | | + | | the author | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *maintainer_email* | The email address of the | a string | + | | current maintainer, if | | + | | different from the author | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *home_page* | A URL for the proejct | a string | + | | (homepage) | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *download_url* | A URL to download the project | a string | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *packages* | A list of Python packages that | a list of strings | + | | packaging will manipulate | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *py_modules* | A list of Python modules that | a list of strings | + | | packaging will manipulate | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *scripts* | A list of standalone scripts | a list of strings | + | | to be built and installed | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *ext_modules* | A list of Python extensions to | a list of instances of | + | | be built | :class:`packaging.compiler.extension.Extension` | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *classifiers* | A list of categories for the | a list of strings; valid classifiers are listed on `PyPi | + | | distribution | <http://pypi.python.org/pypi?:action=list_classifiers>`_. | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *distclass* | the :class:`Distribution` | a subclass of | + | | class to use | :class:`packaging.dist.Distribution` | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *script_name* | The name of the setup.py | a string | + | | script - defaults to | | + | | ``sys.argv[0]`` | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *script_args* | Arguments to supply to the | a list of strings | + | | setup script | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *options* | default options for the setup | a string | + | | script | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *license* | The license for the | a string | + | | distribution; should be used | | + | | when there is no suitable | | + | | License classifier, or to | | + | | refine a classifier | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *keywords* | Descriptive keywords; used by | a list of strings or a comma-separated string | + | | catalogs such as PyPI | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *platforms* | Platforms compatible with this | a list of strings or a comma-separated string | + | | distribution; should be used | | + | | when there is no suitable | | + | | Platform classifier | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *cmdclass* | A mapping of command names to | a dictionary | + | | :class:`Command` subclasses | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *data_files* | A list of data files to | a list | + | | install | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | *package_dir* | A mapping of Python packages | a dictionary | + | | to directory names | | + +--------------------+--------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.fancy_getopt.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.fancy_getopt.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c69341 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.fancy_getopt.rst @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +:mod:`packaging.fancy_getopt` --- Wrapper around the getopt module +================================================================== + +.. module:: packaging.fancy_getopt + :synopsis: Additional getopt functionality. + + +.. warning:: + This module is deprecated and will be replaced with :mod:`optparse`. + +This module provides a wrapper around the standard :mod:`getopt` module that +provides the following additional features: + +* short and long options are tied together + +* options have help strings, so :func:`fancy_getopt` could potentially create a + complete usage summary + +* options set attributes of a passed-in object + +* boolean options can have "negative aliases" --- e.g. if :option:`--quiet` is + the "negative alias" of :option:`--verbose`, then :option:`--quiet` on the + command line sets *verbose* to false. + +.. function:: fancy_getopt(options, negative_opt, object, args) + + Wrapper function. *options* is a list of ``(long_option, short_option, + help_string)`` 3-tuples as described in the constructor for + :class:`FancyGetopt`. *negative_opt* should be a dictionary mapping option names + to option names, both the key and value should be in the *options* list. + *object* is an object which will be used to store values (see the :meth:`getopt` + method of the :class:`FancyGetopt` class). *args* is the argument list. Will use + ``sys.argv[1:]`` if you pass ``None`` as *args*. + + +.. class:: FancyGetopt([option_table=None]) + + The option_table is a list of 3-tuples: ``(long_option, short_option, + help_string)`` + + If an option takes an argument, its *long_option* should have ``'='`` appended; + *short_option* should just be a single character, no ``':'`` in any case. + *short_option* should be ``None`` if a *long_option* doesn't have a + corresponding *short_option*. All option tuples must have long options. + +The :class:`FancyGetopt` class provides the following methods: + + +.. method:: FancyGetopt.getopt([args=None, object=None]) + + Parse command-line options in args. Store as attributes on *object*. + + If *args* is ``None`` or not supplied, uses ``sys.argv[1:]``. If *object* is + ``None`` or not supplied, creates a new :class:`OptionDummy` instance, stores + option values there, and returns a tuple ``(args, object)``. If *object* is + supplied, it is modified in place and :func:`getopt` just returns *args*; in + both cases, the returned *args* is a modified copy of the passed-in *args* list, + which is left untouched. + + .. TODO and args returned are? + + +.. method:: FancyGetopt.get_option_order() + + Returns the list of ``(option, value)`` tuples processed by the previous run of + :meth:`getopt` Raises :exc:`RuntimeError` if :meth:`getopt` hasn't been called + yet. + + +.. method:: FancyGetopt.generate_help([header=None]) + + Generate help text (a list of strings, one per suggested line of output) from + the option table for this :class:`FancyGetopt` object. + + If supplied, prints the supplied *header* at the top of the help. diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.install.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.install.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b619a98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.install.rst @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +:mod:`packaging.install` --- Installation tools +=============================================== + +.. module:: packaging.install + :synopsis: Download and installation building blocks + + +Packaging provides a set of tools to deal with downloads and installation of +distributions. Their role is to download the distribution from indexes, resolve +the dependencies, and provide a safe way to install distributions. An operation +that fails will cleanly roll back, not leave half-installed distributions on the +system. Here's the basic process followed: + +#. Move all distributions that will be removed to a temporary location. + +#. Install all the distributions that will be installed in a temporary location. + +#. If the installation fails, move the saved distributions back to their + location and delete the installed distributions. + +#. Otherwise, move the installed distributions to the right location and delete + the temporary locations. + +This is a higher-level module built on :mod:`packaging.database` and +:mod:`packaging.pypi`. + + +Public functions +---------------- + +.. function:: get_infos(requirements, index=None, installed=None, \ + prefer_final=True) + + Return information about what's going to be installed and upgraded. + *requirements* is a string string containing the requirements for this + project, for example ``'FooBar 1.1'`` or ``'BarBaz (<1.2)'``. + + .. XXX are requirements comma-separated? + + If you want to use another index than the main PyPI, give its URI as *index* + argument. + + *installed* is a list of already installed distributions used to find + satisfied dependencies, obsoleted distributions and eventual conflicts. + + By default, alpha, beta and candidate versions are not picked up. Set + *prefer_final* to false to accept them too. + + The results are returned in a dictionary containing all the information + needed to perform installation of the requirements with the + :func:`install_from_infos` function: + + >>> get_install_info("FooBar (<=1.2)") + {'install': [<FooBar 1.1>], 'remove': [], 'conflict': []} + + .. TODO should return tuple or named tuple, not dict + .. TODO use "predicate" or "requirement" consistently in version and here + .. FIXME "info" cannot be plural in English, s/infos/info/ + + +.. function:: install(project) + + +.. function:: install_dists(dists, path, paths=None) + + Safely install all distributions provided in *dists* into *path*. *paths* is + a list of paths where already-installed distributions will be looked for to + find satisfied dependencies and conflicts (default: :data:`sys.path`). + Returns a list of installed dists. + + .. FIXME dists are instances of what? + + +.. function:: install_from_infos(install_path=None, install=[], remove=[], \ + conflicts=[], paths=None) + + Safely install and remove given distributions. This function is designed to + work with the return value of :func:`get_infos`: *install*, *remove* and + *conflicts* should be list of distributions returned by :func:`get_infos`. + If *install* is not empty, *install_path* must be given to specify the path + where the distributions should be installed. *paths* is a list of paths + where already-installed distributions will be looked for (default: + :data:`sys.path`). + + This function is a very basic installer; if *conflicts* is not empty, the + system will be in a conflicting state after the function completes. It is a + building block for more sophisticated installers with conflict resolution + systems. + + .. TODO document typical value for install_path + .. TODO document integration with default schemes, esp. user site-packages + + +.. function:: install_local_project(path) + + Install a distribution from a source directory, which must contain either a + Packaging-compliant :file:`setup.cfg` file or a legacy Distutils + :file:`setup.py` script (in which case Distutils will be used under the hood + to perform the installation). + + +.. function:: remove(project_name, paths=None, auto_confirm=True) + + Remove one distribution from the system. + + .. FIXME this is the only function using "project" instead of dist/release + +.. + Example usage + -------------- + + Get the scheme of what's gonna be installed if we install "foobar": diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.metadata.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.metadata.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..332d69d --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.metadata.rst @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +:mod:`packaging.metadata` --- Metadata handling +=============================================== + +.. module:: packaging.metadata + :synopsis: Class holding the metadata of a release. + + +.. TODO use sphinx-autogen to generate basic doc from the docstrings + +.. class:: Metadata + + This class can read and write metadata files complying with any of the + defined versions: 1.0 (:PEP:`241`), 1.1 (:PEP:`314`) and 1.2 (:PEP:`345`). It + implements methods to parse Metadata files and write them, and a mapping + interface to its contents. + + The :PEP:`345` implementation supports the micro-language for the environment + markers, and displays warnings when versions that are supposed to be + :PEP:`386`-compliant are violating the specification. + + +Reading metadata +---------------- + +The :class:`Metadata` class can be instantiated +with the path of the metadata file, and provides a dict-like interface to the +values:: + + >>> from packaging.metadata import Metadata + >>> metadata = Metadata('PKG-INFO') + >>> metadata.keys()[:5] + ('Metadata-Version', 'Name', 'Version', 'Platform', 'Supported-Platform') + >>> metadata['Name'] + 'CLVault' + >>> metadata['Version'] + '0.5' + >>> metadata['Requires-Dist'] + ["pywin32; sys.platform == 'win32'", "Sphinx"] + + +The fields that support environment markers can be automatically ignored if +the object is instantiated using the ``platform_dependent`` option. +:class:`Metadata` will interpret in this case +the markers and will automatically remove the fields that are not compliant +with the running environment. Here's an example under Mac OS X. The win32 +dependency we saw earlier is ignored:: + + >>> from packaging.metadata import Metadata + >>> metadata = Metadata('PKG-INFO', platform_dependent=True) + >>> metadata['Requires-Dist'] + ['Sphinx'] + + +If you want to provide your own execution context, let's say to test the +metadata under a particular environment that is not the current environment, +you can provide your own values in the ``execution_context`` option, which +is the dict that may contain one or more keys of the context the micro-language +expects. + +Here's an example, simulating a win32 environment:: + + >>> from packaging.metadata import Metadata + >>> context = {'sys.platform': 'win32'} + >>> metadata = Metadata('PKG-INFO', platform_dependent=True, + ... execution_context=context) + ... + >>> metadata['Requires-Dist'] = ["pywin32; sys.platform == 'win32'", + ... "Sphinx"] + ... + >>> metadata['Requires-Dist'] + ['pywin32', 'Sphinx'] + + +Writing metadata +---------------- + +Writing metadata can be done using the ``write`` method:: + + >>> metadata.write('/to/my/PKG-INFO') + +The class will pick the best version for the metadata, depending on the values +provided. If all the values provided exist in all versions, the class will +use :attr:`PKG_INFO_PREFERRED_VERSION`. It is set by default to 1.0, the most +widespread version. + + +Conflict checking and best version +---------------------------------- + +Some fields in :PEP:`345` have to comply with the version number specification +defined in :PEP:`386`. When they don't comply, a warning is emitted:: + + >>> from packaging.metadata import Metadata + >>> metadata = Metadata() + >>> metadata['Requires-Dist'] = ['Funky (Groovie)'] + "Funky (Groovie)" is not a valid predicate + >>> metadata['Requires-Dist'] = ['Funky (1.2)'] + +See also :mod:`packaging.version`. + + +.. TODO talk about check() + + +:mod:`packaging.markers` --- Environment markers +================================================ + +.. module:: packaging.markers + :synopsis: Micro-language for environment markers + + +This is an implementation of environment markers `as defined in PEP 345 +<http://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0345/#environment-markers>`_. It is used +for some metadata fields. + +.. function:: interpret(marker, execution_context=None) + + Interpret a marker and return a boolean result depending on the environment. + Example: + + >>> interpret("python_version > '1.0'") + True diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.dist.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.dist.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaaaab7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.dist.rst @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +:mod:`packaging.pypi.dist` --- Classes representing query results +================================================================= + +.. module:: packaging.pypi.dist + :synopsis: Classes representing the results of queries to indexes. + + +Information coming from the indexes is held in instances of the classes defined +in this module. + +Keep in mind that each project (eg. FooBar) can have several releases +(eg. 1.1, 1.2, 1.3), and each of these releases can be provided in multiple +distributions (eg. a source distribution, a binary one, etc). + + +ReleaseInfo +----------- + +Each release has a project name, version, metadata, and related distributions. + +This information is stored in :class:`ReleaseInfo` +objects. + +.. class:: ReleaseInfo + + +DistInfo +--------- + +:class:`DistInfo` is a simple class that contains +information related to distributions; mainly the URLs where distributions +can be found. + +.. class:: DistInfo + + +ReleasesList +------------ + +The :mod:`~packaging.pypi.dist` module provides a class which works +with lists of :class:`ReleaseInfo` classes; +used to filter and order results. + +.. class:: ReleasesList + + +Example usage +------------- + +Build a list of releases and order them +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Assuming we have a list of releases:: + + >>> from packaging.pypi.dist import ReleasesList, ReleaseInfo + >>> fb10 = ReleaseInfo("FooBar", "1.0") + >>> fb11 = ReleaseInfo("FooBar", "1.1") + >>> fb11a = ReleaseInfo("FooBar", "1.1a1") + >>> ReleasesList("FooBar", [fb11, fb11a, fb10]) + >>> releases.sort_releases() + >>> releases.get_versions() + ['1.1', '1.1a1', '1.0'] + >>> releases.add_release("1.2a1") + >>> releases.get_versions() + ['1.1', '1.1a1', '1.0', '1.2a1'] + >>> releases.sort_releases() + ['1.2a1', '1.1', '1.1a1', '1.0'] + >>> releases.sort_releases(prefer_final=True) + >>> releases.get_versions() + ['1.1', '1.0', '1.2a1', '1.1a1'] + + +Add distribution related information to releases +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +It's easy to add distribution information to releases:: + + >>> from packaging.pypi.dist import ReleasesList, ReleaseInfo + >>> r = ReleaseInfo("FooBar", "1.0") + >>> r.add_distribution("sdist", url="http://example.org/foobar-1.0.tar.gz") + >>> r.dists + {'sdist': FooBar 1.0 sdist} + >>> r['sdist'].url + {'url': 'http://example.org/foobar-1.0.tar.gz', 'hashname': None, 'hashval': + None, 'is_external': True} + + +Getting attributes from the dist objects +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +To abstract querying information returned from the indexes, attributes and +release information can be retrieved directly from dist objects. + +For instance, if you have a release instance that does not contain the metadata +attribute, it can be fetched by using the "fetch_metadata" method:: + + >>> r = Release("FooBar", "1.1") + >>> print r.metadata + None # metadata field is actually set to "None" + >>> r.fetch_metadata() + <Metadata for FooBar 1.1> + +.. XXX add proper roles to these constructs + + +It's possible to retrieve a project's releases (`fetch_releases`), +metadata (`fetch_metadata`) and distributions (`fetch_distributions`) using +a similar work flow. + +.. XXX what is possible? + +Internally, this is possible because while retrieving information about +projects, releases or distributions, a reference to the client used is +stored which can be accessed using the objects `_index` attribute. diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14602ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.rst @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +:mod:`packaging.pypi` --- Interface to projects indexes +======================================================= + +.. module:: packaging.pypi + :synopsis: Low-level and high-level APIs to query projects indexes. + + +Packaging queries PyPI to get information about projects or download them. The +low-level facilities used internally are also part of the public API designed to +be used by other tools. + +The :mod:`packaging.pypi` package provides those facilities, which can be +used to access information about Python projects registered at indexes, the +main one being PyPI, located ad http://pypi.python.org/. + +There is two ways to retrieve data from these indexes: a screen-scraping +interface called the "simple API", and XML-RPC. The first one uses HTML pages +located under http://pypi.python.org/simple/, the second one makes XML-RPC +requests to http://pypi.python.org/pypi/. All functions and classes also work +with other indexes such as mirrors, which typically implement only the simple +interface. + +Packaging provides a class that wraps both APIs to provide full query and +download functionality: :class:`packaging.pypi.client.ClientWrapper`. If you +want more control, you can use the underlying classes +:class:`packaging.pypi.simple.Crawler` and :class:`packaging.pypi.xmlrpc.Client` +to connect to one specific interface. + + +:mod:`packaging.pypi.client` --- High-level query API +===================================================== + +.. module:: packaging.pypi.client + :synopsis: Wrapper around :mod;`packaging.pypi.xmlrpc` and + :mod:`packaging.pypi.simple` to query indexes. + + +This module provides a high-level API to query indexes and search +for releases and distributions. The aim of this module is to choose the best +way to query the API automatically, either using XML-RPC or the simple index, +with a preference toward the latter. + +.. class:: ClientWrapper + + Instances of this class will use the simple interface or XML-RPC requests to + query indexes and return :class:`packaging.pypi.dist.ReleaseInfo` and + :class:`packaging.pypi.dist.ReleasesList` objects. + + .. method:: find_projects + + .. method:: get_release + + .. method:: get_releases + + +:mod:`packaging.pypi.base` --- Base class for index crawlers +============================================================ + +.. module:: packaging.pypi.base + :synopsis: Base class used to implement crawlers. + + +.. class:: BaseClient(prefer_final, prefer_source) + + Base class containing common methods for the index crawlers or clients. One + method is currently defined: + + .. method:: download_distribution(requirements, temp_path=None, \ + prefer_source=None, prefer_final=None) + + Download a distribution from the last release according to the + requirements. If *temp_path* is provided, download to this path, + otherwise, create a temporary directory for the download. If a release is + found, the full path to the downloaded file is returned. diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.simple.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.simple.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92b3270 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.simple.rst @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +:mod:`packaging.pypi.simple` --- Crawler using the PyPI "simple" interface +========================================================================== + +.. module:: packaging.pypi.simple + :synopsis: Crawler using the screen-scraping "simple" interface to fetch info + and distributions. + + +The class provided by :mod:`packaging.pypi.simple` can access project indexes +and provide useful information about distributions. PyPI, other indexes and +local indexes are supported. + +You should use this module to search distributions by name and versions, process +index external pages and download distributions. It is not suited for things +that will end up in too long index processing (like "finding all distributions +with a specific version, no matter the name"); use :mod:`packaging.pypi.xmlrpc` +for that. + + +API +--- + +.. class:: Crawler(index_url=DEFAULT_SIMPLE_INDEX_URL, \ + prefer_final=False, prefer_source=True, \ + hosts=('*',), follow_externals=False, \ + mirrors_url=None, mirrors=None, timeout=15, \ + mirrors_max_tries=0, verbose=False) + + *index_url* is the address of the index to use for requests. + + The first two parameters control the query results. *prefer_final* + indicates whether a final version (not alpha, beta or candidate) is to be + prefered over a newer but non-final version (for example, whether to pick + up 1.0 over 2.0a3). It is used only for queries that don't give a version + argument. Likewise, *prefer_source* tells whether to prefer a source + distribution over a binary one, if no distribution argument was prodived. + + Other parameters are related to external links (that is links that go + outside the simple index): *hosts* is a list of hosts allowed to be + processed if *follow_externals* is true (default behavior is to follow all + hosts), *follow_externals* enables or disables following external links + (default is false, meaning disabled). + + The remaining parameters are related to the mirroring infrastructure + defined in :PEP:`381`. *mirrors_url* gives a URL to look on for DNS + records giving mirror adresses; *mirrors* is a list of mirror URLs (see + the PEP). If both *mirrors* and *mirrors_url* are given, *mirrors_url* + will only be used if *mirrors* is set to ``None``. *timeout* is the time + (in seconds) to wait before considering a URL has timed out; + *mirrors_max_tries"* is the number of times to try requesting informations + on mirrors before switching. + + The following methods are defined: + + .. method:: get_distributions(project_name, version) + + Return the distributions found in the index for the given release. + + .. method:: get_metadata(project_name, version) + + Return the metadata found on the index for this project name and + version. Currently downloads and unpacks a distribution to read the + PKG-INFO file. + + .. method:: get_release(requirements, prefer_final=None) + + Return one release that fulfills the given requirements. + + .. method:: get_releases(requirements, prefer_final=None, force_update=False) + + Search for releases and return a + :class:`~packaging.pypi.dist.ReleasesList` object containing the + results. + + .. method:: search_projects(name=None) + + Search the index for projects containing the given name and return a + list of matching names. + + See also the base class :class:`packaging.pypi.base.BaseClient` for inherited + methods. + + +.. data:: DEFAULT_SIMPLE_INDEX_URL + + The address used by default by the crawler class. It is currently + ``'http://a.pypi.python.org/simple/'``, the main PyPI installation. + + + + +Usage Exemples +--------------- + +To help you understand how using the `Crawler` class, here are some basic +usages. + +Request the simple index to get a specific distribution +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Supposing you want to scan an index to get a list of distributions for +the "foobar" project. You can use the "get_releases" method for that. +The get_releases method will browse the project page, and return +:class:`ReleaseInfo` objects for each found link that rely on downloads. :: + + >>> from packaging.pypi.simple import Crawler + >>> crawler = Crawler() + >>> crawler.get_releases("FooBar") + [<ReleaseInfo "Foobar 1.1">, <ReleaseInfo "Foobar 1.2">] + + +Note that you also can request the client about specific versions, using version +specifiers (described in `PEP 345 +<http://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0345/#version-specifiers>`_):: + + >>> client.get_releases("FooBar < 1.2") + [<ReleaseInfo "FooBar 1.1">, ] + + +`get_releases` returns a list of :class:`ReleaseInfo`, but you also can get the +best distribution that fullfil your requirements, using "get_release":: + + >>> client.get_release("FooBar < 1.2") + <ReleaseInfo "FooBar 1.1"> + + +Download distributions +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +As it can get the urls of distributions provided by PyPI, the `Crawler` +client also can download the distributions and put it for you in a temporary +destination:: + + >>> client.download("foobar") + /tmp/temp_dir/foobar-1.2.tar.gz + + +You also can specify the directory you want to download to:: + + >>> client.download("foobar", "/path/to/my/dir") + /path/to/my/dir/foobar-1.2.tar.gz + + +While downloading, the md5 of the archive will be checked, if not matches, it +will try another time, then if fails again, raise `MD5HashDoesNotMatchError`. + +Internally, that's not the Crawler which download the distributions, but the +`DistributionInfo` class. Please refer to this documentation for more details. + + +Following PyPI external links +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The default behavior for packaging is to *not* follow the links provided +by HTML pages in the "simple index", to find distributions related +downloads. + +It's possible to tell the PyPIClient to follow external links by setting the +`follow_externals` attribute, on instantiation or after:: + + >>> client = Crawler(follow_externals=True) + +or :: + + >>> client = Crawler() + >>> client.follow_externals = True + + +Working with external indexes, and mirrors +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The default `Crawler` behavior is to rely on the Python Package index stored +on PyPI (http://pypi.python.org/simple). + +As you can need to work with a local index, or private indexes, you can specify +it using the index_url parameter:: + + >>> client = Crawler(index_url="file://filesystem/path/") + +or :: + + >>> client = Crawler(index_url="http://some.specific.url/") + + +You also can specify mirrors to fallback on in case the first index_url you +provided doesnt respond, or not correctly. The default behavior for +`Crawler` is to use the list provided by Python.org DNS records, as +described in the :PEP:`381` about mirroring infrastructure. + +If you don't want to rely on these, you could specify the list of mirrors you +want to try by specifying the `mirrors` attribute. It's a simple iterable:: + + >>> mirrors = ["http://first.mirror","http://second.mirror"] + >>> client = Crawler(mirrors=mirrors) + + +Searching in the simple index +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +It's possible to search for projects with specific names in the package index. +Assuming you want to find all projects containing the "distutils" keyword:: + + >>> c.search_projects("distutils") + [<Project "collective.recipe.distutils">, <Project "Distutils">, <Project + "Packaging">, <Project "distutilscross">, <Project "lpdistutils">, <Project + "taras.recipe.distutils">, <Project "zerokspot.recipe.distutils">] + + +You can also search the projects starting with a specific text, or ending with +that text, using a wildcard:: + + >>> c.search_projects("distutils*") + [<Project "Distutils">, <Project "Packaging">, <Project "distutilscross">] + + >>> c.search_projects("*distutils") + [<Project "collective.recipe.distutils">, <Project "Distutils">, <Project + "lpdistutils">, <Project "taras.recipe.distutils">, <Project + "zerokspot.recipe.distutils">] diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.xmlrpc.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.xmlrpc.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0253d68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.pypi.xmlrpc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +:mod:`packaging.pypi.xmlrpc` --- Crawler using the PyPI XML-RPC interface +========================================================================= + +.. module:: packaging.pypi.xmlrpc + :synopsis: Client using XML-RPC requests to fetch info and distributions. + + +Indexes can be queried using XML-RPC calls, and Packaging provides a simple +way to interface with XML-RPC. + +You should **use** XML-RPC when: + +* Searching the index for projects **on other fields than project + names**. For instance, you can search for projects based on the + author_email field. +* Searching all the versions that have existed for a project. +* you want to retrieve METADATAs information from releases or + distributions. + + +You should **avoid using** XML-RPC method calls when: + +* Retrieving the last version of a project +* Getting the projects with a specific name and version. +* The simple index can match your needs + + +When dealing with indexes, keep in mind that the index queries will always +return you :class:`packaging.pypi.dist.ReleaseInfo` and +:class:`packaging.pypi.dist.ReleasesList` objects. + +Some methods here share common APIs with the one you can find on +:class:`packaging.pypi.simple`, internally, :class:`packaging.pypi.client` +is inherited by :class:`Client` + + +API +--- + +.. class:: Client + + +Usage examples +-------------- + +Use case described here are use case that are not common to the other clients. +If you want to see all the methods, please refer to API or to usage examples +described in :class:`packaging.pypi.client.Client` + + +Finding releases +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +It's a common use case to search for "things" within the index. We can +basically search for projects by their name, which is the most used way for +users (eg. "give me the last version of the FooBar project"). + +This can be accomplished using the following syntax:: + + >>> client = xmlrpc.Client() + >>> client.get_release("Foobar (<= 1.3)) + <FooBar 1.2.1> + >>> client.get_releases("FooBar (<= 1.3)") + [FooBar 1.1, FooBar 1.1.1, FooBar 1.2, FooBar 1.2.1] + + +And we also can find for specific fields:: + + >>> client.search_projects(field=value) + + +You could specify the operator to use, default is "or":: + + >>> client.search_projects(field=value, operator="and") + + +The specific fields you can search are: + +* name +* version +* author +* author_email +* maintainer +* maintainer_email +* home_page +* license +* summary +* description +* keywords +* platform +* download_url + + +Getting metadata information +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +XML-RPC is a prefered way to retrieve metadata information from indexes. +It's really simple to do so:: + + >>> client = xmlrpc.Client() + >>> client.get_metadata("FooBar", "1.1") + <ReleaseInfo FooBar 1.1> + + +Assuming we already have a :class:`packaging.pypi.ReleaseInfo` object defined, +it's possible to pass it to the xmlrpc client to retrieve and complete its +metadata:: + + >>> foobar11 = ReleaseInfo("FooBar", "1.1") + >>> client = xmlrpc.Client() + >>> returned_release = client.get_metadata(release=foobar11) + >>> returned_release + <ReleaseInfo FooBar 1.1> + + +Get all the releases of a project +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +To retrieve all the releases for a project, you can build them using +`get_releases`:: + + >>> client = xmlrpc.Client() + >>> client.get_releases("FooBar") + [<ReleaseInfo FooBar 0.9>, <ReleaseInfo FooBar 1.0>, <ReleaseInfo 1.1>] + + +Get information about distributions +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Indexes have information about projects, releases **and** distributions. +If you're not familiar with those, please refer to the documentation of +:mod:`packaging.pypi.dist`. + +It's possible to retrieve information about distributions, e.g "what are the +existing distributions for this release ? How to retrieve them ?":: + + >>> client = xmlrpc.Client() + >>> release = client.get_distributions("FooBar", "1.1") + >>> release.dists + {'sdist': <FooBar 1.1 sdist>, 'bdist': <FooBar 1.1 bdist>} + +As you see, this does not return a list of distributions, but a release, +because a release can be used like a list of distributions. diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6bff47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.rst @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +:mod:`packaging` --- Packaging support +====================================== + +.. module:: packaging + :synopsis: Packaging system and building blocks for other packaging systems. +.. sectionauthor:: Fred L. Drake, Jr. <fdrake@acm.org>, distutils and packaging + contributors + + +The :mod:`packaging` package provides support for building, packaging, +distributing and installing additional projects into a Python installation. +Projects may include Python modules, extension modules, packages and scripts. +:mod:`packaging` also provides building blocks for other packaging systems +that are not tied to the command system. + +This manual is the reference documentation for those standalone building +blocks and for extending Packaging. If you're looking for the user-centric +guides to install a project or package your own code, head to `See also`__. + + +Building blocks +--------------- + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + packaging-misc + packaging.version + packaging.metadata + packaging.database + packaging.depgraph + packaging.pypi + packaging.pypi.dist + packaging.pypi.simple + packaging.pypi.xmlrpc + packaging.install + + +The command machinery +--------------------- + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + packaging.dist + packaging.command + packaging.compiler + packaging.fancy_getopt + + +Other utilities +---------------- + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + packaging.util + packaging.tests.pypi_server + +.. XXX missing: compat config create (dir_util) run pypi.{base,mirrors} + + +.. __: + +.. seealso:: + + :ref:`packaging-index` + The manual for developers of Python projects who want to package and + distribute them. This describes how to use :mod:`packaging` to make + projects easily found and added to an existing Python installation. + + :ref:`packaging-install-index` + A user-centered manual which includes information on adding projects + into an existing Python installation. You do not need to be a Python + programmer to read this manual. diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.tests.pypi_server.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.tests.pypi_server.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3b7720 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.tests.pypi_server.rst @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +:mod:`packaging.tests.pypi_server` --- PyPI mock server +======================================================= + +.. module:: packaging.tests.pypi_server + :synopsis: Mock server used to test PyPI-related modules and commands. + + +When you are testing code that works with Packaging, you might find these tools +useful. + + +The mock server +--------------- + +.. class:: PyPIServer + + PyPIServer is a class that implements an HTTP server running in a separate + thread. All it does is record the requests for further inspection. The recorded + data is available under ``requests`` attribute. The default + HTTP response can be overridden with the ``default_response_status``, + ``default_response_headers`` and ``default_response_data`` attributes. + + By default, when accessing the server with urls beginning with `/simple/`, + the server also record your requests, but will look for files under + the `/tests/pypiserver/simple/` path. + + You can tell the sever to serve static files for other paths. This could be + accomplished by using the `static_uri_paths` parameter, as below:: + + server = PyPIServer(static_uri_paths=["first_path", "second_path"]) + + + You need to create the content that will be served under the + `/tests/pypiserver/default` path. If you want to serve content from another + place, you also can specify another filesystem path (which needs to be under + `tests/pypiserver/`. This will replace the default behavior of the server, and + it will not serve content from the `default` dir :: + + server = PyPIServer(static_filesystem_paths=["path/to/your/dir"]) + + + If you just need to add some paths to the existing ones, you can do as shown, + keeping in mind that the server will always try to load paths in reverse order + (e.g here, try "another/super/path" then the default one) :: + + server = PyPIServer(test_static_path="another/super/path") + server = PyPIServer("another/super/path") + # or + server.static_filesystem_paths.append("another/super/path") + + + As a result of what, in your tests, while you need to use the PyPIServer, in + order to isolates the test cases, the best practice is to place the common files + in the `default` folder, and to create a directory for each specific test case:: + + server = PyPIServer(static_filesystem_paths = ["default", "test_pypi_server"], + static_uri_paths=["simple", "external"]) + + +Base class and decorator for tests +---------------------------------- + +.. class:: PyPIServerTestCase + + ``PyPIServerTestCase`` is a test case class with setUp and tearDown methods that + take care of a single PyPIServer instance attached as a ``pypi`` attribute on + the test class. Use it as one of the base classes in your test case:: + + + class UploadTestCase(PyPIServerTestCase): + + def test_something(self): + cmd = self.prepare_command() + cmd.ensure_finalized() + cmd.repository = self.pypi.full_address + cmd.run() + + environ, request_data = self.pypi.requests[-1] + self.assertEqual(request_data, EXPECTED_REQUEST_DATA) + + +.. decorator:: use_pypi_server + + You also can use a decorator for your tests, if you do not need the same server + instance along all you test case. So, you can specify, for each test method, + some initialisation parameters for the server. + + For this, you need to add a `server` parameter to your method, like this:: + + class SampleTestCase(TestCase): + + @use_pypi_server() + def test_something(self, server): + ... + + + The decorator will instantiate the server for you, and run and stop it just + before and after your method call. You also can pass the server initializer, + just like this:: + + class SampleTestCase(TestCase): + + @use_pypi_server("test_case_name") + def test_something(self, server): + ... diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.util.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.util.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..019f3e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.util.rst @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +:mod:`packaging.util` --- Miscellaneous utility functions +========================================================= + +.. module:: packaging.util + :synopsis: Miscellaneous utility functions. + + +This module contains various helpers for the other modules. + +.. XXX a number of functions are missing, but the module may be split first + (it's ginormous right now, some things could go to compat for example) + +.. function:: get_platform() + + Return a string that identifies the current platform. This is used mainly to + distinguish platform-specific build directories and platform-specific built + distributions. Typically includes the OS name and version and the + architecture (as supplied by 'os.uname()'), although the exact information + included depends on the OS; e.g. for IRIX the architecture isn't particularly + important (IRIX only runs on SGI hardware), but for Linux the kernel version + isn't particularly important. + + Examples of returned values: + + * ``linux-i586`` + * ``linux-alpha`` + * ``solaris-2.6-sun4u`` + * ``irix-5.3`` + * ``irix64-6.2`` + + For non-POSIX platforms, currently just returns ``sys.platform``. + + For Mac OS X systems the OS version reflects the minimal version on which + binaries will run (that is, the value of ``MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET`` + during the build of Python), not the OS version of the current system. + + For universal binary builds on Mac OS X the architecture value reflects + the univeral binary status instead of the architecture of the current + processor. For 32-bit universal binaries the architecture is ``fat``, + for 64-bit universal binaries the architecture is ``fat64``, and + for 4-way universal binaries the architecture is ``universal``. Starting + from Python 2.7 and Python 3.2 the architecture ``fat3`` is used for + a 3-way universal build (ppc, i386, x86_64) and ``intel`` is used for + a univeral build with the i386 and x86_64 architectures + + Examples of returned values on Mac OS X: + + * ``macosx-10.3-ppc`` + + * ``macosx-10.3-fat`` + + * ``macosx-10.5-universal`` + + * ``macosx-10.6-intel`` + + .. XXX reinvention of platform module? + + +.. function:: convert_path(pathname) + + Return 'pathname' as a name that will work on the native filesystem, i.e. + split it on '/' and put it back together again using the current directory + separator. Needed because filenames in the setup script are always supplied + in Unix style, and have to be converted to the local convention before we + can actually use them in the filesystem. Raises :exc:`ValueError` on + non-Unix-ish systems if *pathname* either starts or ends with a slash. + + +.. function:: change_root(new_root, pathname) + + Return *pathname* with *new_root* prepended. If *pathname* is relative, this + is equivalent to ``os.path.join(new_root,pathname)`` Otherwise, it requires + making *pathname* relative and then joining the two, which is tricky on + DOS/Windows. + + +.. function:: check_environ() + + Ensure that 'os.environ' has all the environment variables we guarantee that + users can use in config files, command-line options, etc. Currently this + includes: + + * :envvar:`HOME` - user's home directory (Unix only) + * :envvar:`PLAT` - description of the current platform, including hardware + and OS (see :func:`get_platform`) + + +.. function:: find_executable(executable, path=None) + + Search the path for a given executable name. + + +.. function:: execute(func, args[, msg=None, verbose=0, dry_run=0]) + + Perform some action that affects the outside world (for instance, writing to + the filesystem). Such actions are special because they are disabled by the + *dry_run* flag. This method takes care of all that bureaucracy for you; + all you have to do is supply the function to call and an argument tuple for + it (to embody the "external action" being performed), and an optional message + to print. + + +.. function:: newer(source, target) + + Return true if *source* exists and is more recently modified than *target*, + or if *source* exists and *target* doesn't. Return false if both exist and + *target* is the same age or newer than *source*. Raise + :exc:`PackagingFileError` if *source* does not exist. + + +.. function:: strtobool(val) + + Convert a string representation of truth to true (1) or false (0). + + True values are ``y``, ``yes``, ``t``, ``true``, ``on`` and ``1``; false + values are ``n``, ``no``, ``f``, ``false``, ``off`` and ``0``. Raises + :exc:`ValueError` if *val* is anything else. + +.. TODO Add :term: markup to bytecode when merging into the stdlib + +.. function:: byte_compile(py_files[, optimize=0, force=0, prefix=None, base_dir=None, verbose=1, dry_run=0, direct=None]) + + Byte-compile a collection of Python source files to either :file:`.pyc` or + :file:`.pyo` files in the same directory. *py_files* is a list of files to + compile; any files that don't end in :file:`.py` are silently skipped. + *optimize* must be one of the following: + + * ``0`` - don't optimize (generate :file:`.pyc`) + * ``1`` - normal optimization (like ``python -O``) + * ``2`` - extra optimization (like ``python -OO``) + + If *force* is true, all files are recompiled regardless of timestamps. + + The source filename encoded in each bytecode file defaults to the filenames + listed in *py_files*; you can modify these with *prefix* and *basedir*. + *prefix* is a string that will be stripped off of each source filename, and + *base_dir* is a directory name that will be prepended (after *prefix* is + stripped). You can supply either or both (or neither) of *prefix* and + *base_dir*, as you wish. + + If *dry_run* is true, doesn't actually do anything that would affect the + filesystem. + + Byte-compilation is either done directly in this interpreter process with the + standard :mod:`py_compile` module, or indirectly by writing a temporary + script and executing it. Normally, you should let :func:`byte_compile` + figure out to use direct compilation or not (see the source for details). + The *direct* flag is used by the script generated in indirect mode; unless + you know what you're doing, leave it set to ``None``. diff --git a/Doc/library/packaging.version.rst b/Doc/library/packaging.version.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f36cdab --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/packaging.version.rst @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +:mod:`packaging.version` --- Version number classes +=================================================== + +.. module:: packaging.version + :synopsis: Classes that represent project version numbers. + + +This module contains classes and functions useful to deal with version numbers. +It's an implementation of version specifiers `as defined in PEP 345 +<http://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0345/#version-specifiers>`_. + + +Version numbers +--------------- + +.. class:: NormalizedVersion(self, s, error_on_huge_major_num=True) + + A specific version of a distribution, as described in PEP 345. *s* is a + string object containing the version number (for example ``'1.2b1'``), + *error_on_huge_major_num* a boolean specifying whether to consider an + apparent use of a year or full date as the major version number an error. + + The rationale for the second argument is that there were projects using years + or full dates as version numbers, which could cause problems with some + packaging systems sorting. + + Instances of this class can be compared and sorted:: + + >>> NormalizedVersion('1.2b1') < NormalizedVersion('1.2') + True + + :class:`NormalizedVersion` is used internally by :class:`VersionPredicate` to + do its work. + + +.. class:: IrrationalVersionError + + Exception raised when an invalid string is given to + :class:`NormalizedVersion`. + + >>> NormalizedVersion("irrational_version_number") + ... + IrrationalVersionError: irrational_version_number + + +.. function:: suggest_normalized_version(s) + + Before standardization in PEP 386, various schemes were in use. Packaging + provides a function to try to convert any string to a valid, normalized + version:: + + >>> suggest_normalized_version('2.1-rc1') + 2.1c1 + + + If :func:`suggest_normalized_version` can't make sense of the given string, + it will return ``None``:: + + >>> print(suggest_normalized_version('not a version')) + None + + +Version predicates +------------------ + +.. class:: VersionPredicate(predicate) + + This class deals with the parsing of field values like + ``ProjectName (>=version)``. + + .. method:: match(version) + + Test if a version number matches the predicate: + + >>> version = VersionPredicate("ProjectName (<1.2, >1.0)") + >>> version.match("1.2.1") + False + >>> version.match("1.1.1") + True + + +Validation helpers +------------------ + +If you want to use :term:`LBYL`-style checks instead of instantiating the +classes and catching :class:`IrrationalVersionError` and :class:`ValueError`, +you can use these functions: + +.. function:: is_valid_version(predicate) + + Check whether the given string is a valid version number. Example of valid + strings: ``'1.2'``, ``'4.2.0.dev4'``, ``'2.5.4.post2'``. + + +.. function:: is_valid_versions(predicate) + + Check whether the given string is a valid value for specifying multiple + versions, such as in the Requires-Python field. Example: ``'2.7, >=3.2'``. + + +.. function:: is_valid_predicate(predicate) + + Check whether the given string is a valid version predicate. Examples: + ``'some.project == 4.5, <= 4.7'``, ``'speciallib (> 1.0, != 1.4.2, < 2.0)'``. diff --git a/Doc/library/platform.rst b/Doc/library/platform.rst index 929936e..ce079cf 100644 --- a/Doc/library/platform.rst +++ b/Doc/library/platform.rst @@ -214,6 +214,10 @@ Win95/98 specific preferring :func:`win32pipe.popen`. On Windows NT, :func:`win32pipe.popen` should work; on Windows 9x it hangs due to bugs in the MS C library. + .. deprecated:: 3.3 + This function is obsolete. Use the :mod:`subprocess` module. Check + especially the :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section. + Mac OS Platform --------------- diff --git a/Doc/library/python.rst b/Doc/library/python.rst index b67fbfc..07eadb4 100644 --- a/Doc/library/python.rst +++ b/Doc/library/python.rst @@ -25,4 +25,5 @@ overview: inspect.rst site.rst fpectl.rst + packaging.rst distutils.rst diff --git a/Doc/library/random.rst b/Doc/library/random.rst index f0c4add..3040411 100644 --- a/Doc/library/random.rst +++ b/Doc/library/random.rst @@ -43,6 +43,12 @@ The :mod:`random` module also provides the :class:`SystemRandom` class which uses the system function :func:`os.urandom` to generate random numbers from sources provided by the operating system. +.. warning:: + + The generators of the :mod:`random` module should not be used for security + purposes. Use :func:`ssl.RAND_bytes` if you require a cryptographically + secure pseudorandom number generator. + Bookkeeping functions: diff --git a/Doc/library/re.rst b/Doc/library/re.rst index 540a209..412e6ee 100644 --- a/Doc/library/re.rst +++ b/Doc/library/re.rst @@ -689,9 +689,12 @@ form. .. function:: escape(string) - Return *string* with all non-alphanumerics backslashed; this is useful if you - want to match an arbitrary literal string that may have regular expression - metacharacters in it. + Escape all the characters in pattern except ASCII letters, numbers and ``'_'``. + This is useful if you want to match an arbitrary literal string that may + have regular expression metacharacters in it. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + The ``'_'`` character is no longer escaped. .. function:: purge() diff --git a/Doc/library/shlex.rst b/Doc/library/shlex.rst index 0113fb7..908f996 100644 --- a/Doc/library/shlex.rst +++ b/Doc/library/shlex.rst @@ -34,6 +34,39 @@ The :mod:`shlex` module defines the following functions: passing ``None`` for *s* will read the string to split from standard input. + +.. function:: quote(s) + + Return a shell-escaped version of the string *s*. The returned value is a + string that can safely be used as one token in a shell command line, for + cases where you cannot use a list. + + This idiom would be unsafe:: + + >>> filename = 'somefile; rm -rf ~' + >>> command = 'ls -l {}'.format(filename) + >>> print(command) # executed by a shell: boom! + ls -l somefile; rm -rf ~ + + :func:`quote` lets you plug the security hole:: + + >>> command = 'ls -l {}'.format(quote(filename)) + >>> print(command) + ls -l 'somefile; rm -rf ~' + >>> remote_command = 'ssh home {}'.format(quote(command)) + >>> print(remote_command) + ssh home 'ls -l '"'"'somefile; rm -rf ~'"'"'' + + The quoting is compatible with UNIX shells and with :func:`split`: + + >>> remote_command = split(remote_command) + >>> remote_command + ['ssh', 'home', "ls -l 'somefile; rm -rf ~'"] + >>> command = split(remote_command[-1]) + >>> command + ['ls', '-l', 'somefile; rm -rf ~'] + + The :mod:`shlex` module defines the following class: @@ -282,5 +315,4 @@ parsing rules. * EOF is signaled with a :const:`None` value; -* Quoted empty strings (``''``) are allowed; - +* Quoted empty strings (``''``) are allowed. diff --git a/Doc/library/shutil.rst b/Doc/library/shutil.rst index a785682..d87e605 100644 --- a/Doc/library/shutil.rst +++ b/Doc/library/shutil.rst @@ -173,6 +173,29 @@ Directory and files operations used. Otherwise, *src* is copied (using :func:`copy2`) to *dst* and then removed. +.. function:: disk_usage(path) + + Return disk usage statistics about the given path as a :term:`named tuple` + with the attributes *total*, *used* and *free*, which are the amount of + total, used and free space, in bytes. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + Availability: Unix, Windows. + +.. function:: chown(path, user=None, group=None) + + Change owner *user* and/or *group* of the given *path*. + + *user* can be a system user name or a uid; the same applies to *group*. At + least one argument is required. + + See also :func:`os.chown`, the underlying function. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. exception:: Error diff --git a/Doc/library/signal.rst b/Doc/library/signal.rst index 698b1e7..9bca72e 100644 --- a/Doc/library/signal.rst +++ b/Doc/library/signal.rst @@ -13,9 +13,6 @@ rules for working with signals and their handlers: underlying implementation), with the exception of the handler for :const:`SIGCHLD`, which follows the underlying implementation. -* There is no way to "block" signals temporarily from critical sections (since - this is not supported by all Unix flavors). - * Although Python signal handlers are called asynchronously as far as the Python user is concerned, they can only occur between the "atomic" instructions of the Python interpreter. This means that signals arriving during long calculations @@ -119,6 +116,28 @@ The variables defined in the :mod:`signal` module are: in user and kernel space. SIGPROF is delivered upon expiration. +.. data:: SIG_BLOCK + + A possible value for the *how* parameter to :func:`pthread_sigmask` + indicating that signals are to be blocked. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + +.. data:: SIG_UNBLOCK + + A possible value for the *how* parameter to :func:`pthread_sigmask` + indicating that signals are to be unblocked. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + +.. data:: SIG_SETMASK + + A possible value for the *how* parameter to :func:`pthread_sigmask` + indicating that the signal mask is to be replaced. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + The :mod:`signal` module defines one exception: .. exception:: ItimerError @@ -160,6 +179,60 @@ The :mod:`signal` module defines the following functions: will then be called. Returns nothing. Not on Windows. (See the Unix man page :manpage:`signal(2)`.) + See also :func:`sigwait`, :func:`sigwaitinfo`, :func:`sigtimedwait` and + :func:`sigpending`. + + +.. function:: pthread_kill(thread_id, signum) + + Send the signal *signum* to the thread *thread_id*, another thread in the same + process as the caller. The signal is asynchronously directed to thread. + + Use :func:`threading.get_ident()` or the :attr:`~threading.Thread.ident` + attribute of :attr:`threading.Thread` to get a 'thread identifier' for + *thread_id*. + + If *signum* is 0, then no signal is sent, but error checking is still + performed; this can be used to check if a thread is still running. + + Availability: Unix (see the man page :manpage:`pthread_kill(3)` for further + information). + + See also :func:`os.kill`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: pthread_sigmask(how, mask) + + Fetch and/or change the signal mask of the calling thread. The signal mask + is the set of signals whose delivery is currently blocked for the caller. + Return the old signal mask as a set of signals. + + The behavior of the call is dependent on the value of *how*, as follows. + + * :data:`SIG_BLOCK`: The set of blocked signals is the union of the current + set and the *mask* argument. + * :data:`SIG_UNBLOCK`: The signals in *mask* are removed from the current + set of blocked signals. It is permissible to attempt to unblock a + signal which is not blocked. + * :data:`SIG_SETMASK`: The set of blocked signals is set to the *mask* + argument. + + *mask* is a set of signal numbers (e.g. {:const:`signal.SIGINT`, + :const:`signal.SIGTERM`}). Use ``range(1, signal.NSIG)`` for a full mask + including all signals. + + For example, ``signal.pthread_sigmask(signal.SIG_BLOCK, [])`` reads the + signal mask of the calling thread. + + Availability: Unix. See the man page :manpage:`sigprocmask(3)` and + :manpage:`pthread_sigmask(3)` for further information. + + See also :func:`pause`, :func:`sigpending` and :func:`sigwait`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. function:: setitimer(which, seconds[, interval]) @@ -189,13 +262,17 @@ The :mod:`signal` module defines the following functions: .. function:: set_wakeup_fd(fd) - Set the wakeup fd to *fd*. When a signal is received, a ``'\0'`` byte is - written to the fd. This can be used by a library to wakeup a poll or select - call, allowing the signal to be fully processed. + Set the wakeup file descriptor to *fd*. When a signal is received, the + signal number is written as a single byte into the fd. This can be used by + a library to wakeup a poll or select call, allowing the signal to be fully + processed. The old wakeup fd is returned. *fd* must be non-blocking. It is up to the library to remove any bytes before calling poll or select again. + Use for example ``struct.unpack('%uB' % len(data), data)`` to decode the + signal numbers list. + When threads are enabled, this function can only be called from the main thread; attempting to call it from other threads will cause a :exc:`ValueError` exception to be raised. @@ -235,6 +312,74 @@ The :mod:`signal` module defines the following functions: :const:`SIGTERM`. A :exc:`ValueError` will be raised in any other case. +.. function:: sigpending() + + Examine the set of signals that are pending for delivery to the calling + thread (i.e., the signals which have been raised while blocked). Return the + set of the pending signals. + + Availability: Unix (see the man page :manpage:`sigpending(2)` for further + information). + + See also :func:`pause`, :func:`pthread_sigmask` and :func:`sigwait`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: sigwait(sigset) + + Suspend execution of the calling thread until the delivery of one of the + signals specified in the signal set *sigset*. The function accepts the signal + (removes it from the pending list of signals), and returns the signal number. + + Availability: Unix (see the man page :manpage:`sigwait(3)` for further + information). + + See also :func:`pause`, :func:`pthread_sigmask`, :func:`sigpending`, + :func:`sigwaitinfo` and :func:`sigtimedwait`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: sigwaitinfo(sigset) + + Suspend execution of the calling thread until the delivery of one of the + signals specified in the signal set *sigset*. The function accepts the + signal and removes it from the pending list of signals. If one of the + signals in *sigset* is already pending for the calling thread, the function + will return immediately with information about that signal. The signal + handler is not called for the delivered signal. The function raises an + :exc:`OSError` with error number set to :const:`errno.EINTR` if it is + interrupted by a signal that is not in *sigset*. + + The return value is an object representing the data contained in the + :c:type:`siginfo_t` structure, namely: :attr:`si_signo`, :attr:`si_code`, + :attr:`si_errno`, :attr:`si_pid`, :attr:`si_uid`, :attr:`si_status`, + :attr:`si_band`. + + Availability: Unix (see the man page :manpage:`sigwaitinfo(2)` for further + information). + + See also :func:`pause`, :func:`sigwait` and :func:`sigtimedwait`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: sigtimedwait(sigset, (timeout_sec, timeout_nsec)) + + Like :func:`sigtimedwait`, but takes a tuple of ``(seconds, nanoseconds)`` + as an additional argument specifying a timeout. If both *timeout_sec* and + *timeout_nsec* are specified as :const:`0`, a poll is performed. Returns + :const:`None` if a timeout occurs. + + Availability: Unix (see the man page :manpage:`sigtimedwait(2)` for further + information). + + See also :func:`pause`, :func:`sigwait` and :func:`sigwaitinfo`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. _signal-example: Example diff --git a/Doc/library/site.rst b/Doc/library/site.rst index db96add..b987897 100644 --- a/Doc/library/site.rst +++ b/Doc/library/site.rst @@ -16,7 +16,14 @@ import can be suppressed using the interpreter's :option:`-S` option. .. index:: triple: module; search; path Importing this module will append site-specific paths to the module search path -and add a few builtins. +and add a few builtins, unless :option:`-S` was used. In that case, this module +can be safely imported with no automatic modifications to the module search path +or additions to the builtins. To explicitly trigger the usual site-specific +additions, call the :func:`site.main` function. + +.. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Importing the module used to trigger paths manipulation even when using + :option:`-S`. .. index:: pair: site-python; directory @@ -127,10 +134,21 @@ empty, and the path manipulations are skipped; however the import of :func:`getuserbase` hasn't been called yet. Default value is :file:`~/.local` for UNIX and Mac OS X non-framework builds, :file:`~/Library/Python/{X.Y}` for Mac framework builds, and - :file:`{%APPDATA%}\\Python` for Windows. This value is used by Distutils to + :file:`{%APPDATA%}\\Python` for Windows. This value is used by Packaging to compute the installation directories for scripts, data files, Python modules, - etc. for the :ref:`user installation scheme <inst-alt-install-user>`. See - also :envvar:`PYTHONUSERBASE`. + etc. for the :ref:`user installation scheme <packaging-alt-install-user>`. + See also :envvar:`PYTHONUSERBASE`. + + +.. function:: main() + + Adds all the standard site-specific directories to the module search + path. This function is called automatically when this module is imported, + unless the :program:`python` interpreter was started with the :option:`-S` + flag. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + This function used to be called unconditionnally. .. function:: addsitedir(sitedir, known_paths=None) diff --git a/Doc/library/smtplib.rst b/Doc/library/smtplib.rst index 5978a8f..7dd038d 100644 --- a/Doc/library/smtplib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/smtplib.rst @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ details of SMTP and ESMTP operation, consult :rfc:`821` (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) and :rfc:`1869` (SMTP Service Extensions). -.. class:: SMTP(host='', port=0, local_hostname=None[, timeout]) +.. class:: SMTP(host='', port=0, local_hostname=None[, timeout], source_address=None) A :class:`SMTP` instance encapsulates an SMTP connection. It has methods that support a full repertoire of SMTP and ESMTP operations. If the optional @@ -29,13 +29,34 @@ Protocol) and :rfc:`1869` (SMTP Service Extensions). raised if the specified host doesn't respond correctly. The optional *timeout* parameter specifies a timeout in seconds for blocking operations like the connection attempt (if not specified, the global default timeout - setting will be used). + setting will be used). The optional source_address parameter allows to bind to some + specific source address in a machine with multiple network interfaces, + and/or to some specific source TCP port. It takes a 2-tuple (host, port), + for the socket to bind to as its source address before connecting. If + omitted (or if host or port are ``''`` and/or 0 respectively) the OS default + behavior will be used. For normal use, you should only require the initialization/connect, :meth:`sendmail`, and :meth:`quit` methods. An example is included below. + The :class:`SMTP` class supports the :keyword:`with` statement. When used + like this, the SMTP ``QUIT`` command is issued automatically when the + :keyword:`with` statement exits. E.g.:: -.. class:: SMTP_SSL(host='', port=0, local_hostname=None, keyfile=None, certfile=None[, timeout]) + >>> from smtplib import SMTP + >>> with SMTP("domain.org") as smtp: + ... smtp.noop() + ... + (250, b'Ok') + >>> + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Support for the :keyword:`with` statement was added. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + source_address argument was added. + +.. class:: SMTP_SSL(host='', port=0, local_hostname=None, keyfile=None, certfile=None[, timeout], context=None, source_address=None) A :class:`SMTP_SSL` instance behaves exactly the same as instances of :class:`SMTP`. :class:`SMTP_SSL` should be used for situations where SSL is @@ -43,18 +64,33 @@ Protocol) and :rfc:`1869` (SMTP Service Extensions). not appropriate. If *host* is not specified, the local host is used. If *port* is zero, the standard SMTP-over-SSL port (465) is used. *keyfile* and *certfile* are also optional, and can contain a PEM formatted private key - and certificate chain file for the SSL connection. The optional *timeout* + and certificate chain file for the SSL connection. *context* also optional, can contain + a SSLContext, and is an alternative to keyfile and certfile; If it is specified both + keyfile and certfile must be None. The optional *timeout* parameter specifies a timeout in seconds for blocking operations like the connection attempt (if not specified, the global default timeout setting - will be used). + will be used). The optional source_address parameter allows to bind to some + specific source address in a machine with multiple network interfaces, + and/or to some specific source tcp port. It takes a 2-tuple (host, port), + for the socket to bind to as its source address before connecting. If + omitted (or if host or port are ``''`` and/or 0 respectively) the OS default + behavior will be used. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *context* was added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + source_address argument was added. -.. class:: LMTP(host='', port=LMTP_PORT, local_hostname=None) + +.. class:: LMTP(host='', port=LMTP_PORT, local_hostname=None, source_address=None) The LMTP protocol, which is very similar to ESMTP, is heavily based on the - standard SMTP client. It's common to use Unix sockets for LMTP, so our :meth:`connect` - method must support that as well as a regular host:port server. To specify a - Unix socket, you must use an absolute path for *host*, starting with a '/'. + standard SMTP client. It's common to use Unix sockets for LMTP, so our + :meth:`connect` method must support that as well as a regular host:port + server. The optional arguments local_hostname and source_address have the + same meaning as that of SMTP client. To specify a Unix socket, you must use + an absolute path for *host*, starting with a '/'. Authentication is supported, using the regular SMTP mechanism. When using a Unix socket, LMTP generally don't support or require any authentication, but your @@ -242,7 +278,7 @@ An :class:`SMTP` instance has the following methods: No suitable authentication method was found. -.. method:: SMTP.starttls(keyfile=None, certfile=None) +.. method:: SMTP.starttls(keyfile=None, certfile=None, context=None) Put the SMTP connection in TLS (Transport Layer Security) mode. All SMTP commands that follow will be encrypted. You should then call :meth:`ehlo` @@ -251,6 +287,9 @@ An :class:`SMTP` instance has the following methods: If *keyfile* and *certfile* are provided, these are passed to the :mod:`socket` module's :func:`ssl` function. + Optional *context* parameter is a :class:`ssl.SSLContext` object; This is an alternative to + using a keyfile and a certfile and if specified both *keyfile* and *certfile* should be None. + If there has been no previous ``EHLO`` or ``HELO`` command this session, this method tries ESMTP ``EHLO`` first. @@ -263,6 +302,9 @@ An :class:`SMTP` instance has the following methods: :exc:`RuntimeError` SSL/TLS support is not available to your Python interpreter. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *context* was added. + .. method:: SMTP.sendmail(from_addr, to_addrs, msg, mail_options=[], rcpt_options=[]) diff --git a/Doc/library/socket.rst b/Doc/library/socket.rst index d462bb7..196fe8b 100644 --- a/Doc/library/socket.rst +++ b/Doc/library/socket.rst @@ -198,6 +198,7 @@ The module :mod:`socket` exports the following constants and functions: SOMAXCONN MSG_* SOL_* + SCM_* IPPROTO_* IPPORT_* INADDR_* @@ -511,6 +512,49 @@ The module :mod:`socket` exports the following constants and functions: Availability: Unix (maybe not all platforms). +.. + XXX: Are sendmsg(), recvmsg() and CMSG_*() available on any + non-Unix platforms? The old (obsolete?) 4.2BSD form of the + interface, in which struct msghdr has no msg_control or + msg_controllen members, is not currently supported. + +.. function:: CMSG_LEN(length) + + Return the total length, without trailing padding, of an ancillary + data item with associated data of the given *length*. This value + can often be used as the buffer size for :meth:`~socket.recvmsg` to + receive a single item of ancillary data, but :rfc:`3542` requires + portable applications to use :func:`CMSG_SPACE` and thus include + space for padding, even when the item will be the last in the + buffer. Raises :exc:`OverflowError` if *length* is outside the + permissible range of values. + + Availability: most Unix platforms, possibly others. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: CMSG_SPACE(length) + + Return the buffer size needed for :meth:`~socket.recvmsg` to + receive an ancillary data item with associated data of the given + *length*, along with any trailing padding. The buffer space needed + to receive multiple items is the sum of the :func:`CMSG_SPACE` + values for their associated data lengths. Raises + :exc:`OverflowError` if *length* is outside the permissible range + of values. + + Note that some systems might support ancillary data without + providing this function. Also note that setting the buffer size + using the results of this function may not precisely limit the + amount of ancillary data that can be received, since additional + data may be able to fit into the padding area. + + Availability: most Unix platforms, possibly others. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: getdefaulttimeout() Return the default timeout in seconds (float) for new socket objects. A value @@ -526,6 +570,49 @@ The module :mod:`socket` exports the following constants and functions: meanings. +.. function:: sethostname(name) + + Set the machine's hostname to *name*. This will raise a + :exc:`socket.error` if you don't have enough rights. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: if_nameindex() + + Return a list of network interface information + (index int, name string) tuples. + :exc:`socket.error` if the system call fails. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: if_nametoindex(if_name) + + Return a network interface index number corresponding to an + interface name. + :exc:`socket.error` if no interface with the given name exists. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. function:: if_indextoname(if_index) + + Return a network interface name corresponding to a + interface index number. + :exc:`socket.error` if no interface with the given index exists. + + Availability: Unix. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. data:: SocketType This is a Python type object that represents the socket object type. It is the @@ -699,6 +786,109 @@ correspond to Unix system calls applicable to sockets. to zero. (The format of *address* depends on the address family --- see above.) +.. method:: socket.recvmsg(bufsize[, ancbufsize[, flags]]) + + Receive normal data (up to *bufsize* bytes) and ancillary data from + the socket. The *ancbufsize* argument sets the size in bytes of + the internal buffer used to receive the ancillary data; it defaults + to 0, meaning that no ancillary data will be received. Appropriate + buffer sizes for ancillary data can be calculated using + :func:`CMSG_SPACE` or :func:`CMSG_LEN`, and items which do not fit + into the buffer might be truncated or discarded. The *flags* + argument defaults to 0 and has the same meaning as for + :meth:`recv`. + + The return value is a 4-tuple: ``(data, ancdata, msg_flags, + address)``. The *data* item is a :class:`bytes` object holding the + non-ancillary data received. The *ancdata* item is a list of zero + or more tuples ``(cmsg_level, cmsg_type, cmsg_data)`` representing + the ancillary data (control messages) received: *cmsg_level* and + *cmsg_type* are integers specifying the protocol level and + protocol-specific type respectively, and *cmsg_data* is a + :class:`bytes` object holding the associated data. The *msg_flags* + item is the bitwise OR of various flags indicating conditions on + the received message; see your system documentation for details. + If the receiving socket is unconnected, *address* is the address of + the sending socket, if available; otherwise, its value is + unspecified. + + On some systems, :meth:`sendmsg` and :meth:`recvmsg` can be used to + pass file descriptors between processes over an :const:`AF_UNIX` + socket. When this facility is used (it is often restricted to + :const:`SOCK_STREAM` sockets), :meth:`recvmsg` will return, in its + ancillary data, items of the form ``(socket.SOL_SOCKET, + socket.SCM_RIGHTS, fds)``, where *fds* is a :class:`bytes` object + representing the new file descriptors as a binary array of the + native C :c:type:`int` type. If :meth:`recvmsg` raises an + exception after the system call returns, it will first attempt to + close any file descriptors received via this mechanism. + + Some systems do not indicate the truncated length of ancillary data + items which have been only partially received. If an item appears + to extend beyond the end of the buffer, :meth:`recvmsg` will issue + a :exc:`RuntimeWarning`, and will return the part of it which is + inside the buffer provided it has not been truncated before the + start of its associated data. + + On systems which support the :const:`SCM_RIGHTS` mechanism, the + following function will receive up to *maxfds* file descriptors, + returning the message data and a list containing the descriptors + (while ignoring unexpected conditions such as unrelated control + messages being received). See also :meth:`sendmsg`. :: + + import socket, array + + def recv_fds(sock, msglen, maxfds): + fds = array.array("i") # Array of ints + msg, ancdata, flags, addr = sock.recvmsg(msglen, socket.CMSG_LEN(maxfds * fds.itemsize)) + for cmsg_level, cmsg_type, cmsg_data in ancdata: + if (cmsg_level == socket.SOL_SOCKET and cmsg_type == socket.SCM_RIGHTS): + # Append data, ignoring any truncated integers at the end. + fds.fromstring(cmsg_data[:len(cmsg_data) - (len(cmsg_data) % fds.itemsize)]) + return msg, list(fds) + + Availability: most Unix platforms, possibly others. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. method:: socket.recvmsg_into(buffers[, ancbufsize[, flags]]) + + Receive normal data and ancillary data from the socket, behaving as + :meth:`recvmsg` would, but scatter the non-ancillary data into a + series of buffers instead of returning a new bytes object. The + *buffers* argument must be an iterable of objects that export + writable buffers (e.g. :class:`bytearray` objects); these will be + filled with successive chunks of the non-ancillary data until it + has all been written or there are no more buffers. The operating + system may set a limit (:func:`~os.sysconf` value ``SC_IOV_MAX``) + on the number of buffers that can be used. The *ancbufsize* and + *flags* arguments have the same meaning as for :meth:`recvmsg`. + + The return value is a 4-tuple: ``(nbytes, ancdata, msg_flags, + address)``, where *nbytes* is the total number of bytes of + non-ancillary data written into the buffers, and *ancdata*, + *msg_flags* and *address* are the same as for :meth:`recvmsg`. + + Example:: + + >>> import socket + >>> s1, s2 = socket.socketpair() + >>> b1 = bytearray(b'----') + >>> b2 = bytearray(b'0123456789') + >>> b3 = bytearray(b'--------------') + >>> s1.send(b'Mary had a little lamb') + 22 + >>> s2.recvmsg_into([b1, memoryview(b2)[2:9], b3]) + (22, [], 0, None) + >>> [b1, b2, b3] + [bytearray(b'Mary'), bytearray(b'01 had a 9'), bytearray(b'little lamb---')] + + Availability: most Unix platforms, possibly others. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. method:: socket.recvfrom_into(buffer[, nbytes[, flags]]) Receive data from the socket, writing it into *buffer* instead of creating a @@ -746,6 +936,41 @@ correspond to Unix system calls applicable to sockets. above.) +.. method:: socket.sendmsg(buffers[, ancdata[, flags[, address]]]) + + Send normal and ancillary data to the socket, gathering the + non-ancillary data from a series of buffers and concatenating it + into a single message. The *buffers* argument specifies the + non-ancillary data as an iterable of buffer-compatible objects + (e.g. :class:`bytes` objects); the operating system may set a limit + (:func:`~os.sysconf` value ``SC_IOV_MAX``) on the number of buffers + that can be used. The *ancdata* argument specifies the ancillary + data (control messages) as an iterable of zero or more tuples + ``(cmsg_level, cmsg_type, cmsg_data)``, where *cmsg_level* and + *cmsg_type* are integers specifying the protocol level and + protocol-specific type respectively, and *cmsg_data* is a + buffer-compatible object holding the associated data. Note that + some systems (in particular, systems without :func:`CMSG_SPACE`) + might support sending only one control message per call. The + *flags* argument defaults to 0 and has the same meaning as for + :meth:`send`. If *address* is supplied and not ``None``, it sets a + destination address for the message. The return value is the + number of bytes of non-ancillary data sent. + + The following function sends the list of file descriptors *fds* + over an :const:`AF_UNIX` socket, on systems which support the + :const:`SCM_RIGHTS` mechanism. See also :meth:`recvmsg`. :: + + import socket, array + + def send_fds(sock, msg, fds): + return sock.sendmsg([msg], [(socket.SOL_SOCKET, socket.SCM_RIGHTS, array.array("i", fds))]) + + Availability: most Unix platforms, possibly others. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. method:: socket.setblocking(flag) Set blocking or non-blocking mode of the socket: if *flag* is false, the diff --git a/Doc/library/socketserver.rst b/Doc/library/socketserver.rst index 1d151a7..b63571d 100644 --- a/Doc/library/socketserver.rst +++ b/Doc/library/socketserver.rst @@ -153,8 +153,21 @@ Server Objects .. method:: BaseServer.serve_forever(poll_interval=0.5) Handle requests until an explicit :meth:`shutdown` request. Polls for - shutdown every *poll_interval* seconds. + shutdown every *poll_interval* seconds. It also calls + :meth:`service_actions` which may be used by a subclass or Mixin to provide + various cleanup actions. For e.g. ForkingMixin class uses + :meth:`service_actions` to cleanup the zombie child processes. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Added service_actions call to the serve_forever method. + + +.. method:: BaseServer.service_actions() + + This is called by the serve_forever loop. This method is can be overridden + by Mixin's to add cleanup or service specific actions. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 .. method:: BaseServer.shutdown() diff --git a/Doc/library/sqlite3.rst b/Doc/library/sqlite3.rst index 32ae724..299be03 100644 --- a/Doc/library/sqlite3.rst +++ b/Doc/library/sqlite3.rst @@ -369,6 +369,22 @@ Connection Objects method with :const:`None` for *handler*. +.. method:: Connection.set_trace_callback(trace_callback) + + Registers *trace_callback* to be called for each SQL statement that is + actually executed by the SQLite backend. + + The only argument passed to the callback is the statement (as string) that + is being executed. The return value of the callback is ignored. Note that + the backend does not only run statements passed to the :meth:`Cursor.execute` + methods. Other sources include the transaction management of the Python + module and the execution of triggers defined in the current database. + + Passing :const:`None` as *trace_callback* will disable the trace callback. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. method:: Connection.enable_load_extension(enabled) This routine allows/disallows the SQLite engine to load SQLite extensions diff --git a/Doc/library/ssl.rst b/Doc/library/ssl.rst index 3ac90ab..42cf43c 100644 --- a/Doc/library/ssl.rst +++ b/Doc/library/ssl.rst @@ -162,6 +162,35 @@ instead. Random generation ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +.. function:: RAND_bytes(num) + + Returns *num* cryptographically strong pseudo-random bytes. Raises an + :class:`SSLError` if the PRNG has not been seeded with enough data or if the + operation is not supported by the current RAND method. :func:`RAND_status` + can be used to check the status of the PRNG and :func:`RAND_add` can be used + to seed the PRNG. + + Read the Wikipedia article, `Cryptographically secure pseudorandom number + generator (CSPRNG) + <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cryptographically_secure_pseudorandom_number_generator>`_, + to get the requirements of a cryptographically generator. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + +.. function:: RAND_pseudo_bytes(num) + + Returns (bytes, is_cryptographic): bytes are *num* pseudo-random bytes, + is_cryptographic is True if the bytes generated are cryptographically + strong. Raises an :class:`SSLError` if the operation is not supported by the + current RAND method. + + Generated pseudo-random byte sequences will be unique if they are of + sufficient length, but are not necessarily unpredictable. They can be used + for non-cryptographic purposes and for certain purposes in cryptographic + protocols, but usually not for key generation etc. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. function:: RAND_status() Returns True if the SSL pseudo-random number generator has been seeded with @@ -171,7 +200,7 @@ Random generation .. function:: RAND_egd(path) - If you are running an entropy-gathering daemon (EGD) somewhere, and ``path`` + If you are running an entropy-gathering daemon (EGD) somewhere, and *path* is the pathname of a socket connection open to it, this will read 256 bytes of randomness from the socket, and add it to the SSL pseudo-random number generator to increase the security of generated secret keys. This is @@ -182,8 +211,8 @@ Random generation .. function:: RAND_add(bytes, entropy) - Mixes the given ``bytes`` into the SSL pseudo-random number generator. The - parameter ``entropy`` (a float) is a lower bound on the entropy contained in + Mixes the given *bytes* into the SSL pseudo-random number generator. The + parameter *entropy* (a float) is a lower bound on the entropy contained in string (so you can always use :const:`0.0`). See :rfc:`1750` for more information on sources of entropy. @@ -239,6 +268,9 @@ Certificate handling will attempt to validate the server certificate against that set of root certificates, and will fail if the validation attempt fails. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + This function is now IPv6-compatible. + .. function:: DER_cert_to_PEM_cert(DER_cert_bytes) Given a certificate as a DER-encoded blob of bytes, returns a PEM-encoded @@ -354,6 +386,13 @@ Constants .. versionadded:: 3.2 +.. data:: CHANNEL_BINDING_TYPES + + List of supported TLS channel binding types. Strings in this list + can be used as arguments to :meth:`SSLSocket.get_channel_binding`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. data:: OPENSSL_VERSION The version string of the OpenSSL library loaded by the interpreter:: @@ -463,6 +502,18 @@ SSL sockets also have the following additional methods and attributes: version of the SSL protocol that defines its use, and the number of secret bits being used. If no connection has been established, returns ``None``. +.. method:: SSLSocket.get_channel_binding(cb_type="tls-unique") + + Get channel binding data for current connection, as a bytes object. Returns + ``None`` if not connected or the handshake has not been completed. + + The *cb_type* parameter allow selection of the desired channel binding + type. Valid channel binding types are listed in the + :data:`CHANNEL_BINDING_TYPES` list. Currently only the 'tls-unique' channel + binding, defined by :rfc:`5929`, is supported. :exc:`ValueError` will be + raised if an unsupported channel binding type is requested. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 .. method:: SSLSocket.unwrap() @@ -502,7 +553,7 @@ to speed up repeated connections from the same clients. :class:`SSLContext` objects have the following methods and attributes: -.. method:: SSLContext.load_cert_chain(certfile, keyfile=None) +.. method:: SSLContext.load_cert_chain(certfile, keyfile=None, password=None) Load a private key and the corresponding certificate. The *certfile* string must be the path to a single file in PEM format containing the @@ -513,9 +564,25 @@ to speed up repeated connections from the same clients. :ref:`ssl-certificates` for more information on how the certificate is stored in the *certfile*. + The *password* argument may be a function to call to get the password for + decrypting the private key. It will only be called if the private key is + encrypted and a password is necessary. It will be called with no arguments, + and it should return a string, bytes, or bytearray. If the return value is + a string it will be encoded as UTF-8 before using it to decrypt the key. + Alternatively a string, bytes, or bytearray value may be supplied directly + as the *password* argument. It will be ignored if the private key is not + encrypted and no password is needed. + + If the *password* argument is not specified and a password is required, + OpenSSL's built-in password prompting mechanism will be used to + interactively prompt the user for a password. + An :class:`SSLError` is raised if the private key doesn't match with the certificate. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + New optional argument *password*. + .. method:: SSLContext.load_verify_locations(cafile=None, capath=None) Load a set of "certification authority" (CA) certificates used to validate diff --git a/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst b/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst index 2a9f640..a5f0d59 100644 --- a/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst +++ b/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst @@ -1664,6 +1664,8 @@ Note that while lists allow their items to be of any type, bytearray object single: append() (sequence method) single: extend() (sequence method) single: count() (sequence method) + single: clear() (sequence method) + single: copy() (sequence method) single: index() (sequence method) single: insert() (sequence method) single: pop() (sequence method) @@ -1695,6 +1697,12 @@ Note that while lists allow their items to be of any type, bytearray object | ``s.extend(x)`` | same as ``s[len(s):len(s)] = | \(2) | | | x`` | | +------------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------+ +| ``s.clear()`` | remove all items from ``s`` | | +| | | | ++------------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------+ +| ``s.copy()`` | return a shallow copy of ``s`` | | +| | | | ++------------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------+ | ``s.count(x)`` | return number of *i*'s for | | | | which ``s[i] == x`` | | +------------------------------+--------------------------------+---------------------+ @@ -1773,6 +1781,9 @@ Notes: (8) :meth:`sort` is not supported by :class:`bytearray` objects. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + :meth:`clear` and :meth:`!copy` methods. + .. _bytes-methods: @@ -2695,7 +2706,7 @@ The Null Object This object is returned by functions that don't explicitly return a value. It supports no special operations. There is exactly one null object, named -``None`` (a built-in name). +``None`` (a built-in name). ``type(None)()`` produces the same singleton. It is written as ``None``. @@ -2707,7 +2718,8 @@ The Ellipsis Object This object is commonly used by slicing (see :ref:`slicings`). It supports no special operations. There is exactly one ellipsis object, named -:const:`Ellipsis` (a built-in name). +:const:`Ellipsis` (a built-in name). ``type(Ellipsis)()`` produces the +:const:`Ellipsis` singleton. It is written as ``Ellipsis`` or ``...``. @@ -2717,7 +2729,8 @@ The NotImplemented Object This object is returned from comparisons and binary operations when they are asked to operate on types they don't support. See :ref:`comparisons` for more -information. +information. There is exactly one ``NotImplemented`` object. +``type(NotImplemented)()`` produces the singleton instance. It is written as ``NotImplemented``. diff --git a/Doc/library/subprocess.rst b/Doc/library/subprocess.rst index 16c2605..2c76130 100644 --- a/Doc/library/subprocess.rst +++ b/Doc/library/subprocess.rst @@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ This module defines one class called :class:`Popen`: >>> call("cat " + filename, shell=True) # Uh-oh. This will end badly... *shell=False* does not suffer from this vulnerability; the above Note may be - helpful in getting code using *shell=False* to work. + helpful in getting code using *shell=False* to work. See also + :func:`shlex.quote` for a function useful to quote filenames and commands. On Windows: the :class:`Popen` class uses CreateProcess() to execute the child program, which operates on strings. If *args* is a sequence, it will @@ -123,12 +124,14 @@ This module defines one class called :class:`Popen`: *stdin*, *stdout* and *stderr* specify the executed programs' standard input, standard output and standard error file handles, respectively. Valid values - are :data:`PIPE`, an existing file descriptor (a positive integer), an - existing :term:`file object`, and ``None``. :data:`PIPE` indicates that a - new pipe to the child should be created. With ``None``, no redirection will - occur; the child's file handles will be inherited from the parent. Additionally, - *stderr* can be :data:`STDOUT`, which indicates that the stderr data from the - applications should be captured into the same file handle as for stdout. + are :data:`PIPE`, :data:`DEVNULL`, an existing file descriptor (a positive + integer), an existing :term:`file object`, and ``None``. :data:`PIPE` + indicates that a new pipe to the child should be created. :data:`DEVNULL` + indicates that the special file :data:`os.devnull` will be used. With ``None``, + no redirection will occur; the child's file handles will be inherited from + the parent. Additionally, *stderr* can be :data:`STDOUT`, which indicates + that the stderr data from the applications should be captured into the same + file handle as for stdout. If *preexec_fn* is set to a callable object, this object will be called in the child process just before the child is executed. @@ -228,6 +231,15 @@ This module defines one class called :class:`Popen`: Added context manager support. +.. data:: DEVNULL + + Special value that can be used as the *stdin*, *stdout* or *stderr* argument + to :class:`Popen` and indicates that the special file :data:`os.devnull` + will be used. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. data:: PIPE Special value that can be used as the *stdin*, *stdout* or *stderr* argument @@ -248,15 +260,21 @@ Convenience Functions This module also defines the following shortcut functions: -.. function:: call(*popenargs, **kwargs) +.. function:: call(*popenargs, timeout=None, **kwargs) Run command with arguments. Wait for command to complete, then return the :attr:`returncode` attribute. - The arguments are the same as for the :class:`Popen` constructor. Example:: + The arguments are the same as for the :class:`Popen` constructor, with the + exception of the *timeout* argument, which is given to :meth:`Popen.wait`. + Example:: >>> retcode = subprocess.call(["ls", "-l"]) + If the timeout expires, the child process will be killed and then waited for + again. The :exc:`TimeoutExpired` exception will be re-raised after the child + process has terminated. + .. warning:: Like :meth:`Popen.wait`, this will deadlock when using @@ -264,34 +282,43 @@ This module also defines the following shortcut functions: generates enough output to a pipe such that it blocks waiting for the OS pipe buffer to accept more data. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *timeout* was added. -.. function:: check_call(*popenargs, **kwargs) + +.. function:: check_call(*popenargs, timeout=None, **kwargs) Run command with arguments. Wait for command to complete. If the exit code was zero then return, otherwise raise :exc:`CalledProcessError`. The :exc:`CalledProcessError` object will have the return code in the :attr:`returncode` attribute. - The arguments are the same as for the :class:`Popen` constructor. Example:: + The arguments are the same as for the :func:`call` function. Example:: >>> subprocess.check_call(["ls", "-l"]) 0 + As in the :func:`call` function, if the timeout expires, the child process + will be killed and the wait retried. The :exc:`TimeoutExpired` exception + will be re-raised after the child process has terminated. + .. warning:: See the warning for :func:`call`. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *timeout* was added. + -.. function:: check_output(*popenargs, **kwargs) +.. function:: check_output(*popenargs, timeout=None, **kwargs) - Run command with arguments and return its output as a byte string. + Run command with arguments and return its output as a bytes object. If the exit code was non-zero it raises a :exc:`CalledProcessError`. The :exc:`CalledProcessError` object will have the return code in the - :attr:`returncode` - attribute and output in the :attr:`output` attribute. + :attr:`returncode` attribute and output in the :attr:`output` attribute. - The arguments are the same as for the :class:`Popen` constructor. Example:: + The arguments are the same as for the :func:`call` function. Example:: >>> subprocess.check_output(["ls", "-l", "/dev/null"]) b'crw-rw-rw- 1 root root 1, 3 Oct 18 2007 /dev/null\n' @@ -304,8 +331,17 @@ This module also defines the following shortcut functions: ... stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) b'ls: non_existent_file: No such file or directory\n' + As in the :func:`call` function, if the timeout expires, the child process + will be killed and the wait retried. The :exc:`TimeoutExpired` exception + will be re-raised after the child process has terminated. The output from + the child process so far will be in the :attr:`output` attribute of the + exception. + .. versionadded:: 3.1 + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *timeout* was added. + .. function:: getstatusoutput(cmd) @@ -358,6 +394,15 @@ arguments. check_call() will raise :exc:`CalledProcessError`, if the called process returns a non-zero return code. +All of the functions and methods that accept a *timeout* parameter, such as +:func:`call` and :meth:`Popen.communicate` will raise :exc:`TimeoutExpired` if +the timeout expires before the process exits. + +Exceptions defined in this module all inherit from :exc:`SubprocessError`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + The :exc:`SubprocessError` base class was added. + Security ^^^^^^^^ @@ -379,11 +424,15 @@ Instances of the :class:`Popen` class have the following methods: attribute. -.. method:: Popen.wait() +.. method:: Popen.wait(timeout=None) Wait for child process to terminate. Set and return :attr:`returncode` attribute. + If the process does not terminate after *timeout* seconds, raise a + :exc:`TimeoutExpired` exception. It is safe to catch this exception and + retry the wait. + .. warning:: This will deadlock when using ``stdout=PIPE`` and/or @@ -391,13 +440,17 @@ Instances of the :class:`Popen` class have the following methods: a pipe such that it blocks waiting for the OS pipe buffer to accept more data. Use :meth:`communicate` to avoid that. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *timeout* was added. + -.. method:: Popen.communicate(input=None) +.. method:: Popen.communicate(input=None, timeout=None) Interact with process: Send data to stdin. Read data from stdout and stderr, - until end-of-file is reached. Wait for process to terminate. The optional - *input* argument should be a byte string to be sent to the child process, or - ``None``, if no data should be sent to the child. + until end-of-file is reached. Wait for process to terminate. The optional + *input* argument should be data to be sent to the child process, or + ``None``, if no data should be sent to the child. The type of *input* + must be bytes or, if *universal_newlines* was ``True``, a string. :meth:`communicate` returns a tuple ``(stdoutdata, stderrdata)``. @@ -406,11 +459,29 @@ Instances of the :class:`Popen` class have the following methods: ``None`` in the result tuple, you need to give ``stdout=PIPE`` and/or ``stderr=PIPE`` too. + If the process does not terminate after *timeout* seconds, a + :exc:`TimeoutExpired` exception will be raised. Catching this exception and + retrying communication will not lose any output. + + The child process is not killed if the timeout expires, so in order to + cleanup properly a well-behaved application should kill the child process and + finish communication:: + + proc = subprocess.Popen(...) + try: + outs, errs = proc.communicate(timeout=15) + except TimeoutExpired: + proc.kill() + outs, errs = proc.communicate() + .. note:: The data read is buffered in memory, so do not use this method if the data size is large or unlimited. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *timeout* was added. + .. method:: Popen.send_signal(signal) @@ -801,3 +872,7 @@ runtime): described in rule 3. +.. seealso:: + + :mod:`shlex` + Module which provides function to parse and escape command lines. diff --git a/Doc/library/sys.rst b/Doc/library/sys.rst index 7d631f4..d2986e4 100644 --- a/Doc/library/sys.rst +++ b/Doc/library/sys.rst @@ -224,14 +224,13 @@ always available. .. data:: flags - The struct sequence *flags* exposes the status of command line flags. The - attributes are read only. + The :term:`struct sequence` *flags* exposes the status of command line + flags. The attributes are read only. ============================= ============================= attribute flag ============================= ============================= :const:`debug` :option:`-d` - :const:`division_warning` :option:`-Q` :const:`inspect` :option:`-i` :const:`interactive` :option:`-i` :const:`optimize` :option:`-O` or :option:`-OO` @@ -247,15 +246,18 @@ always available. .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Added ``quiet`` attribute for the new :option:`-q` flag. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Removed obsolete ``division_warning`` attribute. + .. data:: float_info - A structseq holding information about the float type. It contains low level - information about the precision and internal representation. The values - correspond to the various floating-point constants defined in the standard - header file :file:`float.h` for the 'C' programming language; see section - 5.2.4.2.2 of the 1999 ISO/IEC C standard [C99]_, 'Characteristics of - floating types', for details. + A :term:`struct sequence` holding information about the float type. It + contains low level information about the precision and internal + representation. The values correspond to the various floating-point + constants defined in the standard header file :file:`float.h` for the 'C' + programming language; see section 5.2.4.2.2 of the 1999 ISO/IEC C standard + [C99]_, 'Characteristics of floating types', for details. +---------------------+----------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | attribute | float.h macro | explanation | @@ -501,8 +503,9 @@ always available. .. data:: hash_info - A structseq giving parameters of the numeric hash implementation. For - more details about hashing of numeric types, see :ref:`numeric-hash`. + A :term:`struct sequence` giving parameters of the numeric hash + implementation. For more details about hashing of numeric types, see + :ref:`numeric-hash`. +---------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | attribute | explanation | @@ -537,8 +540,8 @@ always available. This is called ``hexversion`` since it only really looks meaningful when viewed as the result of passing it to the built-in :func:`hex` function. The - struct sequence :data:`sys.version_info` may be used for a more human-friendly - encoding of the same information. + :term:`struct sequence` :data:`sys.version_info` may be used for a more + human-friendly encoding of the same information. The ``hexversion`` is a 32-bit number with the following layout: @@ -566,8 +569,8 @@ always available. .. data:: int_info - A struct sequence that holds information about Python's - internal representation of integers. The attributes are read only. + A :term:`struct sequence` that holds information about Python's internal + representation of integers. The attributes are read only. +-------------------------+----------------------------------------------+ | Attribute | Explanation | @@ -699,20 +702,21 @@ always available. This string contains a platform identifier that can be used to append platform-specific components to :data:`sys.path`, for instance. - For Unix systems, this is the lowercased OS name as returned by ``uname -s`` - with the first part of the version as returned by ``uname -r`` appended, - e.g. ``'sunos5'`` or ``'linux2'``, *at the time when Python was built*. - Unless you want to test for a specific system version, it is therefore - recommended to use the following idiom:: + For Unix systems, except on Linux, this is the lowercased OS name as + returned by ``uname -s`` with the first part of the version as returned by + ``uname -r`` appended, e.g. ``'sunos5'`` or ``'freebsd8'``, *at the time + when Python was built*. Unless you want to test for a specific system + version, it is therefore recommended to use the following idiom:: - if sys.platform.startswith('linux'): - # Linux-specific code here... + if sys.platform.startswith('freebsd'): + # FreeBSD-specific code here... For other systems, the values are: ================ =========================== System :data:`platform` value ================ =========================== + Linux ``'linux'`` Windows ``'win32'`` Windows/Cygwin ``'cygwin'`` Mac OS X ``'darwin'`` @@ -720,6 +724,10 @@ always available. OS/2 EMX ``'os2emx'`` ================ =========================== + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + On Linux, :attr:`sys.platform` doesn't contain the major version anymore. + It is always ``'linux'``, instead of ``'linux2'`` or ``'linux3'``. + .. seealso:: :attr:`os.name` has a coarser granularity. :func:`os.uname` gives system-dependent version information. @@ -970,22 +978,33 @@ always available. to a console and Python apps started with :program:`pythonw`. -.. data:: subversion +.. data:: thread_info - A triple (repo, branch, version) representing the Subversion information of the - Python interpreter. *repo* is the name of the repository, ``'CPython'``. - *branch* is a string of one of the forms ``'trunk'``, ``'branches/name'`` or - ``'tags/name'``. *version* is the output of ``svnversion``, if the interpreter - was built from a Subversion checkout; it contains the revision number (range) - and possibly a trailing 'M' if there were local modifications. If the tree was - exported (or svnversion was not available), it is the revision of - ``Include/patchlevel.h`` if the branch is a tag. Otherwise, it is ``None``. + A :term:`struct sequence` holding information about the thread + implementation. - .. deprecated:: 3.2.1 - Python is now `developed <http://docs.python.org/devguide/>`_ using - Mercurial. In recent Python 3.2 bugfix releases, :data:`subversion` - therefore contains placeholder information. It is removed in Python - 3.3. + +------------------+---------------------------------------------------------+ + | Attribute | Explanation | + +==================+=========================================================+ + | :const:`name` | Name of the thread implementation: | + | | | + | | * ``'nt'``: Windows threads | + | | * ``'os2'``: OS/2 threads | + | | * ``'pthread'``: POSIX threads | + | | * ``'solaris'``: Solaris threads | + +------------------+---------------------------------------------------------+ + | :const:`lock` | Name of the lock implementation: | + | | | + | | * ``'semaphore'``: a lock uses a semaphore | + | | * ``'mutex+cond'``: a lock uses a mutex | + | | and a condition variable | + | | * ``None`` if this information is unknown | + +------------------+---------------------------------------------------------+ + | :const:`version` | Name and version of the thread library. It is a string, | + | | or ``None`` if these informations are unknown. | + +------------------+---------------------------------------------------------+ + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 .. data:: tracebacklimit diff --git a/Doc/library/tempfile.rst b/Doc/library/tempfile.rst index fff6c4e..dfeb250 100644 --- a/Doc/library/tempfile.rst +++ b/Doc/library/tempfile.rst @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ instead a string of six random characters is used. Also, all the user-callable functions now take additional arguments which allow direct control over the location and name of temporary files. It is -no longer necessary to use the global *tempdir* and *template* variables. +no longer necessary to use the global *tempdir* variable. To maintain backward compatibility, the argument order is somewhat odd; it is recommended to use keyword arguments for clarity. diff --git a/Doc/library/test.rst b/Doc/library/test.rst index c27ee08..be5990c 100644 --- a/Doc/library/test.rst +++ b/Doc/library/test.rst @@ -223,14 +223,14 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following constants: .. data:: verbose - :const:`True` when verbose output is enabled. Should be checked when more + ``True`` when verbose output is enabled. Should be checked when more detailed information is desired about a running test. *verbose* is set by :mod:`test.regrtest`. .. data:: is_jython - :const:`True` if the running interpreter is Jython. + ``True`` if the running interpreter is Jython. .. data:: TESTFN @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: .. function:: is_resource_enabled(resource) - Return :const:`True` if *resource* is enabled and available. The list of + Return ``True`` if *resource* is enabled and available. The list of available resources is only set when :mod:`test.regrtest` is executing the tests. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: Raise :exc:`ResourceDenied` if *resource* is not available. *msg* is the argument to :exc:`ResourceDenied` if it is raised. Always returns - :const:`True` if called by a function whose ``__name__`` is ``'__main__'``. + ``True`` if called by a function whose ``__name__`` is ``'__main__'``. Used when tests are executed by :mod:`test.regrtest`. @@ -286,6 +286,15 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: This will run all tests defined in the named module. +.. function:: run_doctest(module, verbosity=None) + + Run :func:`doctest.testmod` on the given *module*. Return + ``(failure_count, test_count)``. + + If *verbosity* is ``None``, :func:`doctest.testmod` is run with verbosity + set to :data:`verbose`. Otherwise, it is run with verbosity set to + ``None``. + .. function:: check_warnings(\*filters, quiet=True) A convenience wrapper for :func:`warnings.catch_warnings()` that makes it @@ -296,12 +305,12 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: ``check_warnings`` accepts 2-tuples of the form ``("message regexp", WarningCategory)`` as positional arguments. If one or more *filters* are - provided, or if the optional keyword argument *quiet* is :const:`False`, + provided, or if the optional keyword argument *quiet* is ``False``, it checks to make sure the warnings are as expected: each specified filter must match at least one of the warnings raised by the enclosed code or the test fails, and if any warnings are raised that do not match any of the specified filters the test fails. To disable the first of these checks, - set *quiet* to :const:`True`. + set *quiet* to ``True``. If no arguments are specified, it defaults to:: @@ -316,7 +325,7 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: representing the most recent warning can also be accessed directly through the recorder object (see example below). If no warning has been raised, then any of the attributes that would otherwise be expected on an object - representing a warning will return :const:`None`. + representing a warning will return ``None``. The recorder object also has a :meth:`reset` method, which clears the warnings list. @@ -354,7 +363,7 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: .. function:: captured_stdout() - This is a context manager that runs the :keyword:`with` statement body using + A context manager that runs the :keyword:`with` statement body using a :class:`StringIO.StringIO` object as sys.stdout. That object can be retrieved using the ``as`` clause of the :keyword:`with` statement. @@ -365,6 +374,50 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: assert s.getvalue() == "hello" +.. function:: temp_cwd(name='tempcwd', quiet=False, path=None) + + A context manager that temporarily changes the current working + directory (CWD). + + An existing path may be provided as *path*, in which case this function + makes no changes to the file system. + + Otherwise, the new CWD is created in the current directory and it's named + *name*. If *quiet* is ``False`` and it's not possible to create or + change the CWD, an error is raised. If it's ``True``, only a warning + is raised and the original CWD is used. + + +.. function:: temp_umask(umask) + + A context manager that temporarily sets the process umask. + + +.. function:: can_symlink() + + Return ``True`` if the OS supports symbolic links, ``False`` + otherwise. + + +.. function:: skip_unless_symlink() + + A decorator for running tests that require support for symbolic links. + + +.. function:: run_with_locale(catstr, *locales) + + A decorator for running a function in a different locale, correctly + resetting it after it has finished. *catstr* is the locale category as + a string (for example ``"LC_ALL"``). The *locales* passed will be tried + sequentially, and the first valid locale will be used. + + +.. function:: make_bad_fd() + + Create an invalid file descriptor by opening and closing a temporary file, + and returning its descripor. + + .. function:: import_module(name, deprecated=False) This function imports and returns the named module. Unlike a normal @@ -372,7 +425,7 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: cannot be imported. Module and package deprecation messages are suppressed during this import - if *deprecated* is :const:`True`. + if *deprecated* is ``True``. .. versionadded:: 3.1 @@ -396,9 +449,9 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: ``sys.modules`` when the fresh import is complete. Module and package deprecation messages are suppressed during this import - if *deprecated* is :const:`True`. + if *deprecated* is ``True``. - This function will raise :exc:`unittest.SkipTest` is the named module + This function will raise :exc:`unittest.SkipTest` if the named module cannot be imported. Example use:: @@ -413,6 +466,48 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: .. versionadded:: 3.1 +.. function:: bind_port(sock, host=HOST) + + Bind the socket to a free port and return the port number. Relies on + ephemeral ports in order to ensure we are using an unbound port. This is + important as many tests may be running simultaneously, especially in a + buildbot environment. This method raises an exception if the + ``sock.family`` is :const:`~socket.AF_INET` and ``sock.type`` is + :const:`~socket.SOCK_STREAM`, and the socket has + :const:`~socket.SO_REUSEADDR` or :const:`~socket.SO_REUSEPORT` set on it. + Tests should never set these socket options for TCP/IP sockets. + The only case for setting these options is testing multicasting via + multiple UDP sockets. + + Additionally, if the :const:`~socket.SO_EXCLUSIVEADDRUSE` socket option is + available (i.e. on Windows), it will be set on the socket. This will + prevent anyone else from binding to our host/port for the duration of the + test. + + +.. function:: find_unused_port(family=socket.AF_INET, socktype=socket.SOCK_STREAM) + + Returns an unused port that should be suitable for binding. This is + achieved by creating a temporary socket with the same family and type as + the ``sock`` parameter (default is :const:`~socket.AF_INET`, + :const:`~socket.SOCK_STREAM`), + and binding it to the specified host address (defaults to ``0.0.0.0``) + with the port set to 0, eliciting an unused ephemeral port from the OS. + The temporary socket is then closed and deleted, and the ephemeral port is + returned. + + Either this method or :func:`bind_port` should be used for any tests + where a server socket needs to be bound to a particular port for the + duration of the test. + Which one to use depends on whether the calling code is creating a python + socket, or if an unused port needs to be provided in a constructor + or passed to an external program (i.e. the ``-accept`` argument to + openssl's s_server mode). Always prefer :func:`bind_port` over + :func:`find_unused_port` where possible. Using a hard coded port is + discouraged since it can makes multiple instances of the test impossible to + run simultaneously, which is a problem for buildbots. + + The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following classes: .. class:: TransientResource(exc, **kwargs) diff --git a/Doc/library/threading.rst b/Doc/library/threading.rst index 5f1b9bf..504a2fb 100644 --- a/Doc/library/threading.rst +++ b/Doc/library/threading.rst @@ -20,17 +20,6 @@ The :mod:`dummy_threading` module is provided for situations where methods and functions in this module in the Python 2.x series are still supported by this module. -.. impl-detail:: - - Due to the :term:`Global Interpreter Lock`, in CPython only one thread - can execute Python code at once (even though certain performance-oriented - libraries might overcome this limitation). - If you want your application to make better of use of the computational - resources of multi-core machines, you are advised to use - :mod:`multiprocessing` or :class:`concurrent.futures.ProcessPoolExecutor`. - However, threading is still an appropriate model if you want to run - multiple I/O-bound tasks simultaneously. - This module defines the following functions and objects: @@ -59,6 +48,17 @@ This module defines the following functions and objects: returned. +.. function:: get_ident() + + Return the 'thread identifier' of the current thread. This is a nonzero + integer. Its value has no direct meaning; it is intended as a magic cookie + to be used e.g. to index a dictionary of thread-specific data. Thread + identifiers may be recycled when a thread exits and another thread is + created. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. function:: enumerate() Return a list of all :class:`Thread` objects currently alive. The list @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ changed through the :attr:`name` attribute. A thread can be flagged as a "daemon thread". The significance of this flag is that the entire Python program exits when only daemon threads are left. The initial value is inherited from the creating thread. The flag can be set -through the :attr:`daemon` property. +through the :attr:`daemon` property or the *daemon* constructor argument. There is a "main thread" object; this corresponds to the initial thread of control in the Python program. It is not a daemon thread. @@ -254,7 +254,8 @@ daemonic, and cannot be :meth:`join`\ ed. They are never deleted, since it is impossible to detect the termination of alien threads. -.. class:: Thread(group=None, target=None, name=None, args=(), kwargs={}) +.. class:: Thread(group=None, target=None, name=None, args=(), kwargs={}, + verbose=None, *, daemon=None) This constructor should always be called with keyword arguments. Arguments are: @@ -273,10 +274,19 @@ impossible to detect the termination of alien threads. *kwargs* is a dictionary of keyword arguments for the target invocation. Defaults to ``{}``. + *verbose* is a flag used for debugging messages. + + If not ``None``, *daemon* explicitly sets whether the thread is daemonic. + If ``None`` (the default), the daemonic property is inherited from the + current thread. + If the subclass overrides the constructor, it must make sure to invoke the base class constructor (``Thread.__init__()``) before doing anything else to the thread. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Added the *daemon* argument. + .. method:: start() Start the thread's activity. @@ -333,10 +343,10 @@ impossible to detect the termination of alien threads. .. attribute:: ident The 'thread identifier' of this thread or ``None`` if the thread has not - been started. This is a nonzero integer. See the - :func:`thread.get_ident()` function. Thread identifiers may be recycled - when a thread exits and another thread is created. The identifier is - available even after the thread has exited. + been started. This is a nonzero integer. See the :func:`get_ident()` + function. Thread identifiers may be recycled when a thread exits and + another thread is created. The identifier is available even after the + thread has exited. .. method:: is_alive() @@ -364,6 +374,18 @@ impossible to detect the termination of alien threads. property instead. +.. impl-detail:: + + Due to the :term:`Global Interpreter Lock`, in CPython only one thread + can execute Python code at once (even though certain performance-oriented + libraries might overcome this limitation). + If you want your application to make better of use of the computational + resources of multi-core machines, you are advised to use + :mod:`multiprocessing` or :class:`concurrent.futures.ProcessPoolExecutor`. + However, threading is still an appropriate model if you want to run + multiple I/O-bound tasks simultaneously. + + .. _lock-objects: Lock Objects diff --git a/Doc/library/time.rst b/Doc/library/time.rst index 7c464ac..d95d83c 100644 --- a/Doc/library/time.rst +++ b/Doc/library/time.rst @@ -41,25 +41,6 @@ An explanation of some terminology and conventions is in order. parsed, they are converted according to the POSIX and ISO C standards: values 69--99 are mapped to 1969--1999, and values 0--68 are mapped to 2000--2068. - For backward compatibility, years with less than 4 digits are treated - specially by :func:`asctime`, :func:`mktime`, and :func:`strftime` functions - that operate on a 9-tuple or :class:`struct_time` values. If year (the first - value in the 9-tuple) is specified with less than 4 digits, its interpretation - depends on the value of ``accept2dyear`` variable. - - If ``accept2dyear`` is true (default), a backward compatibility behavior is - invoked as follows: - - - for 2-digit year, century is guessed according to POSIX rules for - ``%y`` strptime format. A deprecation warning is issued when century - information is guessed in this way. - - - for 3-digit or negative year, a :exc:`ValueError` exception is raised. - - If ``accept2dyear`` is false (set by the program or as a result of a - non-empty value assigned to ``PYTHONY2K`` environment variable) all year - values are interpreted as given. - .. index:: single: UTC single: Coordinated Universal Time @@ -117,24 +98,6 @@ An explanation of some terminology and conventions is in order. The module defines the following functions and data items: - -.. data:: accept2dyear - - Boolean value indicating whether two-digit year values will be - mapped to 1969--2068 range by :func:`asctime`, :func:`mktime`, and - :func:`strftime` functions. This is true by default, but will be - set to false if the environment variable :envvar:`PYTHONY2K` has - been set to a non-empty string. It may also be modified at run - time. - - .. deprecated:: 3.2 - Mapping of 2-digit year values by :func:`asctime`, - :func:`mktime`, and :func:`strftime` functions to 1969--2068 - range is deprecated. Programs that need to process 2-digit - years should use ``%y`` code available in :func:`strptime` - function or convert 2-digit year values to 4-digit themselves. - - .. data:: altzone The offset of the local DST timezone, in seconds west of UTC, if one is defined. @@ -308,7 +271,7 @@ The module defines the following functions and data items: | ``%y`` | Year without century as a decimal number | | | | [00,99]. | | +-----------+------------------------------------------------+-------+ - | ``%Y`` | Year with century as a decimal number. | \(4) | + | ``%Y`` | Year with century as a decimal number. | | | | | | +-----------+------------------------------------------------+-------+ | ``%Z`` | Time zone name (no characters if no time zone | | @@ -332,12 +295,6 @@ The module defines the following functions and data items: When used with the :func:`strptime` function, ``%U`` and ``%W`` are only used in calculations when the day of the week and the year are specified. - (4) - Produces different results depending on the value of - ``time.accept2dyear`` variable. See :ref:`Year 2000 (Y2K) - issues <time-y2kissues>` for details. - - Here is an example, a format for dates compatible with that specified in the :rfc:`2822` Internet email standard. [#]_ :: @@ -418,8 +375,7 @@ The module defines the following functions and data items: +-------+-------------------+---------------------------------+ Note that unlike the C structure, the month value is a range of [1, 12], not - [0, 11]. A year value will be handled as described under :ref:`Year 2000 - (Y2K) issues <time-y2kissues>` above. A ``-1`` argument as the daylight + [0, 11]. A ``-1`` argument as the daylight savings flag, passed to :func:`mktime` will usually result in the correct daylight savings state to be filled in. diff --git a/Doc/library/unittest.rst b/Doc/library/unittest.rst index 6036f7d..7340588 100644 --- a/Doc/library/unittest.rst +++ b/Doc/library/unittest.rst @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ Test cases Here, we create two instances of :class:`WidgetTestCase`, each of which runs a single test. - .. versionchanged:: + .. versionchanged:: 3.2 :class:`TestCase` can be instantiated successfully without providing a method name. This makes it easier to experiment with :class:`TestCase` from the interactive interpreter. @@ -792,11 +792,14 @@ Test cases Run the test, collecting the result into the test result object passed as *result*. If *result* is omitted or ``None``, a temporary result object is created (by calling the :meth:`defaultTestResult` method) and - used. The result object is not returned to :meth:`run`'s caller. + used. The result object is returned to :meth:`run`'s caller. The same effect may be had by simply calling the :class:`TestCase` instance. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Previous versions of ``run`` did not return the result. Neither did + calling an instance. .. method:: skipTest(reason) @@ -857,10 +860,11 @@ Test cases | <TestCase.assertNotIsInstance>` | | | +-----------------------------------------+-----------------------------+---------------+ - All the assert methods (except :meth:`assertRaises`, - :meth:`assertRaisesRegex`, :meth:`assertWarns`, :meth:`assertWarnsRegex`) - accept a *msg* argument that, if specified, is used as the error message on - failure (see also :data:`longMessage`). + All the assert methods accept a *msg* argument that, if specified, is used + as the error message on failure (see also :data:`longMessage`). + Note that the *msg* keyword argument can be passed to :meth:`assertRaises`, + :meth:`assertRaisesRegex`, :meth:`assertWarns`, :meth:`assertWarnsRegex` + only when they are used as a context manager. .. method:: assertEqual(first, second, msg=None) @@ -954,7 +958,7 @@ Test cases +---------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------+------------+ .. method:: assertRaises(exception, callable, *args, **kwds) - assertRaises(exception) + assertRaises(exception, msg=None) Test that an exception is raised when *callable* is called with any positional or keyword arguments that are also passed to @@ -963,12 +967,16 @@ Test cases To catch any of a group of exceptions, a tuple containing the exception classes may be passed as *exception*. - If only the *exception* argument is given, returns a context manager so - that the code under test can be written inline rather than as a function:: + If only the *exception* and possibly the *msg* arguments are given, + return a context manager so that the code under test can be written + inline rather than as a function:: with self.assertRaises(SomeException): do_something() + When used as a context manager, :meth:`assertRaises` accepts the + additional keyword argument *msg*. + The context manager will store the caught exception object in its :attr:`exception` attribute. This can be useful if the intention is to perform additional checks on the exception raised:: @@ -985,9 +993,12 @@ Test cases .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Added the :attr:`exception` attribute. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Added the *msg* keyword argument when used as a context manager. + .. method:: assertRaisesRegex(exception, regex, callable, *args, **kwds) - assertRaisesRegex(exception, regex) + assertRaisesRegex(exception, regex, msg=None) Like :meth:`assertRaises` but also tests that *regex* matches on the string representation of the raised exception. *regex* may be @@ -1004,12 +1015,16 @@ Test cases .. versionadded:: 3.1 under the name ``assertRaisesRegexp``. + .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Renamed to :meth:`assertRaisesRegex`. + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Added the *msg* keyword argument when used as a context manager. + .. method:: assertWarns(warning, callable, *args, **kwds) - assertWarns(warning) + assertWarns(warning, msg=None) Test that a warning is triggered when *callable* is called with any positional or keyword arguments that are also passed to @@ -1018,12 +1033,16 @@ Test cases To catch any of a group of warnings, a tuple containing the warning classes may be passed as *warnings*. - If only the *warning* argument is given, returns a context manager so - that the code under test can be written inline rather than as a function:: + If only the *warning* and possibly the *msg* arguments are given, + returns a context manager so that the code under test can be written + inline rather than as a function:: with self.assertWarns(SomeWarning): do_something() + When used as a context manager, :meth:`assertRaises` accepts the + additional keyword argument *msg*. + The context manager will store the caught warning object in its :attr:`warning` attribute, and the source line which triggered the warnings in the :attr:`filename` and :attr:`lineno` attributes. @@ -1041,9 +1060,12 @@ Test cases .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Added the *msg* keyword argument when used as a context manager. + .. method:: assertWarnsRegex(warning, regex, callable, *args, **kwds) - assertWarnsRegex(warning, regex) + assertWarnsRegex(warning, regex, msg=None) Like :meth:`assertWarns` but also tests that *regex* matches on the message of the triggered warning. *regex* may be a regular expression @@ -1061,6 +1083,8 @@ Test cases .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Added the *msg* keyword argument when used as a context manager. There are also other methods used to perform more specific checks, such as: diff --git a/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst b/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst index 7dfdf3e..825398b 100644 --- a/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst +++ b/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst @@ -240,10 +240,11 @@ The following classes are provided: .. class:: HTTPBasicAuthHandler(password_mgr=None) - Handle authentication with the remote host. *password_mgr*, if given, should be - something that is compatible with :class:`HTTPPasswordMgr`; refer to section - :ref:`http-password-mgr` for information on the interface that must be - supported. + Handle authentication with the remote host. *password_mgr*, if given, should + be something that is compatible with :class:`HTTPPasswordMgr`; refer to + section :ref:`http-password-mgr` for information on the interface that must + be supported. HTTPBasicAuthHandler will raise a :exc:`ValueError` when + presented with a wrong Authentication scheme. .. class:: ProxyBasicAuthHandler(password_mgr=None) @@ -265,10 +266,19 @@ The following classes are provided: .. class:: HTTPDigestAuthHandler(password_mgr=None) - Handle authentication with the remote host. *password_mgr*, if given, should be - something that is compatible with :class:`HTTPPasswordMgr`; refer to section - :ref:`http-password-mgr` for information on the interface that must be - supported. + Handle authentication with the remote host. *password_mgr*, if given, should + be something that is compatible with :class:`HTTPPasswordMgr`; refer to + section :ref:`http-password-mgr` for information on the interface that must + be supported. When both Digest Authentication Handler and Basic + Authentication Handler are both added, Digest Authentication is always tried + first. If the Digest Authentication returns a 40x response again, it is sent + to Basic Authentication handler to Handle. This Handler method will raise a + :exc:`ValueError` when presented with an authentication scheme other than + Digest or Basic. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Raise :exc:`ValueError` on unsupported Authentication Scheme. + .. class:: ProxyDigestAuthHandler(password_mgr=None) diff --git a/Doc/library/warnings.rst b/Doc/library/warnings.rst index 8af19a2..8387f5a 100644 --- a/Doc/library/warnings.rst +++ b/Doc/library/warnings.rst @@ -339,8 +339,7 @@ Available Functions Write a warning to a file. The default implementation calls ``formatwarning(message, category, filename, lineno, line)`` and writes the resulting string to *file*, which defaults to ``sys.stderr``. You may replace - this function with an alternative implementation by assigning to - ``warnings.showwarning``. + this function with any callable by assigning to ``warnings.showwarning``. *line* is a line of source code to be included in the warning message; if *line* is not supplied, :func:`showwarning` will try to read the line specified by *filename* and *lineno*. diff --git a/Doc/library/zlib.rst b/Doc/library/zlib.rst index a7b8343..54835e7 100644 --- a/Doc/library/zlib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/zlib.rst @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Compression objects support the following methods: compress a set of data that share a common initial prefix. -Decompression objects support the following methods, and two attributes: +Decompression objects support the following methods and attributes: .. attribute:: Decompress.unused_data @@ -162,13 +162,6 @@ Decompression objects support the following methods, and two attributes: available. If the whole bytestring turned out to contain compressed data, this is ``b""``, an empty bytes object. - The only way to determine where a bytestring of compressed data ends is by actually - decompressing it. This means that when compressed data is contained part of a - larger file, you can only find the end of it by reading data and feeding it - followed by some non-empty bytestring into a decompression object's - :meth:`decompress` method until the :attr:`unused_data` attribute is no longer - empty. - .. attribute:: Decompress.unconsumed_tail @@ -179,6 +172,17 @@ Decompression objects support the following methods, and two attributes: :meth:`decompress` method call in order to get correct output. +.. attribute:: Decompress.eof + + A boolean indicating whether the end of the compressed data stream has been + reached. + + This makes it possible to distinguish between a properly-formed compressed + stream, and an incomplete or truncated one. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. method:: Decompress.decompress(data[, max_length]) Decompress *data*, returning a bytes object containing the uncompressed data diff --git a/Doc/license.rst b/Doc/license.rst index e1868e8..9119f18 100644 --- a/Doc/license.rst +++ b/Doc/license.rst @@ -110,6 +110,8 @@ been GPL-compatible; the table below summarizes the various releases. +----------------+--------------+------------+------------+-----------------+ | 3.2 | 3.1 | 2011 | PSF | yes | +----------------+--------------+------------+------------+-----------------+ +| 3.3 | 3.2 | 2012 | PSF | yes | ++----------------+--------------+------------+------------+-----------------+ .. note:: diff --git a/Doc/packaging/builtdist.rst b/Doc/packaging/builtdist.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1e5e93 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/builtdist.rst @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +.. _packaging-built-dist: + +**************************** +Creating Built Distributions +**************************** + +A "built distribution" is what you're probably used to thinking of either as a +"binary package" or an "installer" (depending on your background). It's not +necessarily binary, though, because it might contain only Python source code +and/or byte-code; and we don't call it a package, because that word is already +spoken for in Python. (And "installer" is a term specific to the world of +mainstream desktop systems.) + +A built distribution is how you make life as easy as possible for installers of +your module distribution: for users of RPM-based Linux systems, it's a binary +RPM; for Windows users, it's an executable installer; for Debian-based Linux +users, it's a Debian package; and so forth. Obviously, no one person will be +able to create built distributions for every platform under the sun, so the +Distutils are designed to enable module developers to concentrate on their +specialty---writing code and creating source distributions---while an +intermediary species called *packagers* springs up to turn source distributions +into built distributions for as many platforms as there are packagers. + +Of course, the module developer could be his own packager; or the packager could +be a volunteer "out there" somewhere who has access to a platform which the +original developer does not; or it could be software periodically grabbing new +source distributions and turning them into built distributions for as many +platforms as the software has access to. Regardless of who they are, a packager +uses the setup script and the :command:`bdist` command family to generate built +distributions. + +As a simple example, if I run the following command in the Distutils source +tree:: + + python setup.py bdist + +then the Distutils builds my module distribution (the Distutils itself in this +case), does a "fake" installation (also in the :file:`build` directory), and +creates the default type of built distribution for my platform. The default +format for built distributions is a "dumb" tar file on Unix, and a simple +executable installer on Windows. (That tar file is considered "dumb" because it +has to be unpacked in a specific location to work.) + +Thus, the above command on a Unix system creates +:file:`Distutils-1.0.{plat}.tar.gz`; unpacking this tarball from the right place +installs the Distutils just as though you had downloaded the source distribution +and run ``python setup.py install``. (The "right place" is either the root of +the filesystem or Python's :file:`{prefix}` directory, depending on the options +given to the :command:`bdist_dumb` command; the default is to make dumb +distributions relative to :file:`{prefix}`.) + +Obviously, for pure Python distributions, this isn't any simpler than just +running ``python setup.py install``\ ---but for non-pure distributions, which +include extensions that would need to be compiled, it can mean the difference +between someone being able to use your extensions or not. And creating "smart" +built distributions, such as an executable installer for +Windows, is far more convenient for users even if your distribution doesn't +include any extensions. + +The :command:`bdist` command has a :option:`--formats` option, similar to the +:command:`sdist` command, which you can use to select the types of built +distribution to generate: for example, :: + + python setup.py bdist --format=zip + +would, when run on a Unix system, create :file:`Distutils-1.0.{plat}.zip`\ +---again, this archive would be unpacked from the root directory to install the +Distutils. + +The available formats for built distributions are: + ++-------------+------------------------------+---------+ +| Format | Description | Notes | ++=============+==============================+=========+ +| ``gztar`` | gzipped tar file | (1),(3) | +| | (:file:`.tar.gz`) | | ++-------------+------------------------------+---------+ +| ``tar`` | tar file (:file:`.tar`) | \(3) | ++-------------+------------------------------+---------+ +| ``zip`` | zip file (:file:`.zip`) | (2),(4) | ++-------------+------------------------------+---------+ +| ``wininst`` | self-extracting ZIP file for | \(4) | +| | Windows | | ++-------------+------------------------------+---------+ +| ``msi`` | Microsoft Installer. | | ++-------------+------------------------------+---------+ + + +Notes: + +(1) + default on Unix + +(2) + default on Windows + +(3) + requires external utilities: :program:`tar` and possibly one of :program:`gzip` + or :program:`bzip2` + +(4) + requires either external :program:`zip` utility or :mod:`zipfile` module (part + of the standard Python library since Python 1.6) + +You don't have to use the :command:`bdist` command with the :option:`--formats` +option; you can also use the command that directly implements the format you're +interested in. Some of these :command:`bdist` "sub-commands" actually generate +several similar formats; for instance, the :command:`bdist_dumb` command +generates all the "dumb" archive formats (``tar``, ``gztar``, and +``zip``). The :command:`bdist` sub-commands, and the formats generated by +each, are: + ++--------------------------+-----------------------+ +| Command | Formats | ++==========================+=======================+ +| :command:`bdist_dumb` | tar, gztar, zip | ++--------------------------+-----------------------+ +| :command:`bdist_wininst` | wininst | ++--------------------------+-----------------------+ +| :command:`bdist_msi` | msi | ++--------------------------+-----------------------+ + +The following sections give details on the individual :command:`bdist_\*` +commands. + + +.. _packaging-creating-dumb: + +Creating dumb built distributions +================================= + +.. XXX Need to document absolute vs. prefix-relative packages here, but first + I have to implement it! + + +.. _packaging-creating-wininst: + +Creating Windows Installers +=========================== + +Executable installers are the natural format for binary distributions on +Windows. They display a nice graphical user interface, display some information +about the module distribution to be installed taken from the metadata in the +setup script, let the user select a few options, and start or cancel the +installation. + +Since the metadata is taken from the setup script, creating Windows installers +is usually as easy as running:: + + python setup.py bdist_wininst + +or the :command:`bdist` command with the :option:`--formats` option:: + + python setup.py bdist --formats=wininst + +If you have a pure module distribution (only containing pure Python modules and +packages), the resulting installer will be version independent and have a name +like :file:`foo-1.0.win32.exe`. These installers can even be created on Unix +platforms or Mac OS X. + +If you have a non-pure distribution, the extensions can only be created on a +Windows platform, and will be Python version dependent. The installer filename +will reflect this and now has the form :file:`foo-1.0.win32-py2.0.exe`. You +have to create a separate installer for every Python version you want to +support. + +.. TODO Add :term: markup to bytecode when merging into the stdlib + +The installer will try to compile pure modules into bytecode after installation +on the target system in normal and optimizing mode. If you don't want this to +happen for some reason, you can run the :command:`bdist_wininst` command with +the :option:`--no-target-compile` and/or the :option:`--no-target-optimize` +option. + +By default the installer will display the cool "Python Powered" logo when it is +run, but you can also supply your own 152x261 bitmap which must be a Windows +:file:`.bmp` file with the :option:`--bitmap` option. + +The installer will also display a large title on the desktop background window +when it is run, which is constructed from the name of your distribution and the +version number. This can be changed to another text by using the +:option:`--title` option. + +The installer file will be written to the "distribution directory" --- normally +:file:`dist/`, but customizable with the :option:`--dist-dir` option. + +.. _packaging-cross-compile-windows: + +Cross-compiling on Windows +========================== + +Starting with Python 2.6, packaging is capable of cross-compiling between +Windows platforms. In practice, this means that with the correct tools +installed, you can use a 32bit version of Windows to create 64bit extensions +and vice-versa. + +To build for an alternate platform, specify the :option:`--plat-name` option +to the build command. Valid values are currently 'win32', 'win-amd64' and +'win-ia64'. For example, on a 32bit version of Windows, you could execute:: + + python setup.py build --plat-name=win-amd64 + +to build a 64bit version of your extension. The Windows Installers also +support this option, so the command:: + + python setup.py build --plat-name=win-amd64 bdist_wininst + +would create a 64bit installation executable on your 32bit version of Windows. + +To cross-compile, you must download the Python source code and cross-compile +Python itself for the platform you are targetting - it is not possible from a +binary installtion of Python (as the .lib etc file for other platforms are +not included.) In practice, this means the user of a 32 bit operating +system will need to use Visual Studio 2008 to open the +:file:`PCBuild/PCbuild.sln` solution in the Python source tree and build the +"x64" configuration of the 'pythoncore' project before cross-compiling +extensions is possible. + +Note that by default, Visual Studio 2008 does not install 64bit compilers or +tools. You may need to reexecute the Visual Studio setup process and select +these tools (using Control Panel->[Add/Remove] Programs is a convenient way to +check or modify your existing install.) + +.. _packaging-postinstallation-script: + +The Postinstallation script +--------------------------- + +Starting with Python 2.3, a postinstallation script can be specified with the +:option:`--install-script` option. The basename of the script must be +specified, and the script filename must also be listed in the scripts argument +to the setup function. + +This script will be run at installation time on the target system after all the +files have been copied, with ``argv[1]`` set to :option:`-install`, and again at +uninstallation time before the files are removed with ``argv[1]`` set to +:option:`-remove`. + +The installation script runs embedded in the windows installer, every output +(``sys.stdout``, ``sys.stderr``) is redirected into a buffer and will be +displayed in the GUI after the script has finished. + +Some functions especially useful in this context are available as additional +built-in functions in the installation script. + +.. currentmodule:: bdist_wininst-postinst-script + +.. function:: directory_created(path) + file_created(path) + + These functions should be called when a directory or file is created by the + postinstall script at installation time. It will register *path* with the + uninstaller, so that it will be removed when the distribution is uninstalled. + To be safe, directories are only removed if they are empty. + + +.. function:: get_special_folder_path(csidl_string) + + This function can be used to retrieve special folder locations on Windows like + the Start Menu or the Desktop. It returns the full path to the folder. + *csidl_string* must be one of the following strings:: + + "CSIDL_APPDATA" + + "CSIDL_COMMON_STARTMENU" + "CSIDL_STARTMENU" + + "CSIDL_COMMON_DESKTOPDIRECTORY" + "CSIDL_DESKTOPDIRECTORY" + + "CSIDL_COMMON_STARTUP" + "CSIDL_STARTUP" + + "CSIDL_COMMON_PROGRAMS" + "CSIDL_PROGRAMS" + + "CSIDL_FONTS" + + If the folder cannot be retrieved, :exc:`OSError` is raised. + + Which folders are available depends on the exact Windows version, and probably + also the configuration. For details refer to Microsoft's documentation of the + :c:func:`SHGetSpecialFolderPath` function. + + +.. function:: create_shortcut(target, description, filename[, arguments[, workdir[, iconpath[, iconindex]]]]) + + This function creates a shortcut. *target* is the path to the program to be + started by the shortcut. *description* is the description of the shortcut. + *filename* is the title of the shortcut that the user will see. *arguments* + specifies the command-line arguments, if any. *workdir* is the working directory + for the program. *iconpath* is the file containing the icon for the shortcut, + and *iconindex* is the index of the icon in the file *iconpath*. Again, for + details consult the Microsoft documentation for the :class:`IShellLink` + interface. + + +Vista User Access Control (UAC) +=============================== + +Starting with Python 2.6, bdist_wininst supports a :option:`--user-access-control` +option. The default is 'none' (meaning no UAC handling is done), and other +valid values are 'auto' (meaning prompt for UAC elevation if Python was +installed for all users) and 'force' (meaning always prompt for elevation). diff --git a/Doc/packaging/commandhooks.rst b/Doc/packaging/commandhooks.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b261d00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/commandhooks.rst @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +.. TODO integrate this in commandref and configfile + +.. _packaging-command-hooks: + +============= +Command hooks +============= + +Packaging provides a way of extending its commands by the use of pre- and +post-command hooks. Hooks are Python functions (or any callable object) that +take a command object as argument. They're specified in :ref:`config files +<packaging-config-filenames>` using their fully qualified names. After a +command is finalized (its options are processed), the pre-command hooks are +executed, then the command itself is run, and finally the post-command hooks are +executed. + +See also global setup hooks in :ref:`setupcfg-spec`. + + +.. _packaging-finding-hooks: + +Finding hooks +============= + +As a hook is configured with a Python dotted name, it must either be defined in +a module installed on the system, or in a module present in the project +directory, where the :file:`setup.cfg` file lives:: + + # file: _setuphooks.py + + def hook(install_cmd): + metadata = install_cmd.dist.metadata + print('Hooked while installing %r %s!' % (metadata['Name'], + metadata['Version'])) + +Then you need to configure it in :file:`setup.cfg`:: + + [install_dist] + pre-hook.a = _setuphooks.hook + +Packaging will add the project directory to :data:`sys.path` and find the +``_setuphooks`` module. + +Hooks defined in different config files (system-wide, user-wide and +project-wide) do not override each other as long as they are specified with +different aliases (additional names after the dot). The alias in the example +above is ``a``. diff --git a/Doc/packaging/commandref.rst b/Doc/packaging/commandref.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ec7505 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/commandref.rst @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +.. _packaging-command-reference: + +***************** +Command Reference +***************** + +This reference briefly documents all standard Packaging commands and some of +their options. + +.. FIXME does not work: Use pysetup run --help-commands to list all + standard and extra commands availavble on your system, with their + description. Use pysetup run <command> --help to get help about the options + of one command. + +.. XXX sections from this document should be merged with other docs (e.g. check + and upload with uploading.rst, install_* with install/install.rst, etc.); + there is no value in partially duplicating information. this file could + however serve as an index, i.e. just a list of all commands with links to + every section that describes options or usage + + +Preparing distributions +======================= + +:command:`check` +---------------- + +Perform some tests on the metadata of a distribution. + +For example, it verifies that all required metadata fields are provided in the +:file:`setup.cfg` file. + +.. TODO document reST checks + + +:command:`test` +--------------- + +Run a test suite. + +When doing test-driven development, or running automated builds that need +testing before they are installed for downloading or use, it's often useful to +be able to run a project's unit tests without actually installing the project +anywhere. The :command:`test` command runs project's unit tests without +actually installing it, by temporarily putting the project's source on +:data:`sys.path`, after first running :command:`build_ext -i` to ensure that any +C extensions are built. + +You can use this command in one of two ways: either by specifying a +unittest-compatible test suite for your project (or any callable that returns +it) or by passing a test runner function that will run your tests and display +results in the console. Both options take a Python dotted name in the form +``package.module.callable`` to specify the object to use. + +If none of these options are specified, Packaging will try to perform test +discovery using either unittest (for Python 3.2 and higher) or unittest2 (for +older versions, if installed). + +.. this is a pseudo-command name used to disambiguate the options in indexes and + links +.. program:: packaging test + +.. cmdoption:: --suite=NAME, -s NAME + + Specify the test suite (or module, class, or method) to be run. The default + for this option can be set by in the project's :file:`setup.cfg` file: + + .. code-block:: cfg + + [test] + suite = mypackage.tests.get_all_tests + +.. cmdoption:: --runner=NAME, -r NAME + + Specify the test runner to be called. + + +:command:`config` +----------------- + +Perform distribution configuration. + + +The build step +============== + +This step is mainly useful to compile C/C++ libraries or extension modules. The +build commands can be run manually to check for syntax errors or packaging +issues (for example if the addition of a new source file was forgotten in the +:file:`setup.cfg` file), and is also run automatically by commands which need +it. Packaging checks the mtime of source and built files to avoid re-building +if it's not necessary. + + +:command:`build` +---------------- + +Build all files of a distribution, delegating to the other :command:`build_*` +commands to do the work. + + +:command:`build_clib` +--------------------- + +Build C libraries. + + +:command:`build_ext` +-------------------- + +Build C/C++ extension modules. + + +:command:`build_py` +------------------- + +Build the Python modules (just copy them to the build directory) and +byte-compile them to .pyc files. + + +:command:`build_scripts` +------------------------ +Build the scripts (just copy them to the build directory and adjust their +shebang if they're Python scripts). + + +:command:`clean` +---------------- + +Clean the build tree of the release. + +.. program:: packaging clean + +.. cmdoption:: --all, -a + + Remove build directories for modules, scripts, etc., not only temporary build + by-products. + + +Creating source and built distributions +======================================= + +:command:`sdist` +---------------- + +Build a source distribution for a release. + +It is recommended that you always build and upload a source distribution. Users +of OSes with easy access to compilers and users of advanced packaging tools will +prefer to compile from source rather than using pre-built distributions. For +Windows users, providing a binary installer is also recommended practice. + + +:command:`bdist` +---------------- + +Build a binary distribution for a release. + +This command will call other :command:`bdist_*` commands to create one or more +distributions depending on the options given. The default is to create a +.tar.gz archive on Unix and a zip archive on Windows or OS/2. + +.. program:: packaging bdist + +.. cmdoption:: --formats + + Binary formats to build (comma-separated list). + +.. cmdoption:: --show-formats + + Dump list of available formats. + + +:command:`bdist_dumb` +--------------------- + +Build a "dumb" installer, a simple archive of files that could be unpacked under +``$prefix`` or ``$exec_prefix``. + + +:command:`bdist_wininst` +------------------------ + +Build a Windows installer. + + +:command:`bdist_msi` +-------------------- + +Build a `Microsoft Installer`_ (.msi) file. + +.. _Microsoft Installer: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc185688(VS.85).aspx + +In most cases, the :command:`bdist_msi` installer is a better choice than the +:command:`bdist_wininst` installer, because it provides better support for Win64 +platforms, allows administrators to perform non-interactive installations, and +allows installation through group policies. + + +Publishing distributions +======================== + +:command:`register` +------------------- + +This command registers the current release with the Python Package Index. This +is described in more detail in :PEP:`301`. + +.. TODO explain user and project registration with the web UI + + +:command:`upload` +----------------- + +Upload source and/or binary distributions to PyPI. + +The distributions have to be built on the same command line as the +:command:`upload` command; see :ref:`packaging-package-upload` for more info. + +.. program:: packaging upload + +.. cmdoption:: --sign, -s + + Sign each uploaded file using GPG (GNU Privacy Guard). The ``gpg`` program + must be available for execution on the system ``PATH``. + +.. cmdoption:: --identity=NAME, -i NAME + + Specify the identity or key name for GPG to use when signing. The value of + this option will be passed through the ``--local-user`` option of the + ``gpg`` program. + +.. cmdoption:: --show-response + + Display the full response text from server; this is useful for debugging + PyPI problems. + +.. cmdoption:: --repository=URL, -r URL + + The URL of the repository to upload to. Defaults to + http://pypi.python.org/pypi (i.e., the main PyPI installation). + +.. cmdoption:: --upload-docs + + Also run :command:`upload_docs`. Mainly useful as a default value in + :file:`setup.cfg` (on the command line, it's shorter to just type both + commands). + + +:command:`upload_docs` +---------------------- + +Upload HTML documentation to PyPI. + +PyPI now supports publishing project documentation at a URI of the form +``http://packages.python.org/<project>``. :command:`upload_docs` will create +the necessary zip file out of a documentation directory and will post to the +repository. + +Note that to upload the documentation of a project, the corresponding version +must already be registered with PyPI, using the :command:`register` command --- +just like with :command:`upload`. + +Assuming there is an ``Example`` project with documentation in the subdirectory +:file:`docs`, for example:: + + Example/ + example.py + setup.cfg + docs/ + build/ + html/ + index.html + tips_tricks.html + conf.py + index.txt + tips_tricks.txt + +You can simply specify the directory with the HTML files in your +:file:`setup.cfg` file: + +.. code-block:: cfg + + [upload_docs] + upload-dir = docs/build/html + + +.. program:: packaging upload_docs + +.. cmdoption:: --upload-dir + + The directory to be uploaded to the repository. By default documentation + is searched for in ``docs`` (or ``doc``) directory in project root. + +.. cmdoption:: --show-response + + Display the full response text from server; this is useful for debugging + PyPI problems. + +.. cmdoption:: --repository=URL, -r URL + + The URL of the repository to upload to. Defaults to + http://pypi.python.org/pypi (i.e., the main PyPI installation). + + +The install step +================ + +These commands are used by end-users of a project using :program:`pysetup` or +another compatible installer. Each command will run the corresponding +:command:`build_*` command and then move the built files to their destination on +the target system. + + +:command:`install_dist` +----------------------- + +Install a distribution, delegating to the other :command:`install_*` commands to +do the work. See :ref:`packaging-how-install-works` for complete usage +instructions. + + +:command:`install_data` +----------------------- + +Install data files. + + +:command:`install_distinfo` +--------------------------- + +Install files recording details of the installation as specified in :PEP:`376`. + + +:command:`install_headers` +-------------------------- + +Install C/C++ header files. + + +:command:`install_lib` +---------------------- + +Install C library files. + + +:command:`install_scripts` +-------------------------- + +Install scripts. diff --git a/Doc/packaging/configfile.rst b/Doc/packaging/configfile.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..825b5cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/configfile.rst @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +.. _packaging-setup-config: + +************************************ +Writing the Setup Configuration File +************************************ + +Often, it's not possible to write down everything needed to build a distribution +*a priori*: you may need to get some information from the user, or from the +user's system, in order to proceed. As long as that information is fairly +simple---a list of directories to search for C header files or libraries, for +example---then providing a configuration file, :file:`setup.cfg`, for users to +edit is a cheap and easy way to solicit it. Configuration files also let you +provide default values for any command option, which the installer can then +override either on the command line or by editing the config file. + +The setup configuration file is a useful middle-ground between the setup script +---which, ideally, would be opaque to installers [#]_---and the command line to +the setup script, which is outside of your control and entirely up to the +installer. In fact, :file:`setup.cfg` (and any other Distutils configuration +files present on the target system) are processed after the contents of the +setup script, but before the command line. This has several useful +consequences: + +.. If you have more advanced needs, such as determining which extensions to + build based on what capabilities are present on the target system, then you + need the Distutils auto-configuration facility. This started to appear in + Distutils 0.9 but, as of this writing, isn't mature or stable enough yet + for real-world use. + +* installers can override some of what you put in :file:`setup.py` by editing + :file:`setup.cfg` + +* you can provide non-standard defaults for options that are not easily set in + :file:`setup.py` + +* installers can override anything in :file:`setup.cfg` using the command-line + options to :file:`setup.py` + +The basic syntax of the configuration file is simple:: + + [command] + option = value + ... + +where *command* is one of the Distutils commands (e.g. :command:`build_py`, +:command:`install_dist`), and *option* is one of the options that command supports. +Any number of options can be supplied for each command, and any number of +command sections can be included in the file. Blank lines are ignored, as are +comments, which run from a ``'#'`` character until the end of the line. Long +option values can be split across multiple lines simply by indenting the +continuation lines. + +You can find out the list of options supported by a particular command with the +universal :option:`--help` option, e.g. :: + + > python setup.py --help build_ext + [...] + Options for 'build_ext' command: + --build-lib (-b) directory for compiled extension modules + --build-temp (-t) directory for temporary files (build by-products) + --inplace (-i) ignore build-lib and put compiled extensions into the + source directory alongside your pure Python modules + --include-dirs (-I) list of directories to search for header files + --define (-D) C preprocessor macros to define + --undef (-U) C preprocessor macros to undefine + --swig-opts list of SWIG command-line options + [...] + +.. XXX do we want to support ``setup.py --help metadata``? + +Note that an option spelled :option:`--foo-bar` on the command line is spelled +:option:`foo_bar` in configuration files. + +For example, say you want your extensions to be built "in-place"---that is, you +have an extension :mod:`pkg.ext`, and you want the compiled extension file +(:file:`ext.so` on Unix, say) to be put in the same source directory as your +pure Python modules :mod:`pkg.mod1` and :mod:`pkg.mod2`. You can always use the +:option:`--inplace` option on the command line to ensure this:: + + python setup.py build_ext --inplace + +But this requires that you always specify the :command:`build_ext` command +explicitly, and remember to provide :option:`--inplace`. An easier way is to +"set and forget" this option, by encoding it in :file:`setup.cfg`, the +configuration file for this distribution:: + + [build_ext] + inplace = 1 + +This will affect all builds of this module distribution, whether or not you +explicitly specify :command:`build_ext`. If you include :file:`setup.cfg` in +your source distribution, it will also affect end-user builds---which is +probably a bad idea for this option, since always building extensions in-place +would break installation of the module distribution. In certain peculiar cases, +though, modules are built right in their installation directory, so this is +conceivably a useful ability. (Distributing extensions that expect to be built +in their installation directory is almost always a bad idea, though.) + +Another example: certain commands take options that vary from project to +project but not depending on the installation system, for example, +:command:`test` needs to know where your test suite is located and what test +runner to use; likewise, :command:`upload_docs` can find HTML documentation in +a :file:`doc` or :file:`docs` directory, but needs an option to find files in +:file:`docs/build/html`. Instead of having to type out these options each +time you want to run the command, you can put them in the project's +:file:`setup.cfg`:: + + [test] + suite = packaging.tests + + [upload_docs] + upload-dir = docs/build/html + + +.. seealso:: + + :ref:`packaging-config-syntax` in "Installing Python Projects" + More information on the configuration files is available in the manual for + system administrators. + + +.. rubric:: Footnotes + +.. [#] This ideal probably won't be achieved until auto-configuration is fully + supported by the Distutils. diff --git a/Doc/packaging/examples.rst b/Doc/packaging/examples.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..594ade0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/examples.rst @@ -0,0 +1,334 @@ +.. _packaging-examples: + +******** +Examples +******** + +This chapter provides a number of basic examples to help get started with +Packaging. + + +.. _packaging-pure-mod: + +Pure Python distribution (by module) +==================================== + +If you're just distributing a couple of modules, especially if they don't live +in a particular package, you can specify them individually using the +:option:`py_modules` option in the setup script. + +In the simplest case, you'll have two files to worry about: a setup script and +the single module you're distributing, :file:`foo.py` in this example:: + + <root>/ + setup.py + foo.py + +(In all diagrams in this section, *<root>* will refer to the distribution root +directory.) A minimal setup script to describe this situation would be:: + + from packaging.core import setup + setup(name='foo', + version='1.0', + py_modules=['foo']) + +Note that the name of the distribution is specified independently with the +:option:`name` option, and there's no rule that says it has to be the same as +the name of the sole module in the distribution (although that's probably a good +convention to follow). However, the distribution name is used to generate +filenames, so you should stick to letters, digits, underscores, and hyphens. + +Since :option:`py_modules` is a list, you can of course specify multiple +modules, e.g. if you're distributing modules :mod:`foo` and :mod:`bar`, your +setup might look like this:: + + <root>/ + setup.py + foo.py + bar.py + +and the setup script might be :: + + from packaging.core import setup + setup(name='foobar', + version='1.0', + py_modules=['foo', 'bar']) + +You can put module source files into another directory, but if you have enough +modules to do that, it's probably easier to specify modules by package rather +than listing them individually. + + +.. _packaging-pure-pkg: + +Pure Python distribution (by package) +===================================== + +If you have more than a couple of modules to distribute, especially if they are +in multiple packages, it's probably easier to specify whole packages rather than +individual modules. This works even if your modules are not in a package; you +can just tell the Distutils to process modules from the root package, and that +works the same as any other package (except that you don't have to have an +:file:`__init__.py` file). + +The setup script from the last example could also be written as :: + + from packaging.core import setup + setup(name='foobar', + version='1.0', + packages=['']) + +(The empty string stands for the root package.) + +If those two files are moved into a subdirectory, but remain in the root +package, e.g.:: + + <root>/ + setup.py + src/ + foo.py + bar.py + +then you would still specify the root package, but you have to tell the +Distutils where source files in the root package live:: + + from packaging.core import setup + setup(name='foobar', + version='1.0', + package_dir={'': 'src'}, + packages=['']) + +More typically, though, you will want to distribute multiple modules in the same +package (or in sub-packages). For example, if the :mod:`foo` and :mod:`bar` +modules belong in package :mod:`foobar`, one way to lay out your source tree is + +:: + + <root>/ + setup.py + foobar/ + __init__.py + foo.py + bar.py + +This is in fact the default layout expected by the Distutils, and the one that +requires the least work to describe in your setup script:: + + from packaging.core import setup + setup(name='foobar', + version='1.0', + packages=['foobar']) + +If you want to put modules in directories not named for their package, then you +need to use the :option:`package_dir` option again. For example, if the +:file:`src` directory holds modules in the :mod:`foobar` package:: + + <root>/ + setup.py + src/ + __init__.py + foo.py + bar.py + +an appropriate setup script would be :: + + from packaging.core import setup + setup(name='foobar', + version='1.0', + package_dir={'foobar': 'src'}, + packages=['foobar']) + +Or, you might put modules from your main package right in the distribution +root:: + + <root>/ + setup.py + __init__.py + foo.py + bar.py + +in which case your setup script would be :: + + from packaging.core import setup + setup(name='foobar', + version='1.0', + package_dir={'foobar': ''}, + packages=['foobar']) + +(The empty string also stands for the current directory.) + +If you have sub-packages, they must be explicitly listed in :option:`packages`, +but any entries in :option:`package_dir` automatically extend to sub-packages. +(In other words, the Distutils does *not* scan your source tree, trying to +figure out which directories correspond to Python packages by looking for +:file:`__init__.py` files.) Thus, if the default layout grows a sub-package:: + + <root>/ + setup.py + foobar/ + __init__.py + foo.py + bar.py + subfoo/ + __init__.py + blah.py + +then the corresponding setup script would be :: + + from packaging.core import setup + setup(name='foobar', + version='1.0', + packages=['foobar', 'foobar.subfoo']) + +(Again, the empty string in :option:`package_dir` stands for the current +directory.) + + +.. _packaging-single-ext: + +Single extension module +======================= + +Extension modules are specified using the :option:`ext_modules` option. +:option:`package_dir` has no effect on where extension source files are found; +it only affects the source for pure Python modules. The simplest case, a +single extension module in a single C source file, is:: + + <root>/ + setup.py + foo.c + +If the :mod:`foo` extension belongs in the root package, the setup script for +this could be :: + + from packaging.core import setup, Extension + setup(name='foobar', + version='1.0', + ext_modules=[Extension('foo', ['foo.c'])]) + +If the extension actually belongs in a package, say :mod:`foopkg`, then + +With exactly the same source tree layout, this extension can be put in the +:mod:`foopkg` package simply by changing the name of the extension:: + + from packaging.core import setup, Extension + setup(name='foobar', + version='1.0', + packages=['foopkg'], + ext_modules=[Extension('foopkg.foo', ['foo.c'])]) + + +Checking metadata +================= + +The ``check`` command allows you to verify if your project's metadata +meets the minimum requirements to build a distribution. + +To run it, just call it using your :file:`setup.py` script. If something is +missing, ``check`` will display a warning. + +Let's take an example with a simple script:: + + from packaging.core import setup + + setup(name='foobar') + +.. TODO configure logging StreamHandler to match this output + +Running the ``check`` command will display some warnings:: + + $ python setup.py check + running check + warning: check: missing required metadata: version, home_page + warning: check: missing metadata: either (author and author_email) or + (maintainer and maintainer_email) must be supplied + + +If you use the reStructuredText syntax in the ``long_description`` field and +`Docutils <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/>`_ is installed you can check if +the syntax is fine with the ``check`` command, using the ``restructuredtext`` +option. + +For example, if the :file:`setup.py` script is changed like this:: + + from packaging.core import setup + + desc = """\ + Welcome to foobar! + =============== + + This is the description of the ``foobar`` project. + """ + + setup(name='foobar', + version='1.0', + author=u'Tarek Ziadé', + author_email='tarek@ziade.org', + summary='Foobar utilities' + description=desc, + home_page='http://example.com') + +Where the long description is broken, ``check`` will be able to detect it +by using the :mod:`docutils` parser:: + + $ python setup.py check --restructuredtext + running check + warning: check: Title underline too short. (line 2) + warning: check: Could not finish the parsing. + + +.. _packaging-reading-metadata: + +Reading the metadata +==================== + +The :func:`packaging.core.setup` function provides a command-line interface +that allows you to query the metadata fields of a project through the +:file:`setup.py` script of a given project:: + + $ python setup.py --name + foobar + +This call reads the ``name`` metadata by running the +:func:`packaging.core.setup` function. When a source or binary +distribution is created with Distutils, the metadata fields are written +in a static file called :file:`PKG-INFO`. When a Distutils-based project is +installed in Python, the :file:`PKG-INFO` file is copied alongside the modules +and packages of the distribution under :file:`NAME-VERSION-pyX.X.egg-info`, +where ``NAME`` is the name of the project, ``VERSION`` its version as defined +in the Metadata, and ``pyX.X`` the major and minor version of Python like +``2.7`` or ``3.2``. + +You can read back this static file, by using the +:class:`packaging.dist.Metadata` class and its +:func:`read_pkg_file` method:: + + >>> from packaging.metadata import Metadata + >>> metadata = Metadata() + >>> metadata.read_pkg_file(open('distribute-0.6.8-py2.7.egg-info')) + >>> metadata.name + 'distribute' + >>> metadata.version + '0.6.8' + >>> metadata.description + 'Easily download, build, install, upgrade, and uninstall Python packages' + +Notice that the class can also be instantiated with a metadata file path to +loads its values:: + + >>> pkg_info_path = 'distribute-0.6.8-py2.7.egg-info' + >>> Metadata(pkg_info_path).name + 'distribute' + + +.. XXX These comments have been here for at least ten years. Write the + sections or delete the comments (we can maybe ask Greg Ward about + the planned contents). (Unindent to make them section titles) + + .. multiple-ext:: + + Multiple extension modules + ========================== + + Putting it all together + ======================= diff --git a/Doc/packaging/extending.rst b/Doc/packaging/extending.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2d3863 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/extending.rst @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +.. _extending-packaging: + +******************* +Extending Distutils +******************* + +Distutils can be extended in various ways. Most extensions take the form of new +commands or replacements for existing commands. New commands may be written to +support new types of platform-specific packaging, for example, while +replacements for existing commands may be made to modify details of how the +command operates on a package. + +Most extensions of the packaging are made within :file:`setup.py` scripts that +want to modify existing commands; many simply add a few file extensions that +should be copied into packages in addition to :file:`.py` files as a +convenience. + +Most packaging command implementations are subclasses of the +:class:`packaging.cmd.Command` class. New commands may directly inherit from +:class:`Command`, while replacements often derive from :class:`Command` +indirectly, directly subclassing the command they are replacing. Commands are +required to derive from :class:`Command`. + +.. .. _extend-existing: + Extending existing commands + =========================== + + +.. .. _new-commands: + Writing new commands + ==================== + + +Integrating new commands +======================== + +There are different ways to integrate new command implementations into +packaging. The most difficult is to lobby for the inclusion of the new features +in packaging itself, and wait for (and require) a version of Python that +provides that support. This is really hard for many reasons. + +The most common, and possibly the most reasonable for most needs, is to include +the new implementations with your :file:`setup.py` script, and cause the +:func:`packaging.core.setup` function use them:: + + from packaging.core import setup + from packaging.command.build_py import build_py as _build_py + + class build_py(_build_py): + """Specialized Python source builder.""" + + # implement whatever needs to be different... + + setup(..., cmdclass={'build_py': build_py}) + +This approach is most valuable if the new implementations must be used to use a +particular package, as everyone interested in the package will need to have the +new command implementation. + +Beginning with Python 2.4, a third option is available, intended to allow new +commands to be added which can support existing :file:`setup.py` scripts without +requiring modifications to the Python installation. This is expected to allow +third-party extensions to provide support for additional packaging systems, but +the commands can be used for anything packaging commands can be used for. A new +configuration option, :option:`command_packages` (command-line option +:option:`--command-packages`), can be used to specify additional packages to be +searched for modules implementing commands. Like all packaging options, this +can be specified on the command line or in a configuration file. This option +can only be set in the ``[global]`` section of a configuration file, or before +any commands on the command line. If set in a configuration file, it can be +overridden from the command line; setting it to an empty string on the command +line causes the default to be used. This should never be set in a configuration +file provided with a package. + +This new option can be used to add any number of packages to the list of +packages searched for command implementations; multiple package names should be +separated by commas. When not specified, the search is only performed in the +:mod:`packaging.command` package. When :file:`setup.py` is run with the option +:option:`--command-packages` :option:`distcmds,buildcmds`, however, the packages +:mod:`packaging.command`, :mod:`distcmds`, and :mod:`buildcmds` will be searched +in that order. New commands are expected to be implemented in modules of the +same name as the command by classes sharing the same name. Given the example +command-line option above, the command :command:`bdist_openpkg` could be +implemented by the class :class:`distcmds.bdist_openpkg.bdist_openpkg` or +:class:`buildcmds.bdist_openpkg.bdist_openpkg`. + + +Adding new distribution types +============================= + +Commands that create distributions (files in the :file:`dist/` directory) need +to add ``(command, filename)`` pairs to ``self.distribution.dist_files`` so that +:command:`upload` can upload it to PyPI. The *filename* in the pair contains no +path information, only the name of the file itself. In dry-run mode, pairs +should still be added to represent what would have been created. diff --git a/Doc/packaging/index.rst b/Doc/packaging/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d3d0dec --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +.. _packaging-index: + +############################## + Distributing Python Projects +############################## + +:Authors: The Fellowship of the Packaging +:Email: distutils-sig@python.org +:Release: |version| +:Date: |today| + +This document describes Packaging for Python authors, describing how to use the +module to make Python applications, packages or modules easily available to a +wider audience with very little overhead for build/release/install mechanics. + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + :numbered: + + tutorial + setupcfg + introduction + setupscript + configfile + sourcedist + builtdist + packageindex + uploading + examples + extending + commandhooks + commandref + + +.. seealso:: + + :ref:`packaging-install-index` + A user-centered manual which includes information on adding projects + into an existing Python installation. You do not need to be a Python + programmer to read this manual. + + :mod:`packaging` + A library reference for developers of packaging tools wanting to use + standalone building blocks like :mod:`~packaging.version` or + :mod:`~packaging.metadata`, or extend Packaging itself. diff --git a/Doc/packaging/introduction.rst b/Doc/packaging/introduction.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a757ffc --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/introduction.rst @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +.. _packaging-intro: + +***************************** +An Introduction to Packaging +***************************** + +This document covers using Packaging to distribute your Python modules, +concentrating on the role of developer/distributor. If you're looking for +information on installing Python modules you should refer to the +:ref:`packaging-install-index` chapter. + +Throughout this documentation, the terms "Distutils", "the Distutils" and +"Packaging" will be used interchangeably. + +.. _packaging-concepts: + +Concepts & Terminology +====================== + +Using Distutils is quite simple both for module developers and for +users/administrators installing third-party modules. As a developer, your +responsibilities (apart from writing solid, well-documented and well-tested +code, of course!) are: + +* writing a setup script (:file:`setup.py` by convention) + +* (optional) writing a setup configuration file + +* creating a source distribution + +* (optional) creating one or more "built" (binary) distributions of your + project + +All of these tasks are covered in this document. + +Not all module developers have access to multiple platforms, so one cannot +expect them to create buildt distributions for every platform. To remedy +this, it is hoped that intermediaries called *packagers* will arise to address +this need. Packagers take source distributions released by module developers, +build them on one or more platforms and release the resulting built +distributions. Thus, users on a greater range of platforms will be able to +install the most popular Python modules in the most natural way for their +platform without having to run a setup script or compile a single line of code. + + +.. _packaging-simple-example: + +A Simple Example +================ + +A setup script is usually quite simple, although since it's written in Python +there are no arbitrary limits to what you can do with it, though you should be +careful about putting expensive operations in your setup script. +Unlike, say, Autoconf-style configure scripts the setup script may be run +multiple times in the course of building and installing a module +distribution. + +If all you want to do is distribute a module called :mod:`foo`, contained in a +file :file:`foo.py`, then your setup script can be as simple as:: + + from packaging.core import setup + setup(name='foo', + version='1.0', + py_modules=['foo']) + +Some observations: + +* most information that you supply to the Distutils is supplied as keyword + arguments to the :func:`setup` function + +* those keyword arguments fall into two categories: package metadata (name, + version number, etc.) and information about what's in the package (a list + of pure Python modules in this case) + +* modules are specified by module name, not filename (the same will hold true + for packages and extensions) + +* it's recommended that you supply a little more metadata than we have in the + example. In particular your name, email address and a URL for the + project if appropriate (see section :ref:`packaging-setup-script` for an example) + +To create a source distribution for this module you would create a setup +script, :file:`setup.py`, containing the above code and run:: + + python setup.py sdist + +which will create an archive file (e.g., tarball on Unix, ZIP file on Windows) +containing your setup script :file:`setup.py`, and your module :file:`foo.py`. +The archive file will be named :file:`foo-1.0.tar.gz` (or :file:`.zip`), and +will unpack into a directory :file:`foo-1.0`. + +If an end-user wishes to install your :mod:`foo` module all he has to do is +download :file:`foo-1.0.tar.gz` (or :file:`.zip`), unpack it, and from the +:file:`foo-1.0` directory run :: + + python setup.py install + +which will copy :file:`foo.py` to the appropriate directory for +third-party modules in their Python installation. + +This simple example demonstrates some fundamental concepts of Distutils. +First, both developers and installers have the same basic user interface, i.e. +the setup script. The difference is which Distutils *commands* they use: the +:command:`sdist` command is almost exclusively for module developers, while +:command:`install` is more often used by installers (although some developers +will want to install their own code occasionally). + +If you want to make things really easy for your users, you can create more +than one built distributions for them. For instance, if you are running on a +Windows machine and want to make things easy for other Windows users, you can +create an executable installer (the most appropriate type of built distribution +for this platform) with the :command:`bdist_wininst` command. For example:: + + python setup.py bdist_wininst + +will create an executable installer, :file:`foo-1.0.win32.exe`, in the current +directory. You can find out what distribution formats are available at any time +by running :: + + python setup.py bdist --help-formats + + +.. _packaging-python-terms: + +General Python terminology +========================== + +If you're reading this document, you probably have a good idea of what Python +modules, extensions and so forth are. Nevertheless, just to be sure that +everyone is on the same page, here's a quick overview of Python terms: + +module + The basic unit of code reusability in Python: a block of code imported by + some other code. Three types of modules are important to us here: pure + Python modules, extension modules and packages. + +pure Python module + A module written in Python and contained in a single :file:`.py` file (and + possibly associated :file:`.pyc` and/or :file:`.pyo` files). Sometimes + referred to as a "pure module." + +extension module + A module written in the low-level language of the Python implementation: C/C++ + for Python, Java for Jython. Typically contained in a single dynamically + loaded pre-compiled file, e.g. a shared object (:file:`.so`) file for Python + extensions on Unix, a DLL (given the :file:`.pyd` extension) for Python + extensions on Windows, or a Java class file for Jython extensions. Note that + currently Distutils only handles C/C++ extensions for Python. + +package + A module that contains other modules, typically contained in a directory of + the filesystem and distinguished from other directories by the presence of a + file :file:`__init__.py`. + +root package + The root of the hierarchy of packages. (This isn't really a package, + since it doesn't have an :file:`__init__.py` file. But... we have to + call it something, right?) The vast majority of the standard library is + in the root package, as are many small standalone third-party modules that + don't belong to a larger module collection. Unlike regular packages, + modules in the root package can be found in many directories: in fact, + every directory listed in ``sys.path`` contributes modules to the root + package. + + +.. _packaging-term: + +Distutils-specific terminology +============================== + +The following terms apply more specifically to the domain of distributing Python +modules using Distutils: + +module distribution + A collection of Python modules distributed together as a single downloadable + resource and meant to be installed all as one. Examples of some well-known + module distributions are NumPy, SciPy, PIL (the Python Imaging + Library) or mxBase. (Module distributions would be called a *package*, + except that term is already taken in the Python context: a single module + distribution may contain zero, one, or many Python packages.) + +pure module distribution + A module distribution that contains only pure Python modules and packages. + Sometimes referred to as a "pure distribution." + +non-pure module distribution + A module distribution that contains at least one extension module. Sometimes + referred to as a "non-pure distribution." + +distribution root + The top-level directory of your source tree (or source distribution). The + directory where :file:`setup.py` exists. Generally :file:`setup.py` will + be run from this directory. diff --git a/Doc/packaging/packageindex.rst b/Doc/packaging/packageindex.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd1d598 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/packageindex.rst @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +.. _packaging-package-index: + +********************************** +Registering with the Package Index +********************************** + +The Python Package Index (PyPI) holds metadata describing distributions +packaged with packaging. The packaging command :command:`register` is used to +submit your distribution's metadata to the index. It is invoked as follows:: + + python setup.py register + +Distutils will respond with the following prompt:: + + running register + We need to know who you are, so please choose either: + 1. use your existing login, + 2. register as a new user, + 3. have the server generate a new password for you (and email it to you), or + 4. quit + Your selection [default 1]: + +Note: if your username and password are saved locally, you will not see this +menu. + +If you have not registered with PyPI, then you will need to do so now. You +should choose option 2, and enter your details as required. Soon after +submitting your details, you will receive an email which will be used to confirm +your registration. + +Once you are registered, you may choose option 1 from the menu. You will be +prompted for your PyPI username and password, and :command:`register` will then +submit your metadata to the index. + +You may submit any number of versions of your distribution to the index. If you +alter the metadata for a particular version, you may submit it again and the +index will be updated. + +PyPI holds a record for each (name, version) combination submitted. The first +user to submit information for a given name is designated the Owner of that +name. They may submit changes through the :command:`register` command or through +the web interface. They may also designate other users as Owners or Maintainers. +Maintainers may edit the package information, but not designate other Owners or +Maintainers. + +By default PyPI will list all versions of a given package. To hide certain +versions, the Hidden property should be set to yes. This must be edited through +the web interface. + + +.. _packaging-pypirc: + +The .pypirc file +================ + +The format of the :file:`.pypirc` file is as follows:: + + [packaging] + index-servers = + pypi + + [pypi] + repository: <repository-url> + username: <username> + password: <password> + +The *packaging* section defines a *index-servers* variable that lists the +name of all sections describing a repository. + +Each section describing a repository defines three variables: + +- *repository*, that defines the url of the PyPI server. Defaults to + ``http://www.python.org/pypi``. +- *username*, which is the registered username on the PyPI server. +- *password*, that will be used to authenticate. If omitted the user + will be prompt to type it when needed. + +If you want to define another server a new section can be created and +listed in the *index-servers* variable:: + + [packaging] + index-servers = + pypi + other + + [pypi] + repository: <repository-url> + username: <username> + password: <password> + + [other] + repository: http://example.com/pypi + username: <username> + password: <password> + +:command:`register` can then be called with the -r option to point the +repository to work with:: + + python setup.py register -r http://example.com/pypi + +For convenience, the name of the section that describes the repository +may also be used:: + + python setup.py register -r other diff --git a/Doc/packaging/setupcfg.rst b/Doc/packaging/setupcfg.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5bc3e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/setupcfg.rst @@ -0,0 +1,862 @@ +.. highlightlang:: cfg + +.. _setupcfg-spec: + +******************************************* +Specification of the :file:`setup.cfg` file +******************************************* + +:version: 0.9 + +This document describes the :file:`setup.cfg`, an ini-style configuration file +used by Packaging to replace the :file:`setup.py` file used by Distutils. +This specification is language-agnostic, and will therefore repeat some +information that's already documented for Python in the +:class:`configparser.RawConfigParser` documentation. + +.. contents:: + :depth: 3 + :local: + + +Syntax +====== + +The ini-style format used in the configuration file is a simple collection of +sections that group sets of key-value fields separated by ``=`` or ``:`` and +optional whitespace. Lines starting with ``#`` or ``;`` are comments and will +be ignored. Empty lines are also ignored. Example:: + + [section1] + # comment + name = value + name2 = "other value" + + [section2] + foo = bar + + +Parsing values +--------------- + +Here are a set of rules to parse values: + +- If a value is quoted with ``"`` chars, it's a string. If a quote character is + present in the quoted value, it can be escaped as ``\"`` or left as-is. + +- If the value is ``true``, ``t``, ``yes``, ``y`` (case-insensitive) or ``1``, + it's converted to the language equivalent of a ``True`` value; if it's + ``false``, ``f``, ``no``, ``n`` (case-insensitive) or ``0``, it's converted to + the equivalent of ``False``. + +- A value can contain multiple lines. When read, lines are converted into a + sequence of values. Each line after the first must start with a least one + space or tab character; this leading indentation will be stripped. + +- All other values are considered strings. + +Examples:: + + [section] + foo = one + two + three + + bar = false + baz = 1.3 + boo = "ok" + beee = "wqdqw pojpj w\"ddq" + + +Extending files +--------------- + +A configuration file can be extended (i.e. included) by other files. For this, +a ``DEFAULT`` section must contain an ``extends`` key which value points to one +or more files which will be merged into the current files by adding new sections +and fields. If a file loaded by ``extends`` contains sections or keys that +already exist in the original file, they will not override the previous values. + +Contents of :file:`one.cfg`:: + + [section1] + name = value + + [section2] + foo = foo from one.cfg + +Contents of :file:`two.cfg`:: + + [DEFAULT] + extends = one.cfg + + [section2] + foo = foo from two.cfg + baz = baz from two.cfg + +The result of parsing :file:`two.cfg` is equivalent to this file:: + + [section1] + name = value + + [section2] + foo = foo from one.cfg + baz = baz from two.cfg + +Example use of multi-line notation to include more than one file:: + + [DEFAULT] + extends = one.cfg + two.cfg + +When several files are provided, they are processed sequentially, following the +precedence rules explained above. This means that the list of files should go +from most specialized to most common. + +**Tools will need to provide a way to produce a merged version of the +file**. This will be useful to let users publish a single file. + + +Description of sections and fields +================================== + +Each section contains a description of its options. + +- Options that are marked *multi* can have multiple values, one value per + line. +- Options that are marked *optional* can be omitted. +- Options that are marked *environ* can use environment markers, as described + in :PEP:`345`. + + +The sections are: + +global + Global options not related to one command. + +metadata + Name, version and other information defined by :PEP:`345`. + +files + Modules, scripts, data, documentation and other files to include in the + distribution. + +extension sections + Options used to build extension modules. + +command sections + Options given for specific commands, identical to those that can be given + on the command line. + + +Global options +-------------- + +Contains global options for Packaging. This section is shared with Distutils. + + +commands + Defined Packaging command. A command is defined by its fully + qualified name. *optional*, *multi* + + Examples:: + + [global] + commands = + package.setup.CustomSdistCommand + package.setup.BdistDeb + +compilers + Defined Packaging compiler. A compiler is defined by its fully + qualified name. *optional*, *multi* + + Example:: + + [global] + compilers = + hotcompiler.SmartCCompiler + +setup_hooks + Defines a list of callables to be called right after the :file:`setup.cfg` + file is read, before any other processing. Each value is a Python dotted + name to an object, which has to be defined in a module present in the project + directory alonside :file:`setup.cfg` or on Python's :data:`sys.path` (see + :ref:`packaging-finding-hooks`). The callables are executed in the + order they're found in the file; if one of them cannot be found, tools should + not stop, but for example produce a warning and continue with the next line. + Each callable receives the configuration as a dictionary (keys are + :file:`setup.cfg` sections, values are dictionaries of fields) and can make + any change to it. *optional*, *multi* + + Example:: + + [global] + setup_hooks = _setuphooks.customize_config + + +Metadata +-------- + +The metadata section contains the metadata for the project as described in +:PEP:`345`. Field names are case-insensitive. + +Fields: + +name + Name of the project. + +version + Version of the project. Must comply with :PEP:`386`. + +platform + Platform specification describing an operating system + supported by the distribution which is not listed in the "Operating System" + Trove classifiers (:PEP:`301`). *optional*, *multi* + +supported-platform + Binary distributions containing a PKG-INFO file will + use the Supported-Platform field in their metadata to specify the OS and + CPU for which the binary distribution was compiled. The semantics of + the Supported-Platform field are free form. *optional*, *multi* + +summary + A one-line summary of what the distribution does. + (Used to be called *description* in Distutils1.) + +description + A longer description. (Used to be called *long_description* + in Distutils1.) A file can be provided in the *description-file* field. + *optional* + +keywords + A list of additional keywords to be used to assist searching + for the distribution in a larger catalog. Comma or space-separated. + *optional* + +home-page + The URL for the distribution's home page. + +download-url + The URL from which this version of the distribution + can be downloaded. *optional* + +author + Author's name. *optional* + +author-email + Author's e-mail. *optional* + +maintainer + Maintainer's name. *optional* + +maintainer-email + Maintainer's e-mail. *optional* + +license + A text indicating the term of uses, when a trove classifier does + not match. *optional*. + +classifiers + Classification for the distribution, as described in PEP 301. + *optional*, *multi*, *environ* + +requires-dist + name of another packaging project required as a dependency. + The format is *name (version)* where version is an optional + version declaration, as described in PEP 345. *optional*, *multi*, *environ* + +provides-dist + name of another packaging project contained within this + distribution. Same format than *requires-dist*. *optional*, *multi*, + *environ* + +obsoletes-dist + name of another packaging project this version obsoletes. + Same format than *requires-dist*. *optional*, *multi*, *environ* + +requires-python + Specifies the Python version the distribution requires. The value is a + comma-separated list of version predicates, as described in PEP 345. + *optional*, *environ* + +requires-externals + a dependency in the system. This field is free-form, + and just a hint for downstream maintainers. *optional*, *multi*, + *environ* + +project-url + A label, followed by a browsable URL for the project. + "label, url". The label is limited to 32 signs. *optional*, *multi* + +One extra field not present in PEP 345 is supported: + +description-file + Path to a text file that will be used to fill the ``description`` field. + Multiple values are accepted; they must be separated by whitespace. + ``description-file`` and ``description`` are mutually exclusive. *optional* + + + +Example:: + + [metadata] + name = pypi2rpm + version = 0.1 + author = Tarek Ziadé + author-email = tarek@ziade.org + summary = Script that transforms an sdist archive into a RPM package + description-file = README + home-page = http://bitbucket.org/tarek/pypi2rpm/wiki/Home + project-url: + Repository, http://bitbucket.org/tarek/pypi2rpm/ + RSS feed, https://bitbucket.org/tarek/pypi2rpm/rss + classifier = + Development Status :: 3 - Alpha + License :: OSI Approved :: Mozilla Public License 1.1 (MPL 1.1) + +You should not give any explicit value for metadata-version: it will be guessed +from the fields present in the file. + + +Files +----- + +This section describes the files included in the project. + +packages_root + the root directory containing all packages and modules + (default: current directory). *optional* + +packages + a list of packages the project includes *optional*, *multi* + +modules + a list of packages the project includes *optional*, *multi* + +scripts + a list of scripts the project includes *optional*, *multi* + +extra_files + a list of patterns to include extra files *optional*, + *multi* + +Example:: + + [files] + packages_root = src + packages = + pypi2rpm + pypi2rpm.command + + scripts = + pypi2rpm/pypi2rpm.py + + extra_files = + setup.py + README + + +.. Note:: + The :file:`setup.cfg` configuration file is included by default. Contrary to + Distutils, :file:`README` (or :file:`README.txt`) and :file:`setup.py` are + not included by default. + + +Resources +^^^^^^^^^ + +This section describes the files used by the project which must not be installed +in the same place that python modules or libraries, they are called +**resources**. They are for example documentation files, script files, +databases, etc... + +For declaring resources, you must use this notation:: + + source = destination + +Data-files are declared in the **resources** field in the **file** section, for +example:: + + [files] + resources = + source1 = destination1 + source2 = destination2 + +The **source** part of the declaration are relative paths of resources files +(using unix path separator **/**). For example, if you've this source tree:: + + foo/ + doc/ + doc.man + scripts/ + foo.sh + +Your setup.cfg will look like:: + + [files] + resources = + doc/doc.man = destination_doc + scripts/foo.sh = destination_scripts + +The final paths where files will be placed are composed by : **source** + +**destination**. In the previous example, **doc/doc.man** will be placed in +**destination_doc/doc/doc.man** and **scripts/foo.sh** will be placed in +**destination_scripts/scripts/foo.sh**. (If you want more control on the final +path, take a look at :ref:`setupcfg-resources-base-prefix`). + +The **destination** part of resources declaration are paths with categories. +Indeed, it's generally a bad idea to give absolute path as it will be cross +incompatible. So, you must use resources categories in your **destination** +declaration. Categories will be replaced by their real path at the installation +time. Using categories is all benefit, your declaration will be simpler, cross +platform and it will allow packager to place resources files where they want +without breaking your code. + +Categories can be specified by using this syntax:: + + {category} + +Default categories are: + +* config +* appdata +* appdata.arch +* appdata.persistent +* appdata.disposable +* help +* icon +* scripts +* doc +* info +* man + +A special category also exists **{distribution.name}** that will be replaced by +the name of the distribution, but as most of the defaults categories use them, +so it's not necessary to add **{distribution.name}** into your destination. + +If you use categories in your declarations, and you are encouraged to do, final +path will be:: + + source + destination_expanded + +.. _example_final_path: + +For example, if you have this setup.cfg:: + + [metadata] + name = foo + + [files] + resources = + doc/doc.man = {doc} + +And if **{doc}** is replaced by **{datadir}/doc/{distribution.name}**, final +path will be:: + + {datadir}/doc/foo/doc/doc.man + +Where {datafir} category will be platform-dependent. + + +More control on source part +""""""""""""""""""""""""""" + +Glob syntax +''''''''''' + +When you declare source file, you can use a glob-like syntax to match multiples file, for example:: + + scripts/* = {script} + +Will match all the files in the scripts directory and placed them in the script category. + +Glob tokens are: + + * ``*``: match all files. + * ``?``: match any character. + * ``**``: match any level of tree recursion (even 0). + * ``{}``: will match any part separated by comma (example: ``{sh,bat}``). + +.. TODO Add examples + +Order of declaration +'''''''''''''''''''' + +The order of declaration is important if one file match multiple rules. The last +rules matched by file is used, this is useful if you have this source tree:: + + foo/ + doc/ + index.rst + setup.rst + documentation.txt + doc.tex + README + +And you want all the files in the doc directory to be placed in {doc} category, +but README must be placed in {help} category, instead of listing all the files +one by one, you can declare them in this way:: + + [files] + resources = + doc/* = {doc} + doc/README = {help} + +Exclude +''''''' + +You can exclude some files of resources declaration by giving no destination, it +can be useful if you have a non-resources file in the same directory of +resources files:: + + foo/ + doc/ + RELEASES + doc.tex + documentation.txt + docu.rst + +Your **files** section will be:: + + [files] + resources = + doc/* = {doc} + doc/RELEASES = + +More control on destination part +"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" + +.. _setupcfg-resources-base-prefix: + +Defining a base prefix +'''''''''''''''''''''' + +When you define your resources, you can have more control of how the final path +is computed. + +By default, the final path is:: + + destination + source + +This can generate long paths, for example (example_final_path_):: + + {datadir}/doc/foo/doc/doc.man + +When you declare your source, you can use whitespace to split the source in +**prefix** **suffix**. So, for example, if you have this source:: + + docs/ doc.man + +The **prefix** is "docs/" and the **suffix** is "doc.html". + +.. note:: + + Separator can be placed after a path separator or replace it. So these two + sources are equivalent:: + + docs/ doc.man + docs doc.man + +.. note:: + + Glob syntax is working the same way with standard source and split source. + So these rules:: + + docs/* + docs/ * + docs * + + Will match all the files in the docs directory. + +When you use split source, the final path is computed this way:: + + destination + prefix + +So for example, if you have this setup.cfg:: + + [metadata] + name = foo + + [files] + resources = + doc/ doc.man = {doc} + +And if **{doc}** is replaced by **{datadir}/doc/{distribution.name}**, final +path will be:: + + {datadir}/doc/foo/doc.man + + +Overwriting paths for categories +"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" + +This part is intended for system administrators or downstream OS packagers. + +The real paths of categories are registered in the *sysconfig.cfg* file +installed in your python installation. This file uses an ini format too. +The content of the file is organized into several sections: + +* globals: Standard categories's paths. +* posix_prefix: Standard paths for categories and installation paths for posix + system. +* other ones XXX + +Standard categories paths are platform independent, they generally refers to +other categories, which are platform dependent. :mod:`sysconfig` will choose +these category from sections matching os.name. For example:: + + doc = {datadir}/doc/{distribution.name} + +It refers to datadir category, which can be different between platforms. In +posix system, it may be:: + + datadir = /usr/share + +So the final path will be:: + + doc = /usr/share/doc/{distribution.name} + +The platform-dependent categories are: + +* confdir +* datadir +* libdir +* base + + +Defining extra categories +""""""""""""""""""""""""" + +.. TODO + + +Examples +"""""""" + +These examples are incremental but work unitarily. + +Resources in root dir +''''''''''''''''''''' + +Source tree:: + + babar-1.0/ + README + babar.sh + launch.sh + babar.py + +:file:`setup.cfg`:: + + [files] + resources = + README = {doc} + *.sh = {scripts} + +So babar.sh and launch.sh will be placed in {scripts} directory. + +Now let's move all the scripts into a scripts directory. + +Resources in sub-directory +'''''''''''''''''''''''''' + +Source tree:: + + babar-1.1/ + README + scripts/ + babar.sh + launch.sh + LAUNCH + babar.py + +:file:`setup.cfg`:: + + [files] + resources = + README = {doc} + scripts/ LAUNCH = {doc} + scripts/ *.sh = {scripts} + +It's important to use the separator after scripts/ to install all the shell +scripts into {scripts} instead of {scripts}/scripts. + +Now let's add some docs. + +Resources in multiple sub-directories +''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''' + +Source tree:: + + babar-1.2/ + README + scripts/ + babar.sh + launch.sh + LAUNCH + docs/ + api + man + babar.py + +:file:`setup.cfg`:: + + [files] + resources = + README = {doc} + scripts/ LAUNCH = {doc} + scripts/ *.sh = {scripts} + doc/ * = {doc} + doc/ man = {man} + +You want to place all the file in the docs script into {doc} category, instead +of man, which must be placed into {man} category, we will use the order of +declaration of globs to choose the destination, the last glob that match the +file is used. + +Now let's add some scripts for windows users. + +Complete example +'''''''''''''''' + +Source tree:: + + babar-1.3/ + README + doc/ + api + man + scripts/ + babar.sh + launch.sh + babar.bat + launch.bat + LAUNCH + +:file:`setup.cfg`:: + + [files] + resources = + README = {doc} + scripts/ LAUNCH = {doc} + scripts/ *.{sh,bat} = {scripts} + doc/ * = {doc} + doc/ man = {man} + +We use brace expansion syntax to place all the shell and batch scripts into +{scripts} category. + + +Extension sections +------------------ + +If a project includes extension modules written in C or C++, each one of them +needs to have its options defined in a dedicated section. Here's an example:: + + [files] + packages = coconut + + [extension=_fastcoconut] + name = coconut._fastcoconut + language = cxx + sources = cxx_src/cononut_utils.cxx + cxx_src/python_module.cxx + include_dirs = /usr/include/gecode + /usr/include/blitz + extra_compile_args = + -fPIC -O2 + -DGECODE_VERSION=$(./gecode_version) -- sys.platform != 'win32' + /DGECODE_VERSION='win32' -- sys.platform == 'win32' + +The section name must start with ``extension=``; the righ-hand part is currently +discarded. Valid fields and their values are listed in the documentation of the +:class:`packaging.compiler.extension.Extension` class; values documented as +Python lists translate to multi-line values in the configuration file. In +addition, multi-line values accept environment markers on each line, after a +``--``. + + +Command sections +---------------- + +To pass options to commands without having to type them on the command line +for each invocation, you can write them in the :file:`setup.cfg` file, in a +section named after the command. Example:: + + [sdist] + # special function to add custom files + manifest-builders = package.setup.list_extra_files + + [build] + use-2to3 = True + + [build_ext] + inplace = on + + [check] + strict = on + all = on + +Option values given in the configuration file can be overriden on the command +line. See :ref:`packaging-setup-config` for more information. + + +Extensibility +============= + +Every section can have fields that are not part of this specification. They are +called **extensions**. + +An extension field starts with ``X-``. Example:: + + [metadata] + name = Distribute + X-Debian-Name = python-distribute + + +Changes in the specification +============================ + +The versioning scheme for this specification is **MAJOR.MINOR**. Changes in the +specification will cause the version number to be updated. + +Changes to the minor number reflect backwards-compatible changes: + +- New fields and sections (optional or mandatory) can be added. +- Optional fields can be removed. + +The major number will be incremented for backwards-incompatible changes: + +- Mandatory fields or sections are removed. +- Fields change their meaning. + +As a consequence, a tool written to consume 1.5 has these properties: + +- Can read 1.1, 1.2 and all versions < 1.5, since the tool knows what + optional fields weren't there. + + .. XXX clarify + +- Can also read 1.6 and other 1.x versions: The tool will just ignore fields it + doesn't know about, even if they are mandatory in the new version. If + optional fields were removed, the tool will just consider them absent. + +- Cannot read 2.x and should refuse to interpret such files. + +A tool written to produce 1.x should have these properties: + +- Writes all mandatory fields. +- May write optional fields. + + +Acknowledgments +=============== + +This specification includes work and feedback from these people: + +- Tarek Ziadé +- Julien Jehannet +- Boris Feld +- Éric Araujo + +(If your name is missing, please :ref:`let us know <reporting-bugs>`.) diff --git a/Doc/packaging/setupscript.rst b/Doc/packaging/setupscript.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbac3dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/setupscript.rst @@ -0,0 +1,689 @@ +.. _packaging-setup-script: + +************************ +Writing the Setup Script +************************ + +The setup script is the center of all activity in building, distributing, and +installing modules using Distutils. The main purpose of the setup script is +to describe your module distribution to Distutils, so that the various +commands that operate on your modules do the right thing. As we saw in section +:ref:`packaging-simple-example`, the setup script consists mainly of a +call to :func:`setup` where the most information is supplied as +keyword arguments to :func:`setup`. + +Here's a slightly more involved example, which we'll follow for the next couple +of sections: a setup script that could be used for Packaging itself:: + + #!/usr/bin/env python + + from packaging.core import setup, find_packages + + setup(name='Packaging', + version='1.0', + summary='Python Distribution Utilities', + keywords=['packaging', 'packaging'], + author=u'Tarek Ziadé', + author_email='tarek@ziade.org', + home_page='http://bitbucket.org/tarek/packaging/wiki/Home', + license='PSF', + packages=find_packages()) + + +There are only two differences between this and the trivial one-file +distribution presented in section :ref:`packaging-simple-example`: more +metadata and the specification of pure Python modules by package rather than +by module. This is important since Ristutils consist of a couple of dozen +modules split into (so far) two packages; an explicit list of every module +would be tedious to generate and difficult to maintain. For more information +on the additional metadata, see section :ref:`packaging-metadata`. + +Note that any pathnames (files or directories) supplied in the setup script +should be written using the Unix convention, i.e. slash-separated. The +Distutils will take care of converting this platform-neutral representation into +whatever is appropriate on your current platform before actually using the +pathname. This makes your setup script portable across operating systems, which +of course is one of the major goals of the Distutils. In this spirit, all +pathnames in this document are slash-separated. + +This, of course, only applies to pathnames given to Distutils functions. If +you, for example, use standard Python functions such as :func:`glob.glob` or +:func:`os.listdir` to specify files, you should be careful to write portable +code instead of hardcoding path separators:: + + glob.glob(os.path.join('mydir', 'subdir', '*.html')) + os.listdir(os.path.join('mydir', 'subdir')) + + +.. _packaging-listing-packages: + +Listing whole packages +====================== + +The :option:`packages` option tells the Distutils to process (build, distribute, +install, etc.) all pure Python modules found in each package mentioned in the +:option:`packages` list. In order to do this, of course, there has to be a +correspondence between package names and directories in the filesystem. The +default correspondence is the most obvious one, i.e. package :mod:`packaging` is +found in the directory :file:`packaging` relative to the distribution root. +Thus, when you say ``packages = ['foo']`` in your setup script, you are +promising that the Distutils will find a file :file:`foo/__init__.py` (which +might be spelled differently on your system, but you get the idea) relative to +the directory where your setup script lives. If you break this promise, the +Distutils will issue a warning but still process the broken package anyway. + +If you use a different convention to lay out your source directory, that's no +problem: you just have to supply the :option:`package_dir` option to tell the +Distutils about your convention. For example, say you keep all Python source +under :file:`lib`, so that modules in the "root package" (i.e., not in any +package at all) are in :file:`lib`, modules in the :mod:`foo` package are in +:file:`lib/foo`, and so forth. Then you would put :: + + package_dir = {'': 'lib'} + +in your setup script. The keys to this dictionary are package names, and an +empty package name stands for the root package. The values are directory names +relative to your distribution root. In this case, when you say ``packages = +['foo']``, you are promising that the file :file:`lib/foo/__init__.py` exists. + +Another possible convention is to put the :mod:`foo` package right in +:file:`lib`, the :mod:`foo.bar` package in :file:`lib/bar`, etc. This would be +written in the setup script as :: + + package_dir = {'foo': 'lib'} + +A ``package: dir`` entry in the :option:`package_dir` dictionary implicitly +applies to all packages below *package*, so the :mod:`foo.bar` case is +automatically handled here. In this example, having ``packages = ['foo', +'foo.bar']`` tells the Distutils to look for :file:`lib/__init__.py` and +:file:`lib/bar/__init__.py`. (Keep in mind that although :option:`package_dir` +applies recursively, you must explicitly list all packages in +:option:`packages`: the Distutils will *not* recursively scan your source tree +looking for any directory with an :file:`__init__.py` file.) + + +.. _packaging-listing-modules: + +Listing individual modules +========================== + +For a small module distribution, you might prefer to list all modules rather +than listing packages---especially the case of a single module that goes in the +"root package" (i.e., no package at all). This simplest case was shown in +section :ref:`packaging-simple-example`; here is a slightly more involved +example:: + + py_modules = ['mod1', 'pkg.mod2'] + +This describes two modules, one of them in the "root" package, the other in the +:mod:`pkg` package. Again, the default package/directory layout implies that +these two modules can be found in :file:`mod1.py` and :file:`pkg/mod2.py`, and +that :file:`pkg/__init__.py` exists as well. And again, you can override the +package/directory correspondence using the :option:`package_dir` option. + + +.. _packaging-describing-extensions: + +Describing extension modules +============================ + +Just as writing Python extension modules is a bit more complicated than writing +pure Python modules, describing them to the Distutils is a bit more complicated. +Unlike pure modules, it's not enough just to list modules or packages and expect +the Distutils to go out and find the right files; you have to specify the +extension name, source file(s), and any compile/link requirements (include +directories, libraries to link with, etc.). + +.. XXX read over this section + +All of this is done through another keyword argument to :func:`setup`, the +:option:`ext_modules` option. :option:`ext_modules` is just a list of +:class:`Extension` instances, each of which describes a single extension module. +Suppose your distribution includes a single extension, called :mod:`foo` and +implemented by :file:`foo.c`. If no additional instructions to the +compiler/linker are needed, describing this extension is quite simple:: + + Extension('foo', ['foo.c']) + +The :class:`Extension` class can be imported from :mod:`packaging.core` along +with :func:`setup`. Thus, the setup script for a module distribution that +contains only this one extension and nothing else might be:: + + from packaging.core import setup, Extension + setup(name='foo', + version='1.0', + ext_modules=[Extension('foo', ['foo.c'])]) + +The :class:`Extension` class (actually, the underlying extension-building +machinery implemented by the :command:`build_ext` command) supports a great deal +of flexibility in describing Python extensions, which is explained in the +following sections. + + +Extension names and packages +---------------------------- + +The first argument to the :class:`Extension` constructor is always the name of +the extension, including any package names. For example, :: + + Extension('foo', ['src/foo1.c', 'src/foo2.c']) + +describes an extension that lives in the root package, while :: + + Extension('pkg.foo', ['src/foo1.c', 'src/foo2.c']) + +describes the same extension in the :mod:`pkg` package. The source files and +resulting object code are identical in both cases; the only difference is where +in the filesystem (and therefore where in Python's namespace hierarchy) the +resulting extension lives. + +If you have a number of extensions all in the same package (or all under the +same base package), use the :option:`ext_package` keyword argument to +:func:`setup`. For example, :: + + setup(..., + ext_package='pkg', + ext_modules=[Extension('foo', ['foo.c']), + Extension('subpkg.bar', ['bar.c'])]) + +will compile :file:`foo.c` to the extension :mod:`pkg.foo`, and :file:`bar.c` to +:mod:`pkg.subpkg.bar`. + + +Extension source files +---------------------- + +The second argument to the :class:`Extension` constructor is a list of source +files. Since the Distutils currently only support C, C++, and Objective-C +extensions, these are normally C/C++/Objective-C source files. (Be sure to use +appropriate extensions to distinguish C++\ source files: :file:`.cc` and +:file:`.cpp` seem to be recognized by both Unix and Windows compilers.) + +However, you can also include SWIG interface (:file:`.i`) files in the list; the +:command:`build_ext` command knows how to deal with SWIG extensions: it will run +SWIG on the interface file and compile the resulting C/C++ file into your +extension. + +.. XXX SWIG support is rough around the edges and largely untested! + +This warning notwithstanding, options to SWIG can be currently passed like +this:: + + setup(..., + ext_modules=[Extension('_foo', ['foo.i'], + swig_opts=['-modern', '-I../include'])], + py_modules=['foo']) + +Or on the command line like this:: + + > python setup.py build_ext --swig-opts="-modern -I../include" + +On some platforms, you can include non-source files that are processed by the +compiler and included in your extension. Currently, this just means Windows +message text (:file:`.mc`) files and resource definition (:file:`.rc`) files for +Visual C++. These will be compiled to binary resource (:file:`.res`) files and +linked into the executable. + + +Preprocessor options +-------------------- + +Three optional arguments to :class:`Extension` will help if you need to specify +include directories to search or preprocessor macros to define/undefine: +``include_dirs``, ``define_macros``, and ``undef_macros``. + +For example, if your extension requires header files in the :file:`include` +directory under your distribution root, use the ``include_dirs`` option:: + + Extension('foo', ['foo.c'], include_dirs=['include']) + +You can specify absolute directories there; if you know that your extension will +only be built on Unix systems with X11R6 installed to :file:`/usr`, you can get +away with :: + + Extension('foo', ['foo.c'], include_dirs=['/usr/include/X11']) + +You should avoid this sort of non-portable usage if you plan to distribute your +code: it's probably better to write C code like :: + + #include <X11/Xlib.h> + +If you need to include header files from some other Python extension, you can +take advantage of the fact that header files are installed in a consistent way +by the Distutils :command:`install_header` command. For example, the Numerical +Python header files are installed (on a standard Unix installation) to +:file:`/usr/local/include/python1.5/Numerical`. (The exact location will differ +according to your platform and Python installation.) Since the Python include +directory---\ :file:`/usr/local/include/python1.5` in this case---is always +included in the search path when building Python extensions, the best approach +is to write C code like :: + + #include <Numerical/arrayobject.h> + +.. TODO check if it's d2.sysconfig or the new sysconfig module now + +If you must put the :file:`Numerical` include directory right into your header +search path, though, you can find that directory using the Distutils +:mod:`packaging.sysconfig` module:: + + from packaging.sysconfig import get_python_inc + incdir = os.path.join(get_python_inc(plat_specific=1), 'Numerical') + setup(..., + Extension(..., include_dirs=[incdir])) + +Even though this is quite portable---it will work on any Python installation, +regardless of platform---it's probably easier to just write your C code in the +sensible way. + +You can define and undefine preprocessor macros with the ``define_macros`` and +``undef_macros`` options. ``define_macros`` takes a list of ``(name, value)`` +tuples, where ``name`` is the name of the macro to define (a string) and +``value`` is its value: either a string or ``None``. (Defining a macro ``FOO`` +to ``None`` is the equivalent of a bare ``#define FOO`` in your C source: with +most compilers, this sets ``FOO`` to the string ``1``.) ``undef_macros`` is +just a list of macros to undefine. + +For example:: + + Extension(..., + define_macros=[('NDEBUG', '1'), + ('HAVE_STRFTIME', None)], + undef_macros=['HAVE_FOO', 'HAVE_BAR']) + +is the equivalent of having this at the top of every C source file:: + + #define NDEBUG 1 + #define HAVE_STRFTIME + #undef HAVE_FOO + #undef HAVE_BAR + + +Library options +--------------- + +You can also specify the libraries to link against when building your extension, +and the directories to search for those libraries. The ``libraries`` option is +a list of libraries to link against, ``library_dirs`` is a list of directories +to search for libraries at link-time, and ``runtime_library_dirs`` is a list of +directories to search for shared (dynamically loaded) libraries at run-time. + +For example, if you need to link against libraries known to be in the standard +library search path on target systems :: + + Extension(..., + libraries=['gdbm', 'readline']) + +If you need to link with libraries in a non-standard location, you'll have to +include the location in ``library_dirs``:: + + Extension(..., + library_dirs=['/usr/X11R6/lib'], + libraries=['X11', 'Xt']) + +(Again, this sort of non-portable construct should be avoided if you intend to +distribute your code.) + +.. XXX Should mention clib libraries here or somewhere else! + + +Other options +------------- + +There are still some other options which can be used to handle special cases. + +The :option:`optional` option is a boolean; if it is true, +a build failure in the extension will not abort the build process, but +instead simply not install the failing extension. + +The :option:`extra_objects` option is a list of object files to be passed to the +linker. These files must not have extensions, as the default extension for the +compiler is used. + +:option:`extra_compile_args` and :option:`extra_link_args` can be used to +specify additional command-line options for the respective compiler and linker +command lines. + +:option:`export_symbols` is only useful on Windows. It can contain a list of +symbols (functions or variables) to be exported. This option is not needed when +building compiled extensions: Distutils will automatically add ``initmodule`` +to the list of exported symbols. + +The :option:`depends` option is a list of files that the extension depends on +(for example header files). The build command will call the compiler on the +sources to rebuild extension if any on this files has been modified since the +previous build. + +Relationships between Distributions and Packages +================================================ + +.. FIXME rewrite to update to PEP 345 (but without dist/release confusion) + +A distribution may relate to packages in three specific ways: + +#. It can require packages or modules. + +#. It can provide packages or modules. + +#. It can obsolete packages or modules. + +These relationships can be specified using keyword arguments to the +:func:`packaging.core.setup` function. + +Dependencies on other Python modules and packages can be specified by supplying +the *requires* keyword argument to :func:`setup`. The value must be a list of +strings. Each string specifies a package that is required, and optionally what +versions are sufficient. + +To specify that any version of a module or package is required, the string +should consist entirely of the module or package name. Examples include +``'mymodule'`` and ``'xml.parsers.expat'``. + +If specific versions are required, a sequence of qualifiers can be supplied in +parentheses. Each qualifier may consist of a comparison operator and a version +number. The accepted comparison operators are:: + + < > == + <= >= != + +These can be combined by using multiple qualifiers separated by commas (and +optional whitespace). In this case, all of the qualifiers must be matched; a +logical AND is used to combine the evaluations. + +Let's look at a bunch of examples: + ++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------+ +| Requires Expression | Explanation | ++=========================+==============================================+ +| ``==1.0`` | Only version ``1.0`` is compatible | ++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------+ +| ``>1.0, !=1.5.1, <2.0`` | Any version after ``1.0`` and before ``2.0`` | +| | is compatible, except ``1.5.1`` | ++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------+ + +Now that we can specify dependencies, we also need to be able to specify what we +provide that other distributions can require. This is done using the *provides* +keyword argument to :func:`setup`. The value for this keyword is a list of +strings, each of which names a Python module or package, and optionally +identifies the version. If the version is not specified, it is assumed to match +that of the distribution. + +Some examples: + ++---------------------+----------------------------------------------+ +| Provides Expression | Explanation | ++=====================+==============================================+ +| ``mypkg`` | Provide ``mypkg``, using the distribution | +| | version | ++---------------------+----------------------------------------------+ +| ``mypkg (1.1)`` | Provide ``mypkg`` version 1.1, regardless of | +| | the distribution version | ++---------------------+----------------------------------------------+ + +A package can declare that it obsoletes other packages using the *obsoletes* +keyword argument. The value for this is similar to that of the *requires* +keyword: a list of strings giving module or package specifiers. Each specifier +consists of a module or package name optionally followed by one or more version +qualifiers. Version qualifiers are given in parentheses after the module or +package name. + +The versions identified by the qualifiers are those that are obsoleted by the +distribution being described. If no qualifiers are given, all versions of the +named module or package are understood to be obsoleted. + +.. _packaging-installing-scripts: + +Installing Scripts +================== + +So far we have been dealing with pure and non-pure Python modules, which are +usually not run by themselves but imported by scripts. + +Scripts are files containing Python source code, intended to be started from the +command line. Scripts don't require Distutils to do anything very complicated. +The only clever feature is that if the first line of the script starts with +``#!`` and contains the word "python", the Distutils will adjust the first line +to refer to the current interpreter location. By default, it is replaced with +the current interpreter location. The :option:`--executable` (or :option:`-e`) +option will allow the interpreter path to be explicitly overridden. + +The :option:`scripts` option simply is a list of files to be handled in this +way. From the PyXML setup script:: + + setup(..., + scripts=['scripts/xmlproc_parse', 'scripts/xmlproc_val']) + +All the scripts will also be added to the ``MANIFEST`` file if no template is +provided. See :ref:`packaging-manifest`. + +.. _packaging-installing-package-data: + +Installing Package Data +======================= + +Often, additional files need to be installed into a package. These files are +often data that's closely related to the package's implementation, or text files +containing documentation that might be of interest to programmers using the +package. These files are called :dfn:`package data`. + +Package data can be added to packages using the ``package_data`` keyword +argument to the :func:`setup` function. The value must be a mapping from +package name to a list of relative path names that should be copied into the +package. The paths are interpreted as relative to the directory containing the +package (information from the ``package_dir`` mapping is used if appropriate); +that is, the files are expected to be part of the package in the source +directories. They may contain glob patterns as well. + +The path names may contain directory portions; any necessary directories will be +created in the installation. + +For example, if a package should contain a subdirectory with several data files, +the files can be arranged like this in the source tree:: + + setup.py + src/ + mypkg/ + __init__.py + module.py + data/ + tables.dat + spoons.dat + forks.dat + +The corresponding call to :func:`setup` might be:: + + setup(..., + packages=['mypkg'], + package_dir={'mypkg': 'src/mypkg'}, + package_data={'mypkg': ['data/*.dat']}) + + +All the files that match ``package_data`` will be added to the ``MANIFEST`` +file if no template is provided. See :ref:`packaging-manifest`. + + +.. _packaging-additional-files: + +Installing Additional Files +=========================== + +The :option:`data_files` option can be used to specify additional files needed +by the module distribution: configuration files, message catalogs, data files, +anything which doesn't fit in the previous categories. + +:option:`data_files` specifies a sequence of (*directory*, *files*) pairs in the +following way:: + + setup(..., + data_files=[('bitmaps', ['bm/b1.gif', 'bm/b2.gif']), + ('config', ['cfg/data.cfg']), + ('/etc/init.d', ['init-script'])]) + +Note that you can specify the directory names where the data files will be +installed, but you cannot rename the data files themselves. + +Each (*directory*, *files*) pair in the sequence specifies the installation +directory and the files to install there. If *directory* is a relative path, it +is interpreted relative to the installation prefix (Python's ``sys.prefix`` for +pure-Python packages, ``sys.exec_prefix`` for packages that contain extension +modules). Each file name in *files* is interpreted relative to the +:file:`setup.py` script at the top of the package source distribution. No +directory information from *files* is used to determine the final location of +the installed file; only the name of the file is used. + +You can specify the :option:`data_files` options as a simple sequence of files +without specifying a target directory, but this is not recommended, and the +:command:`install_dist` command will print a warning in this case. To install data +files directly in the target directory, an empty string should be given as the +directory. + +All the files that match ``data_files`` will be added to the ``MANIFEST`` file +if no template is provided. See :ref:`packaging-manifest`. + + + +.. _packaging-metadata: + +Metadata reference +================== + +The setup script may include additional metadata beyond the name and version. +This table describes required and additional information: + +.. TODO synchronize with setupcfg; link to it (but don't remove it, it's a + useful summary) + ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| Meta-Data | Description | Value | Notes | ++======================+===========================+=================+========+ +| ``name`` | name of the project | short string | \(1) | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``version`` | version of this release | short string | (1)(2) | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``author`` | project author's name | short string | \(3) | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``author_email`` | email address of the | email address | \(3) | +| | project author | | | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``maintainer`` | project maintainer's name | short string | \(3) | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``maintainer_email`` | email address of the | email address | \(3) | +| | project maintainer | | | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``home_page`` | home page for the project | URL | \(1) | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``summary`` | short description of the | short string | | +| | project | | | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``description`` | longer description of the | long string | \(5) | +| | project | | | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``download_url`` | location where the | URL | | +| | project may be downloaded | | | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``classifiers`` | a list of classifiers | list of strings | \(4) | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``platforms`` | a list of platforms | list of strings | | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ +| ``license`` | license for the release | short string | \(6) | ++----------------------+---------------------------+-----------------+--------+ + +Notes: + +(1) + These fields are required. + +(2) + It is recommended that versions take the form *major.minor[.patch[.sub]]*. + +(3) + Either the author or the maintainer must be identified. + +(4) + The list of classifiers is available from the `PyPI website + <http://pypi.python.org/pypi>`_. See also :mod:`packaging.create`. + +(5) + The ``description`` field is used by PyPI when you are registering a + release, to build its PyPI page. + +(6) + The ``license`` field is a text indicating the license covering the + distribution where the license is not a selection from the "License" Trove + classifiers. See the ``Classifier`` field. Notice that + there's a ``licence`` distribution option which is deprecated but still + acts as an alias for ``license``. + +'short string' + A single line of text, not more than 200 characters. + +'long string' + Multiple lines of plain text in reStructuredText format (see + http://docutils.sf.net/). + +'list of strings' + See below. + +In Python 2.x, "string value" means a unicode object. If a byte string (str or +bytes) is given, it has to be valid ASCII. + +.. TODO move this section to the version document, keep a summary, add a link + +Encoding the version information is an art in itself. Python projects generally +adhere to the version format *major.minor[.patch][sub]*. The major number is 0 +for initial, experimental releases of software. It is incremented for releases +that represent major milestones in a project. The minor number is incremented +when important new features are added to the project. The patch number +increments when bug-fix releases are made. Additional trailing version +information is sometimes used to indicate sub-releases. These are +"a1,a2,...,aN" (for alpha releases, where functionality and API may change), +"b1,b2,...,bN" (for beta releases, which only fix bugs) and "pr1,pr2,...,prN" +(for final pre-release release testing). Some examples: + +0.1.0 + the first, experimental release of a project + +1.0.1a2 + the second alpha release of the first patch version of 1.0 + +:option:`classifiers` are specified in a Python list:: + + setup(..., + classifiers=[ + 'Development Status :: 4 - Beta', + 'Environment :: Console', + 'Environment :: Web Environment', + 'Intended Audience :: End Users/Desktop', + 'Intended Audience :: Developers', + 'Intended Audience :: System Administrators', + 'License :: OSI Approved :: Python Software Foundation License', + 'Operating System :: MacOS :: MacOS X', + 'Operating System :: Microsoft :: Windows', + 'Operating System :: POSIX', + 'Programming Language :: Python', + 'Topic :: Communications :: Email', + 'Topic :: Office/Business', + 'Topic :: Software Development :: Bug Tracking', + ]) + + +Debugging the setup script +========================== + +Sometimes things go wrong, and the setup script doesn't do what the developer +wants. + +Distutils catches any exceptions when running the setup script, and print a +simple error message before the script is terminated. The motivation for this +behaviour is to not confuse administrators who don't know much about Python and +are trying to install a project. If they get a big long traceback from deep +inside the guts of Distutils, they may think the project or the Python +installation is broken because they don't read all the way down to the bottom +and see that it's a permission problem. + +.. FIXME DISTUTILS_DEBUG is dead, document logging/warnings here + +On the other hand, this doesn't help the developer to find the cause of the +failure. For this purpose, the DISTUTILS_DEBUG environment variable can be set +to anything except an empty string, and Packaging will now print detailed +information about what it is doing, and prints the full traceback in case an +exception occurs. diff --git a/Doc/packaging/sourcedist.rst b/Doc/packaging/sourcedist.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cedc15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/sourcedist.rst @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +.. _packaging-source-dist: + +****************************** +Creating a Source Distribution +****************************** + +As shown in section :ref:`packaging-simple-example`, you use the :command:`sdist` command +to create a source distribution. In the simplest case, :: + + python setup.py sdist + +(assuming you haven't specified any :command:`sdist` options in the setup script +or config file), :command:`sdist` creates the archive of the default format for +the current platform. The default format is a gzip'ed tar file +(:file:`.tar.gz`) on Unix, and ZIP file on Windows. + +You can specify as many formats as you like using the :option:`--formats` +option, for example:: + + python setup.py sdist --formats=gztar,zip + +to create a gzipped tarball and a zip file. The available formats are: + ++-----------+-------------------------+---------+ +| Format | Description | Notes | ++===========+=========================+=========+ +| ``zip`` | zip file (:file:`.zip`) | (1),(3) | ++-----------+-------------------------+---------+ +| ``gztar`` | gzip'ed tar file | \(2) | +| | (:file:`.tar.gz`) | | ++-----------+-------------------------+---------+ +| ``bztar`` | bzip2'ed tar file | | +| | (:file:`.tar.bz2`) | | ++-----------+-------------------------+---------+ +| ``tar`` | tar file (:file:`.tar`) | | ++-----------+-------------------------+---------+ + +Notes: + +(1) + default on Windows + +(2) + default on Unix + +(3) + requires either external :program:`zip` utility or :mod:`zipfile` module (part + of the standard Python library since Python 1.6) + +When using any ``tar`` format (``gztar``, ``bztar`` or +``tar``) under Unix, you can specify the ``owner`` and ``group`` names +that will be set for each member of the archive. + +For example, if you want all files of the archive to be owned by root:: + + python setup.py sdist --owner=root --group=root + + +.. _packaging-manifest: + +Specifying the files to distribute +================================== + +If you don't supply an explicit list of files (or instructions on how to +generate one), the :command:`sdist` command puts a minimal default set into the +source distribution: + +* all Python source files implied by the :option:`py_modules` and + :option:`packages` options + +* all C source files mentioned in the :option:`ext_modules` or + :option:`libraries` options + +* scripts identified by the :option:`scripts` option + See :ref:`packaging-installing-scripts`. + +* anything that looks like a test script: :file:`test/test\*.py` (currently, the + Packaging don't do anything with test scripts except include them in source + distributions, but in the future there will be a standard for testing Python + module distributions) + +* the configuration file :file:`setup.cfg` + +* all files that matches the ``package_data`` metadata. + See :ref:`packaging-installing-package-data`. + +* all files that matches the ``data_files`` metadata. + See :ref:`packaging-additional-files`. + +Contrary to Distutils, :file:`README` (or :file:`README.txt`) and +:file:`setup.py` are not included by default. + +Sometimes this is enough, but usually you will want to specify additional files +to distribute. The typical way to do this is to write a *manifest template*, +called :file:`MANIFEST.in` by default. The manifest template is just a list of +instructions for how to generate your manifest file, :file:`MANIFEST`, which is +the exact list of files to include in your source distribution. The +:command:`sdist` command processes this template and generates a manifest based +on its instructions and what it finds in the filesystem. + +If you prefer to roll your own manifest file, the format is simple: one filename +per line, regular files (or symlinks to them) only. If you do supply your own +:file:`MANIFEST`, you must specify everything: the default set of files +described above does not apply in this case. + +:file:`MANIFEST` files start with a comment indicating they are generated. +Files without this comment are not overwritten or removed. + +See :ref:`packaging-manifest-template` section for a syntax reference. + + +.. _packaging-manifest-options: + +Manifest-related options +======================== + +The normal course of operations for the :command:`sdist` command is as follows: + +* if the manifest file, :file:`MANIFEST` doesn't exist, read :file:`MANIFEST.in` + and create the manifest + +* if neither :file:`MANIFEST` nor :file:`MANIFEST.in` exist, create a manifest + with just the default file set + +* if either :file:`MANIFEST.in` or the setup script (:file:`setup.py`) are more + recent than :file:`MANIFEST`, recreate :file:`MANIFEST` by reading + :file:`MANIFEST.in` + +* use the list of files now in :file:`MANIFEST` (either just generated or read + in) to create the source distribution archive(s) + +There are a couple of options that modify this behaviour. First, use the +:option:`--no-defaults` and :option:`--no-prune` to disable the standard +"include" and "exclude" sets. + +Second, you might just want to (re)generate the manifest, but not create a +source distribution:: + + python setup.py sdist --manifest-only + +:option:`-o` is a shortcut for :option:`--manifest-only`. + + +.. _packaging-manifest-template: + +The MANIFEST.in template +======================== + +A :file:`MANIFEST.in` file can be added in a project to define the list of +files to include in the distribution built by the :command:`sdist` command. + +When :command:`sdist` is run, it will look for the :file:`MANIFEST.in` file +and interpret it to generate the :file:`MANIFEST` file that contains the +list of files that will be included in the package. + +This mechanism can be used when the default list of files is not enough. +(See :ref:`packaging-manifest`). + +Principle +--------- + +The manifest template has one command per line, where each command specifies a +set of files to include or exclude from the source distribution. For an +example, let's look at the Packaging' own manifest template:: + + include *.txt + recursive-include examples *.txt *.py + prune examples/sample?/build + +The meanings should be fairly clear: include all files in the distribution root +matching :file:`\*.txt`, all files anywhere under the :file:`examples` directory +matching :file:`\*.txt` or :file:`\*.py`, and exclude all directories matching +:file:`examples/sample?/build`. All of this is done *after* the standard +include set, so you can exclude files from the standard set with explicit +instructions in the manifest template. (Or, you can use the +:option:`--no-defaults` option to disable the standard set entirely.) + +The order of commands in the manifest template matters: initially, we have the +list of default files as described above, and each command in the template adds +to or removes from that list of files. Once we have fully processed the +manifest template, we remove files that should not be included in the source +distribution: + +* all files in the Packaging "build" tree (default :file:`build/`) + +* all files in directories named :file:`RCS`, :file:`CVS`, :file:`.svn`, + :file:`.hg`, :file:`.git`, :file:`.bzr` or :file:`_darcs` + +Now we have our complete list of files, which is written to the manifest for +future reference, and then used to build the source distribution archive(s). + +You can disable the default set of included files with the +:option:`--no-defaults` option, and you can disable the standard exclude set +with :option:`--no-prune`. + +Following the Packaging' own manifest template, let's trace how the +:command:`sdist` command builds the list of files to include in the Packaging +source distribution: + +#. include all Python source files in the :file:`packaging` and + :file:`packaging/command` subdirectories (because packages corresponding to + those two directories were mentioned in the :option:`packages` option in the + setup script---see section :ref:`packaging-setup-script`) + +#. include :file:`README.txt`, :file:`setup.py`, and :file:`setup.cfg` (standard + files) + +#. include :file:`test/test\*.py` (standard files) + +#. include :file:`\*.txt` in the distribution root (this will find + :file:`README.txt` a second time, but such redundancies are weeded out later) + +#. include anything matching :file:`\*.txt` or :file:`\*.py` in the sub-tree + under :file:`examples`, + +#. exclude all files in the sub-trees starting at directories matching + :file:`examples/sample?/build`\ ---this may exclude files included by the + previous two steps, so it's important that the ``prune`` command in the manifest + template comes after the ``recursive-include`` command + +#. exclude the entire :file:`build` tree, and any :file:`RCS`, :file:`CVS`, + :file:`.svn`, :file:`.hg`, :file:`.git`, :file:`.bzr` and :file:`_darcs` + directories + +Just like in the setup script, file and directory names in the manifest template +should always be slash-separated; the Packaging will take care of converting +them to the standard representation on your platform. That way, the manifest +template is portable across operating systems. + +Commands +-------- + +The manifest template commands are: + ++-------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ +| Command | Description | ++===========================================+===============================================+ +| :command:`include pat1 pat2 ...` | include all files matching any of the listed | +| | patterns | ++-------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ +| :command:`exclude pat1 pat2 ...` | exclude all files matching any of the listed | +| | patterns | ++-------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ +| :command:`recursive-include dir pat1 pat2 | include all files under *dir* matching any of | +| ...` | the listed patterns | ++-------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ +| :command:`recursive-exclude dir pat1 pat2 | exclude all files under *dir* matching any of | +| ...` | the listed patterns | ++-------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ +| :command:`global-include pat1 pat2 ...` | include all files anywhere in the source tree | +| | matching --- & any of the listed patterns | ++-------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ +| :command:`global-exclude pat1 pat2 ...` | exclude all files anywhere in the source tree | +| | matching --- & any of the listed patterns | ++-------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ +| :command:`prune dir` | exclude all files under *dir* | ++-------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ +| :command:`graft dir` | include all files under *dir* | ++-------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ + +The patterns here are Unix-style "glob" patterns: ``*`` matches any sequence of +regular filename characters, ``?`` matches any single regular filename +character, and ``[range]`` matches any of the characters in *range* (e.g., +``a-z``, ``a-zA-Z``, ``a-f0-9_.``). The definition of "regular filename +character" is platform-specific: on Unix it is anything except slash; on Windows +anything except backslash or colon. diff --git a/Doc/packaging/tutorial.rst b/Doc/packaging/tutorial.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04f41e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/tutorial.rst @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +================== +Packaging tutorial +================== + +Welcome to the Packaging tutorial! We will learn how to use Packaging +to package your project. + +.. TODO merge with introduction.rst + + +Getting started +--------------- + +Packaging works with the *setup.cfg* file. It contains all the metadata for +your project, as defined in PEP 345, but also declare what your project +contains. + +Let's say you have a project called *CLVault* containing one package called +*clvault*, and a few scripts inside. You can use the *pysetup* script to create +a *setup.cfg* file for the project. The script will ask you a few questions:: + + $ mkdir CLVault + $ cd CLVault + $ pysetup create + Project name [CLVault]: + Current version number: 0.1 + Package description: + >Command-line utility to store and retrieve passwords + Author name: Tarek Ziade + Author e-mail address: tarek@ziade.org + Project Home Page: http://bitbucket.org/tarek/clvault + Do you want to add a package ? (y/n): y + Package name: clvault + Do you want to add a package ? (y/n): n + Do you want to set Trove classifiers? (y/n): y + Please select the project status: + + 1 - Planning + 2 - Pre-Alpha + 3 - Alpha + 4 - Beta + 5 - Production/Stable + 6 - Mature + 7 - Inactive + + Status: 3 + What license do you use: GPL + Matching licenses: + + 1) License :: OSI Approved :: GNU General Public License (GPL) + 2) License :: OSI Approved :: GNU Library or Lesser General Public License (LGPL) + + Type the number of the license you wish to use or ? to try again:: 1 + Do you want to set other trove identifiers (y/n) [n]: n + Wrote "setup.cfg". + + +A setup.cfg file is created, containing the metadata of your project and the +list of the packages it contains:: + + $ cat setup.cfg + [metadata] + name = CLVault + version = 0.1 + author = Tarek Ziade + author_email = tarek@ziade.org + description = Command-line utility to store and retrieve passwords + home_page = http://bitbucket.org/tarek/clvault + + classifier = Development Status :: 3 - Alpha + License :: OSI Approved :: GNU General Public License (GPL) + + [files] + packages = clvault + + +Our project will depend on the *keyring* project. Let's add it in the +[metadata] section:: + + [metadata] + ... + requires_dist = + keyring + + +Running commands +---------------- + +You can run useful commands on your project once the setup.cfg file is ready: + +- sdist: creates a source distribution +- register: register your project to PyPI +- upload: upload the distribution to PyPI +- install_dist: install it + +All commands are run using the run script:: + + $ pysetup run install_dist + $ pysetup run sdist + $ pysetup run upload + +If you want to push a source distribution of your project to PyPI, do:: + + $ pysetup run sdist register upload + + +Installing the project +---------------------- + +The project can be installed by manually running the packaging install command:: + + $ pysetup run install_dist diff --git a/Doc/packaging/uploading.rst b/Doc/packaging/uploading.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..297518b --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/packaging/uploading.rst @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +.. _packaging-package-upload: + +*************************************** +Uploading Packages to the Package Index +*************************************** + +The Python Package Index (PyPI) not only stores the package info, but also the +package data if the author of the package wishes to. The packaging command +:command:`upload` pushes the distribution files to PyPI. + +The command is invoked immediately after building one or more distribution +files. For example, the command :: + + python setup.py sdist bdist_wininst upload + +will cause the source distribution and the Windows installer to be uploaded to +PyPI. Note that these will be uploaded even if they are built using an earlier +invocation of :file:`setup.py`, but that only distributions named on the command +line for the invocation including the :command:`upload` command are uploaded. + +The :command:`upload` command uses the username, password, and repository URL +from the :file:`$HOME/.pypirc` file (see section :ref:`packaging-pypirc` for more on this +file). If a :command:`register` command was previously called in the same +command, and if the password was entered in the prompt, :command:`upload` will +reuse the entered password. This is useful if you do not want to store a clear +text password in the :file:`$HOME/.pypirc` file. + +You can specify another PyPI server with the :option:`--repository=*url*` +option:: + + python setup.py sdist bdist_wininst upload -r http://example.com/pypi + +See section :ref:`packaging-pypirc` for more on defining several servers. + +You can use the :option:`--sign` option to tell :command:`upload` to sign each +uploaded file using GPG (GNU Privacy Guard). The :program:`gpg` program must +be available for execution on the system :envvar:`PATH`. You can also specify +which key to use for signing using the :option:`--identity=*name*` option. + +Other :command:`upload` options include :option:`--repository=<url>` or +:option:`--repository=<section>` where *url* is the url of the server and +*section* the name of the section in :file:`$HOME/.pypirc`, and +:option:`--show-response` (which displays the full response text from the PyPI +server for help in debugging upload problems). + +PyPI package display +==================== + +The ``description`` field plays a special role at PyPI. It is used by +the server to display a home page for the registered package. + +If you use the `reStructuredText <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_ +syntax for this field, PyPI will parse it and display an HTML output for +the package home page. + +The ``description`` field can be filled from a text file located in the +project:: + + from packaging.core import setup + + fp = open('README.txt') + try: + description = fp.read() + finally: + fp.close() + + setup(name='Packaging', + description=description) + +In that case, :file:`README.txt` is a regular reStructuredText text file located +in the root of the package besides :file:`setup.py`. + +To prevent registering broken reStructuredText content, you can use the +:program:`rst2html` program that is provided by the :mod:`docutils` package +and check the ``description`` from the command line:: + + $ python setup.py --description | rst2html.py > output.html + +:mod:`docutils` will display a warning if there's something wrong with your +syntax. diff --git a/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst b/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst index 129f987..e628a02 100644 --- a/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst +++ b/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst @@ -1343,7 +1343,8 @@ access (use of, assignment to, or deletion of ``x.name``) for class instances. .. method:: object.__dir__(self) - Called when :func:`dir` is called on the object. A list must be returned. + Called when :func:`dir` is called on the object. A sequence must be + returned. :func:`dir` converts the returned sequence to a list and sorts it. .. _descriptors: diff --git a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexcontent.html b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexcontent.html index d5e17cd..778346f 100644 --- a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexcontent.html +++ b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexcontent.html @@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ <span class="linkdescr">tutorial for C/C++ programmers</span></p> <p class="biglink"><a class="biglink" href="{{ pathto("c-api/index") }}">Python/C API</a><br/> <span class="linkdescr">reference for C/C++ programmers</span></p> - <p class="biglink"><a class="biglink" href="{{ pathto("install/index") }}">Installing Python Modules</a><br/> - <span class="linkdescr">information for installers & sys-admins</span></p> - <p class="biglink"><a class="biglink" href="{{ pathto("distutils/index") }}">Distributing Python Modules</a><br/> - <span class="linkdescr">sharing modules with others</span></p> + <p class="biglink"><a class="biglink" href="{{ pathto("install/index") }}">Installing Python Projects</a><br/> + <span class="linkdescr">finding and installing modules and applications</span></p> + <p class="biglink"><a class="biglink" href="{{ pathto("packaging/index") }}">Distributing Python Projects</a><br/> + <span class="linkdescr">packaging and distributing modules and applications</span></p> <p class="biglink"><a class="biglink" href="{{ pathto("documenting/index") }}">Documenting Python</a><br/> <span class="linkdescr">guide for documentation authors</span></p> <p class="biglink"><a class="biglink" href="{{ pathto("faq/index") }}">FAQs</a><br/> diff --git a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexsidebar.html b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexsidebar.html index 672492e..3ad24f9 100644 --- a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexsidebar.html +++ b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexsidebar.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ <h3>Docs for other versions</h3> <ul> <li><a href="http://docs.python.org/2.7/">Python 2.7 (stable)</a></li> - <li><a href="http://docs.python.org/3.1/">Python 3.1 (stable)</a></li> + <li><a href="http://docs.python.org/3.2/">Python 3.2 (stable)</a></li> <li><a href="http://www.python.org/doc/versions/">Old versions</a></li> </ul> diff --git a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/pyspecific.py b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/pyspecific.py index 4329281..d928cfd 100644 --- a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/pyspecific.py +++ b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/pyspecific.py @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ """ ISSUE_URI = 'http://bugs.python.org/issue%s' -SOURCE_URI = 'http://hg.python.org/cpython/file/3.2/%s' +SOURCE_URI = 'http://hg.python.org/cpython/file/default/%s' from docutils import nodes, utils from sphinx.util.nodes import split_explicit_title diff --git a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/susp-ignored.csv b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/susp-ignored.csv index c2e4c43..8211d62 100644 --- a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/susp-ignored.csv +++ b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/susp-ignored.csv @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ library/functions,,:stop,"a[start:stop, i]" library/functions,,:stop,a[start:stop:step] library/hotshot,,:lineno,"ncalls tottime percall cumtime percall filename:lineno(function)" library/httplib,,:port,host:port -library/imaplib,,:MM,"""DD-Mmm-YYYY HH:MM:SS +HHMM""" -library/imaplib,,:SS,"""DD-Mmm-YYYY HH:MM:SS +HHMM""" +library/imaplib,,:MM,"""DD-Mmm-YYYY HH:MM:SS" +library/imaplib,,:SS,"""DD-Mmm-YYYY HH:MM:SS" library/itertools,,:stop,elements from seq[start:stop:step] library/itertools,,:step,elements from seq[start:stop:step] library/linecache,,:sys,"sys:x:3:3:sys:/dev:/bin/sh" @@ -185,6 +185,99 @@ documenting/fromlatex,152,:noindex,:noindex: documenting/fromlatex,162,.. describe:,.. describe:: a == b documenting/fromlatex,168,.. cmdoption:,.. cmdoption:: -O documenting/fromlatex,168,.. envvar:,.. envvar:: PYTHONINSPECT +documenting/markup,33,.. sectionauthor:,.. sectionauthor:: Guido van Rossum <guido@python.org> +documenting/markup,42,:mod,:mod:`parrot` -- Dead parrot access +documenting/markup,42,`,:mod:`parrot` -- Dead parrot access +documenting/markup,42,.. module:,.. module:: parrot +documenting/markup,42,:platform,":platform: Unix, Windows" +documenting/markup,42,:synopsis,:synopsis: Analyze and reanimate dead parrots. +documenting/markup,42,.. moduleauthor:,.. moduleauthor:: Eric Cleese <eric@python.invalid> +documenting/markup,42,.. moduleauthor:,.. moduleauthor:: John Idle <john@python.invalid> +documenting/markup,88,:noindex,:noindex: +documenting/markup,95,.. function:,.. function:: spam(eggs) +documenting/markup,95,:noindex,:noindex: +documenting/markup,101,.. method:,.. method:: FileInput.input(...) +documenting/markup,121,:function,c:function +documenting/markup,121,.. c:,".. c:function:: PyObject* PyType_GenericAlloc(PyTypeObject *type, Py_ssize_t nitems)" +documenting/markup,121,::,".. c:function:: PyObject* PyType_GenericAlloc(PyTypeObject *type, Py_ssize_t nitems)" +documenting/markup,131,:member,c:member +documenting/markup,131,.. c:,.. c:member:: PyObject* PyTypeObject.tp_bases +documenting/markup,131,::,.. c:member:: PyObject* PyTypeObject.tp_bases +documenting/markup,139,:macro,c:macro +documenting/markup,143,:type,c:type +documenting/markup,150,:var,c:var +documenting/markup,150,.. cvar:,.. cvar:: PyObject* PyClass_Type +documenting/markup,179,.. function:,".. function:: Timer.repeat([repeat=3[, number=1000000]])" +documenting/markup,210,.. decorator:,.. decorator:: removename +documenting/markup,210,.. decorator:,.. decorator:: setnewname(name) +documenting/markup,210,:func,:func: +documenting/markup,233,:meth,:meth: +documenting/markup,246,.. cmdoption:,.. cmdoption:: -m <module> +documenting/markup,264,.. describe:,.. describe:: opcode +documenting/markup,293,.. highlightlang:,.. highlightlang:: c +documenting/markup,313,.. literalinclude:,.. literalinclude:: example.py +documenting/markup,328,:rolename,:rolename:`content` +documenting/markup,328,`,:rolename:`content` +documenting/markup,333,:role,:role:`title <target>` +documenting/markup,333,`,:role:`title <target>` +documenting/markup,339,:meth,:meth:`~Queue.Queue.get` +documenting/markup,339,`,:meth:`~Queue.Queue.get` +documenting/markup,387,:func,:func:`filter` +documenting/markup,387,`,:func:`filter` +documenting/markup,387,:func,:func:`foo.filter` +documenting/markup,387,`,:func:`foo.filter` +documenting/markup,393,:func,:func:`open` +documenting/markup,393,`,:func:`open` +documenting/markup,393,:func,:func:`.open` +documenting/markup,393,`,:func:`.open` +documenting/markup,409,:data,c:data +documenting/markup,413,:func,c:func +documenting/markup,417,:macro,c:macro +documenting/markup,421,:type,c:type +documenting/markup,426,:member,c:member +documenting/markup,476,:file,... is installed in :file:`/usr/lib/python2.{x}/site-packages` ... +documenting/markup,476,`,... is installed in :file:`/usr/lib/python2.{x}/site-packages` ... +documenting/markup,495,:kbd,:kbd:`C-x C-f` +documenting/markup,495,`,:kbd:`C-x C-f` +documenting/markup,495,:kbd,:kbd:`Control-x Control-f` +documenting/markup,495,`,:kbd:`Control-x Control-f` +documenting/markup,509,:mailheader,:mailheader:`Content-Type` +documenting/markup,509,`,:mailheader:`Content-Type` +documenting/markup,518,:manpage,:manpage:`ls(1)` +documenting/markup,518,`,:manpage:`ls(1)` +documenting/markup,534,:menuselection,:menuselection:`Start --> Programs` +documenting/markup,534,`,:menuselection:`Start --> Programs` +documenting/markup,549,`,``code`` +documenting/markup,567,:file,:file: +documenting/markup,567,`,``code`` +documenting/markup,602,:ref,:ref:`label-name` +documenting/markup,602,`,:ref:`label-name` +documenting/markup,606,:ref,"It refers to the section itself, see :ref:`my-reference-label`." +documenting/markup,606,`,"It refers to the section itself, see :ref:`my-reference-label`." +documenting/markup,615,:ref,:ref: +documenting/markup,636,.. note:,.. note:: +documenting/markup,663,.. versionadded:,.. versionadded:: 3.1 +documenting/markup,688,::,.. impl-detail:: +documenting/markup,688,::,.. impl-detail:: This shortly mentions an implementation detail. +documenting/markup,708,.. seealso:,.. seealso:: +documenting/markup,708,:mod,Module :mod:`zipfile` +documenting/markup,708,`,Module :mod:`zipfile` +documenting/markup,708,:mod,Documentation of the :mod:`zipfile` standard module. +documenting/markup,708,`,Documentation of the :mod:`zipfile` standard module. +documenting/markup,708,`,"`GNU tar manual, Basic Tar Format <http://link>`_" +documenting/markup,722,.. centered:,.. centered:: +documenting/markup,767,.. toctree:,.. toctree:: +documenting/markup,767,:maxdepth,:maxdepth: 2 +documenting/markup,783,.. index:,.. index:: +documenting/markup,813,.. index:,".. index:: BNF, grammar, syntax, notation" +documenting/markup,844,`,"unaryneg ::= ""-"" `integer`" +documenting/markup,849,.. productionlist:,.. productionlist:: +documenting/markup,849,`,"try1_stmt: ""try"" "":"" `suite`" +documenting/markup,849,`,": (""except"" [`expression` ["","" `target`]] "":"" `suite`)+" +documenting/markup,849,`,": [""else"" "":"" `suite`]" +documenting/markup,849,`,": [""finally"" "":"" `suite`]" +documenting/markup,849,`,"try2_stmt: ""try"" "":"" `suite`" +documenting/markup,849,`,": ""finally"" "":"" `suite`" documenting/rest,33,`,``text`` documenting/rest,47,:rolename,:rolename:`content` documenting/rest,47,`,:rolename:`content` @@ -401,3 +494,25 @@ library/pprint,209,::,"'Programming Language :: Python :: 2.6'," library/pprint,209,::,"'Programming Language :: Python :: 2.7'," library/pprint,209,::,"'Topic :: Software Development :: Libraries'," library/pprint,209,::,"'Topic :: Software Development :: Libraries :: Python Modules']," +packaging/examples,,`,This is the description of the ``foobar`` project. +packaging/setupcfg,,::,Development Status :: 3 - Alpha +packaging/setupcfg,,::,License :: OSI Approved :: Mozilla Public License 1.1 (MPL 1.1) +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Development Status :: 4 - Beta'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Environment :: Console'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Environment :: Web Environment'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Intended Audience :: End Users/Desktop'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Intended Audience :: Developers'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Intended Audience :: System Administrators'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'License :: OSI Approved :: Python Software Foundation License'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Operating System :: MacOS :: MacOS X'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Operating System :: Microsoft :: Windows'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Operating System :: POSIX'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Programming Language :: Python'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Topic :: Communications :: Email'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Topic :: Office/Business'," +packaging/setupscript,,::,"'Topic :: Software Development :: Bug Tracking'," +packaging/tutorial,,::,1) License :: OSI Approved :: GNU General Public License (GPL) +packaging/tutorial,,::,2) License :: OSI Approved :: GNU Library or Lesser General Public License (LGPL) +packaging/tutorial,,::,Type the number of the license you wish to use or ? to try again:: 1 +packaging/tutorial,,::,classifier = Development Status :: 3 - Alpha +packaging/tutorial,,::,License :: OSI Approved :: GNU General Public License (GPL) diff --git a/Doc/tutorial/classes.rst b/Doc/tutorial/classes.rst index 6ee2e94..4926280 100644 --- a/Doc/tutorial/classes.rst +++ b/Doc/tutorial/classes.rst @@ -695,9 +695,9 @@ example, the following code will print B, C, D in that order:: class D(C): pass - for c in [B, C, D]: + for cls in [B, C, D]: try: - raise c() + raise cls() except D: print("D") except C: diff --git a/Doc/tutorial/interpreter.rst b/Doc/tutorial/interpreter.rst index 417eeee..4f16c87 100644 --- a/Doc/tutorial/interpreter.rst +++ b/Doc/tutorial/interpreter.rst @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ Using the Python Interpreter Invoking the Interpreter ======================== -The Python interpreter is usually installed as :file:`/usr/local/bin/python3.2` +The Python interpreter is usually installed as :file:`/usr/local/bin/python3.3` on those machines where it is available; putting :file:`/usr/local/bin` in your Unix shell's search path makes it possible to start it by typing the command :: - python3.2 + python3.3 to the shell. [#]_ Since the choice of the directory where the interpreter lives is an installation option, other places are possible; check with your local @@ -22,11 +22,11 @@ Python guru or system administrator. (E.g., :file:`/usr/local/python` is a popular alternative location.) On Windows machines, the Python installation is usually placed in -:file:`C:\\Python32`, though you can change this when you're running the +:file:`C:\\Python33`, though you can change this when you're running the installer. To add this directory to your path, you can type the following command into the command prompt in a DOS box:: - set path=%path%;C:\python32 + set path=%path%;C:\python33 Typing an end-of-file character (:kbd:`Control-D` on Unix, :kbd:`Control-Z` on Windows) at the primary prompt causes the interpreter to exit with a zero exit @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ with the *secondary prompt*, by default three dots (``...``). The interpreter prints a welcome message stating its version number and a copyright notice before printing the first prompt:: - $ python3.2 - Python 3.2 (py3k, Sep 12 2007, 12:21:02) + $ python3.3 + Python 3.3 (py3k, Sep 12 2007, 12:21:02) [GCC 3.4.6 20060404 (Red Hat 3.4.6-8)] on linux2 Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information. >>> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Executable Python Scripts On BSD'ish Unix systems, Python scripts can be made directly executable, like shell scripts, by putting the line :: - #! /usr/bin/env python3.2 + #! /usr/bin/env python3.3 (assuming that the interpreter is on the user's :envvar:`PATH`) at the beginning of the script and giving the file an executable mode. The ``#!`` must be the diff --git a/Doc/tutorial/stdlib.rst b/Doc/tutorial/stdlib.rst index 9729743..500ca7f 100644 --- a/Doc/tutorial/stdlib.rst +++ b/Doc/tutorial/stdlib.rst @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ operating system:: >>> import os >>> os.getcwd() # Return the current working directory - 'C:\\Python31' + 'C:\\Python33' >>> os.chdir('/server/accesslogs') # Change current working directory >>> os.system('mkdir today') # Run the command mkdir in the system shell 0 diff --git a/Doc/tutorial/stdlib2.rst b/Doc/tutorial/stdlib2.rst index fe7f027..85c88dc 100644 --- a/Doc/tutorial/stdlib2.rst +++ b/Doc/tutorial/stdlib2.rst @@ -141,7 +141,9 @@ standard size and in little-endian byte order:: import struct - data = open('myfile.zip', 'rb').read() + with open('myfile.zip', 'rb') as f: + data = f.read() + start = 0 for i in range(3): # show the first 3 file headers start += 14 @@ -271,7 +273,7 @@ applications include caching objects that are expensive to create:: Traceback (most recent call last): File "<stdin>", line 1, in <module> d['primary'] # entry was automatically removed - File "C:/python31/lib/weakref.py", line 46, in __getitem__ + File "C:/python33/lib/weakref.py", line 46, in __getitem__ o = self.data[key]() KeyError: 'primary' diff --git a/Doc/using/cmdline.rst b/Doc/using/cmdline.rst index 851c2eb..f7bd92b 100644 --- a/Doc/using/cmdline.rst +++ b/Doc/using/cmdline.rst @@ -240,7 +240,9 @@ Miscellaneous options .. cmdoption:: -S Disable the import of the module :mod:`site` and the site-dependent - manipulations of :data:`sys.path` that it entails. + manipulations of :data:`sys.path` that it entails. Also disable these + manipulations if :mod:`site` is explicitly imported later (call + :func:`site.main` if you want them to be triggered). .. cmdoption:: -u @@ -481,8 +483,8 @@ These environment variables influence Python's behavior. Defines the :data:`user base directory <site.USER_BASE>`, which is used to compute the path of the :data:`user site-packages directory <site.USER_SITE>` - and :ref:`Distutils installation paths <inst-alt-install-user>` for ``python - setup.py install --user``. + and :ref:`Packaging installation paths <packaging-alt-install-user>` for + ``pysetup run install_dist --user``. .. seealso:: @@ -501,6 +503,14 @@ These environment variables influence Python's behavior. separated string, it is equivalent to specifying :option:`-W` multiple times. +.. envvar:: PYTHONFAULTHANDLER + + If this environment variable is set, :func:`faulthandler.enable` is called + at startup: install a handler for :const:`SIGSEGV`, :const:`SIGFPE`, + :const:`SIGABRT`, :const:`SIGBUS` and :const:`SIGILL` signals to dump the + Python traceback. This is equivalent to :option:`-X` ``faulthandler`` + option. + Debug-mode variables ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Doc/using/unix.rst b/Doc/using/unix.rst index 61e707b..d065512 100644 --- a/Doc/using/unix.rst +++ b/Doc/using/unix.rst @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Building Python If you want to compile CPython yourself, first thing you should do is get the `source <http://python.org/download/source/>`_. You can download either the latest release's source or just grab a fresh `checkout -<http://www.python.org/dev/faq/#how-do-i-get-a-checkout-of-the-repository-read-only-and-read-write>`_. +<http://docs.python.org/devguide/setup#checking-out-the-code>`_. The build process consists the usual :: diff --git a/Doc/using/windows.rst b/Doc/using/windows.rst index 12378b3..948753a 100644 --- a/Doc/using/windows.rst +++ b/Doc/using/windows.rst @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Compiling Python on Windows If you want to compile CPython yourself, first thing you should do is get the `source <http://python.org/download/source/>`_. You can download either the latest release's source or just grab a fresh `checkout -<http://www.python.org/dev/faq/#how-do-i-get-a-checkout-of-the-repository-read-only-and-read-write>`_. +<http://docs.python.org/devguide/setup#checking-out-the-code>`_. For Microsoft Visual C++, which is the compiler with which official Python releases are built, the source tree contains solutions/project files. View the diff --git a/Doc/whatsnew/3.2.rst b/Doc/whatsnew/3.2.rst index 32f97d6..a20bda6 100644 --- a/Doc/whatsnew/3.2.rst +++ b/Doc/whatsnew/3.2.rst @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ launch of four parallel threads for copying files:: e.submit(shutil.copy, 'src1.txt', 'dest1.txt') e.submit(shutil.copy, 'src2.txt', 'dest2.txt') e.submit(shutil.copy, 'src3.txt', 'dest3.txt') - e.submit(shutil.copy, 'src4.txt', 'dest4.txt') + e.submit(shutil.copy, 'src3.txt', 'dest4.txt') .. seealso:: @@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@ A number of small performance enhancements have been added: (Contributed by Antoine Pitrou; :issue:`3001`.) * The fast-search algorithm in stringlib is now used by the :meth:`split`, - :meth:`splitlines` and :meth:`replace` methods on + :meth:`rsplit`, :meth:`splitlines` and :meth:`replace` methods on :class:`bytes`, :class:`bytearray` and :class:`str` objects. Likewise, the algorithm is also used by :meth:`rfind`, :meth:`rindex`, :meth:`rsplit` and :meth:`rpartition`. @@ -2471,14 +2471,14 @@ Code Repository In addition to the existing Subversion code repository at http://svn.python.org there is now a `Mercurial <http://mercurial.selenic.com/>`_ repository at -http://hg.python.org/\. +http://hg.python.org/ . After the 3.2 release, there are plans to switch to Mercurial as the primary repository. This distributed version control system should make it easier for members of the community to create and share external changesets. See :pep:`385` for details. -To learn the new version control system, see the `tutorial by Joel +To learn to use the new version control system, see the `tutorial by Joel Spolsky <http://hginit.com>`_ or the `Guide to Mercurial Workflows <http://mercurial.selenic.com/guide/>`_. diff --git a/Doc/whatsnew/3.3.rst b/Doc/whatsnew/3.3.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6fdc5aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/whatsnew/3.3.rst @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +**************************** + What's New In Python 3.3 +**************************** + +:Author: Raymond Hettinger +:Release: |release| +:Date: |today| + +.. $Id$ + Rules for maintenance: + + * Anyone can add text to this document. Do not spend very much time + on the wording of your changes, because your text will probably + get rewritten to some degree. + + * The maintainer will go through Misc/NEWS periodically and add + changes; it's therefore more important to add your changes to + Misc/NEWS than to this file. + + * This is not a complete list of every single change; completeness + is the purpose of Misc/NEWS. Some changes I consider too small + or esoteric to include. If such a change is added to the text, + I'll just remove it. (This is another reason you shouldn't spend + too much time on writing your addition.) + + * If you want to draw your new text to the attention of the + maintainer, add 'XXX' to the beginning of the paragraph or + section. + + * It's OK to just add a fragmentary note about a change. For + example: "XXX Describe the transmogrify() function added to the + socket module." The maintainer will research the change and + write the necessary text. + + * You can comment out your additions if you like, but it's not + necessary (especially when a final release is some months away). + + * Credit the author of a patch or bugfix. Just the name is + sufficient; the e-mail address isn't necessary. + + * It's helpful to add the bug/patch number as a comment: + + % Patch 12345 + XXX Describe the transmogrify() function added to the socket + module. + (Contributed by P.Y. Developer.) + + This saves the maintainer the effort of going through the SVN log + when researching a change. + +This article explains the new features in Python 3.3, compared to 3.2. + + +PEP XXX: Stub +============= + + +Other Language Changes +====================== + +Some smaller changes made to the core Python language are: + +* Stub + + +New, Improved, and Deprecated Modules +===================================== + +* Stub + +codecs +------ + +Multibyte CJK decoders now resynchronize faster. They only ignore the first +byte of an invalid byte sequence. For example, ``b'\xff\n'.decode('gb2312', +'replace')`` now returns a ``\n`` after the replacement character. + +(:issue:`12016`) + +Don't reset incremental encoders of CJK codecs at each call to their encode() +method anymore. For example:: + + $ ./python -q + >>> import codecs + >>> encoder = codecs.getincrementalencoder('hz')('strict') + >>> b''.join(encoder.encode(x) for x in '\u52ff\u65bd\u65bc\u4eba\u3002 Bye.') + b'~{NpJ)l6HK!#~} Bye.' + +This example gives ``b'~{Np~}~{J)~}~{l6~}~{HK~}~{!#~} Bye.'`` with older Python +versions. + +(:issue:`12100`) + +crypt +----- + +Addition of salf and modular crypt format to the :mod:`crypt` module. + +(:issue:`10924`) + +curses +------ + +The :class:`curses.window` class has a new :meth:`~curses.window.get_wch` method +to get a wide character. Patch by Iñigo Serna. + +(:issue:`6755`) + +faulthandler +------------ + +New module: :mod:`faulthandler`. + + * :envvar:`PYTHONFAULTHANDLER` + * :option:`-X` ``faulthandler`` + + +math +---- + +The :mod:`math` module has a new function: + + * :func:`~math.log2`: return the base-2 logarithm of *x* + (Written by Mark Dickinson in :issue:`11888`). + + +nntplib +------- + +The :class:`nntplib.NNTP` class now supports the context manager protocol to +unconditionally consume :exc:`socket.error` exceptions and to close the NNTP +connection when done:: + + >>> from nntplib import NNTP + >>> with NNTP('news.gmane.org') as n: + ... n.group('gmane.comp.python.committers') + ... + ('211 1755 1 1755 gmane.comp.python.committers', 1755, 1, 1755, 'gmane.comp.python.committers') + >>> + +(Contributed by Giampaolo Rodolà in :issue:`9795`) + + +os +-- + +* The :mod:`os` module has a new :func:`~os.pipe2` function that makes it + possible to create a pipe with :data:`~os.O_CLOEXEC` or + :data:`~os.O_NONBLOCK` flags set atomically. This is especially useful to + avoid race conditions in multi-threaded programs. + +* The :mod:`os` module has a new :func:`~os.sendfile` function which provides + an efficent "zero-copy" way for copying data from one file (or socket) + descriptor to another. The phrase "zero-copy" refers to the fact that all of + the copying of data between the two descriptors is done entirely by the + kernel, with no copying of data into userspace buffers. :func:`~os.sendfile` + can be used to efficiently copy data from a file on disk to a network socket, + e.g. for downloading a file. + + (Patch submitted by Ross Lagerwall and Giampaolo Rodolà in :issue:`10882`.) + +* The :mod:`os` module has two new functions: :func:`~os.getpriority` and + :func:`~os.setpriority`. They can be used to get or set process + niceness/priority in a fashion similar to :func:`os.nice` but extended to all + processes instead of just the current one. + + (Patch submitted by Giampaolo Rodolà in :issue:`10784`.) + + +packaging +--------- + +:mod:`distutils` has undergone additions and refactoring under a new name, +:mod:`packaging`, to allow developers to break backward compatibility. +:mod:`distutils` is still provided in the standard library, but users are +encouraged to transition to :mod:`packaging`. For older versions of Python, a +backport compatible with 2.4+ and 3.1+ will be made available on PyPI under the +name :mod:`distutils2`. + +.. TODO add examples and howto to the packaging docs and link to them + + +pydoc +----- + +The Tk GUI and the :func:`~pydoc.serve` function have been removed from the +:mod:`pydoc` module: ``pydoc -g`` and :func:`~pydoc.serve` have been deprecated +in Python 3.2. + + +sys +--- + +* The :mod:`sys` module has a new :data:`~sys.thread_info` :term:`struct + sequence` holding informations about the thread implementation. + + (:issue:`11223`) + + +signal +------ + +* The :mod:`signal` module has new functions: + + * :func:`~signal.pthread_sigmask`: fetch and/or change the signal mask of the + calling thread (Contributed by Jean-Paul Calderone in :issue:`8407`) ; + * :func:`~signal.pthread_kill`: send a signal to a thread ; + * :func:`~signal.sigpending`: examine pending functions ; + * :func:`~signal.sigwait`: wait a signal. + * :func:`~signal.sigwaitinfo`: wait for a signal, returning detailed + information about it. + * :func:`~signal.sigtimedwait`: like :func:`~signal.sigwaitinfo` but with a + timeout. + +* The signal handler writes the signal number as a single byte instead of + a nul byte into the wakeup file descriptor. So it is possible to wait more + than one signal and know which signals were raised. + +* :func:`signal.signal` and :func:`signal.siginterrupt` raise an OSError, + instead of a RuntimeError: OSError has an errno attribute. + +socket +------ + +The :class:`~socket.socket` class now exposes addititonal methods to +process ancillary data when supported by the underlying platform: + +* :func:`~socket.socket.sendmsg` +* :func:`~socket.socket.recvmsg` +* :func:`~socket.socket.recvmsg_into` + +(Contributed by David Watson in :issue:`6560`, based on an earlier patch +by Heiko Wundram) + +ssl +--- + +The :mod:`ssl` module has new functions: + + * :func:`~ssl.RAND_bytes`: generate cryptographically strong + pseudo-random bytes. + * :func:`~ssl.RAND_pseudo_bytes`: generate pseudo-random bytes. + + +ftplib +------ + +The :class:`~ftplib.FTP_TLS` class now provides a new +:func:`~ftplib.FTP_TLS.ccc` function to revert control channel back to +plaintex. This can be useful to take advantage of firewalls that know how to +handle NAT with non-secure FTP without opening fixed ports. + +(Contributed by Giampaolo Rodolà in :issue:`12139`) + + +shutil +------ + +* The :mod:`shutil` module has these new fuctions: + + * :func:`~shutil.disk_usage`: provides total, used and free disk space + statistics. (Contributed by Giampaolo Rodolà in :issue:`12442`) + * :func:`~shutil.chown`: allows one to change user and/or group of the given + path also specifying the user/group names and not only their numeric + ids. (Contributed by Sandro Tosi in :issue:`12191`) + + +Optimizations +============= + +Major performance enhancements have been added: + +* Stub + + +Build and C API Changes +======================= + +Changes to Python's build process and to the C API include: + +* Stub + + +Unsupported Operating Systems +============================= + +OS/2 and VMS are no longer supported due to the lack of a maintainer. + +Windows 2000 and Windows platforms which set ``COMSPEC`` to ``command.com`` +are no longer supported due to maintenance burden. + + +Porting to Python 3.3 +===================== + +This section lists previously described changes and other bugfixes +that may require changes to your code: + +* Issue #12326: On Linux, sys.platform doesn't contain the major version + anymore. It is now always 'linux', instead of 'linux2' or 'linux3' depending + on the Linux version used to build Python. Replace sys.platform == 'linux2' + with sys.platform.startswith('linux'), or directly sys.platform == 'linux' if + you don't need to support older Python versions. + +.. Issue #11591: When :program:`python` was started with :option:`-S`, + ``import site`` will not add site-specific paths to the module search + paths. In previous versions, it did. See changeset for doc changes in + various files. Contributed by Carl Meyer with editions by Éric Araujo. + +.. Issue #10998: -Q command-line flags are related artifacts have been + removed. Code checking sys.flags.division_warning will need updating. + Contributed by Éric Araujo. diff --git a/Doc/whatsnew/index.rst b/Doc/whatsnew/index.rst index 8220bd2..c60818a 100644 --- a/Doc/whatsnew/index.rst +++ b/Doc/whatsnew/index.rst @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ anyone wishing to stay up-to-date after a new release. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 2 + 3.3.rst 3.2.rst 3.1.rst 3.0.rst |
